Striving for balance through choosing a higher experience

Ascended Master Surya through Kim Michaels, March 6, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Vilnius, Lithuania: Making a Difference in a Turbulent World.

I AM the Ascended Master Surya. What can you do, from my perspective, to make a difference in a turbulent world?

Well, as you might guess from my decree, the most common word in there is—balance. What you can do is strive for balance in all things. Now, of course, immediately the question springs up: “What is balance?” Well, balance means different things at different levels of the path, at different levels of consciousness. Let us explore that.

Between the 48th and the 96th level

We have given many teachings about the duality consciousness. We have explained how there are always two opposite polarities that are pulling you in opposite directions. Naturally, when you start the spiritual path, let us say at the 48th level of consciousness, you are still affected by dualistic selves, by dualistic beliefs and ideas, by the collective consciousness, by dark forces. And they will attempt to pull on you, pull on anything you have in your consciousness that allows them to bring you towards this dualistic polarity or that dualistic polarity.

At this level of the path, you can say that what you need to strive for is to achieve a balance between two opposites. This is what most people in the world would say about balance. You are not going too far to that side, you are not going too far to the opposite, you try to find some middle ground. That is balance. And this is valid enough at the lower levels of the path. Between the 48th and the 96th level, it is valid enough to strive for balance, where you might say: “I am striving to not go too extreme, not be too extreme.”

Peak experiences and contrast

But again, the question comes up: “What exactly does that mean? How do I implement that in my life?” Well, there are of course some obvious ways. You could say, for example, that certain drugs pull you towards an extreme, unbalanced state of consciousness. They give you a high, but inevitably, after that comes a low. Your life becomes a seesaw between that chemically induced high and the also, in a sense, chemically induced lows. And that, of course, is not balanced.

There comes a point on the spiritual path where you have to make a choice. Do you want to go further on the path and, therefore, give up the drugs? Or do you want to continue the lifestyle you are having and, therefore, stay at that level? We can say in this case, you are avoiding something that pulls you, not only just towards one extreme but actually pulls you into this seesaw—up, down, up, down. Same of course with alcohol, with certain other things.

Then, you can have lifestyles where you can have people who are chasing an adrenaline rush. They are doing something, downhill skiing, parasailing, parachuting, whatever it may be. And that gives them a rush, and then they go back to their normal lives and they feel the contrast. And then, you have people who see themselves as spiritual people, but they are constantly striving to have what they call peak experiences. They might, for example, participate in a sweat lodge, where they do something extreme for several days. They participate in some cleansing ritual, perhaps some cleansing diet for a week or two. Or they even do ayahuasca because they do not consider that drugs, that is something different. But it also pulls you towards these extremes of highs and lows. You can have a genuine, mystical, spiritual experience, but there is a big contrast between that and your normal lifestyle.

Many people are still going from one extreme to another, even though going back to their normal life does not necessarily take them into a chemical low, it can still take them into a psychological low, because they feel like they are only really alive when they are doing something extreme. And there are many spiritual people who have been trapped in this for a very long time, where they are always striving for something, some extreme experience or something ultimate.

Many people today are talking about awakening or even enlightenment, where they see this as some extreme experience, a permanent experience. Where if you are awakened, well, you are awakened. There is only awakened and not awakened. They are, therefore, still seeing the path as going from one opposite, maya, illusion, being asleep, to the opposite, being awakened. But it is still two opposite polarities.

Seeing non-duality through a dualistic filter

It is necessary, of course, as we have said, on the 48th to the 96th level, your task is to pull yourself above the downward pull of the collective consciousness. It is necessary to have a goal you are working towards, however you see it. But the higher you go, the more you need to find a balanced outlook on what your goal is. What is your goal for spiritual growth? It is not awakening or enlightenment as most people see it, because they see it as some ultimate state of consciousness. Some ecstatic, blissful state of consciousness where all your problems are gone and you are not suffering anymore. But you see, their view of this is dualistic in the sense that they see it as the opposite of the unawakened state. But as long as there is that contrast, where is the balance? See, they will say: “Oh, there is no balance. You are either awakened or you are asleep. There is nothing in between. There is no need for balance. You need to strive for the extreme and when you go there, you are there permanently and there is no more growth.”

But what is the duality consciousness? What is the illusion that you are a separate being? It is an unbalanced experience. Because in duality, as I said, there are the two opposite polarities always pulling on you. It is inherently, existentially unbalanced. If your vision of the goal of spiritual growth is dualistic, you are seeking a getaway from one dualistic polarity and attain another. Well, you have not freed yourself from duality, have you? Even if you talk about non-duality, attaining a non-dual state of consciousness, attaining a state of no self, you are still looking through a dualistic filter and, therefore, you cannot find balance.

From one extreme to another

Now, what would be a state of balance on the spiritual path? Well, let us first look at the unbalanced aspect of this, which is that many, many spiritual people throughout the ages and also today have thought that after they find the spiritual path, they find a spiritual teaching, they find a spiritual practice, perhaps a guru, then they need to completely change their lifestyle. They need to move to the guru’s ashram. They need to focus all of their attention on spiritual activities, spiritual studies, spiritual practice. And that will then get them to the goal. But this is, of course, a state of imbalance. I am not saying it cannot be necessary for some people to do this for a time.

This messenger certainly did it. And as Kuan Yin was saying: “If you chose to have that experience, it was because you needed it.” But this messenger was also well aware that he needed to have it until he no longer needed it. And he could have continued in that state of mind for the rest of this embodiment. Having an unbalanced approach, thinking all he had to do was study certain teachings and practice decrees and this and that. As many people have decided: “I am a Buddhist monk. For the rest of my life, I am going to live in this monastery and do this Buddhist practice every day.” But you see, there comes a point where that no longer gives you growth.

You see what I am trying to say here. Most people grow up in an environment that is not spiritual. It can be a traditional religion, it can be a materialistic, atheistic environment. It is not spiritual, which means what? It is unbalanced towards one polarity. Now they find a spiritual path and teaching, and now they swing the pendulum towards the other extreme. Their entire life is focused on spiritual activities, and that is unbalanced to the other side.

Blending the spiritual with the “unspiritual”

As we have said, in the Aquarian Age, the challenge is to find a balance between spiritual and your normal daily life. There is no, first of all, no contradiction, no competition, but eventually they blend together. There is not even a distinction, because you realize that you can actually grow spiritually by living an active life in society. And in many cases, at least beyond a certain level, you will grow faster that way. Because, as we have mentioned before, when you withdraw from society into a spiritual environment, you are withdrawing into a fairly controlled environment. And if you conform to the rules in that environment, nothing will challenge you.

There are monks and nuns who feel they have dedicated their life to Christ or to God or to the Buddha. And they have lived for 30 or 40 years in a monastery, followed all the rules. Nobody ever challenged them. Hardly anybody noticed them. But they have risen maybe one or two or a few levels of the 144. Whereas, if they had found a balance, they could have risen many more levels. And with balance, I mean precisely that you are out in active society. You are interacting with other people, so that they challenge you. You have something that you are tempted to react to. Whereas, in a controlled environment of a monastery or a cave in the Himalayas, what is there to react to? You are in a much more controlled environment. It is easy to be non-attached when you do not have the children running around fighting over this or that toy, or the youngest having to have the diaper changed, or waking up in the middle of the night. Then, it is easy to be the Buddha.

A balanced approach to spirituality

You see, what many people have done, like Kuan Yin explained, they have created this standard. If I do these activities—study and understand this elaborate teaching, I practice and practice for hours a day, I eat a certain diet, I talk a certain way, I walk calmly, I am floating on air, I am always talking calmly—then I am spiritual. But see, as Kuan Yin also said, you cannot fake it. “Fake it till you make it” does not apply on the spiritual path. You have to be willing to look at the psychology, your reactions. Where is the environment that gives you the most input for looking at your reactions? Well, it is the environment where you react the most.

In this day and age, a balanced approach to spirituality is where you say: “Where am I at in life? Do I have a family? Do I have a job? Do I have a career? Do I need to function in life? Do I need to work for a living? Well, then I need to integrate my spirituality with that lifestyle. Spend the time I can spend on spirituality and not be frustrated that I cannot spend more time on spiritual activities.” And gradually, then you shift and realize that the whole distinction between spiritual and non-spiritual activities is actually a lack of balance.

What is a spiritual activity?

How do you define what is a spiritual and non-spiritual activity? Well, people do it based on outer criteria. There is a huge collective beast created over thousands of years by spiritual people that this is how you are supposed to act when you are spiritual. And many people attempt to conform to it. But in reality, what is a spiritual activity? One that helps you see your unresolved psychology and resolve it. That is spiritual. Because that is what drives spiritual growth, as we have said so many times, the resolution of psychology.

At a certain level of the path, you are new, you are enthusiastic, you are experimenting. But there comes that more mature level where you need to decide you are actively seeking a balance between what you see as spiritual and what you see as not spiritual. Yes, of course, you can avoid the directly anti-spiritual, but you find a balance between everyday life and spiritual activities. And then, as you mature in that phase, you start breaking down that distinction between spiritual and not spiritual activities. How is it not spiritual to bring up children, to work with other people and seek to help and inspire them? How is it not spiritual to bring forth some new idea that brings society or a specific field forward?

Bringing light into any activity

There are so many activities in the world where you can bring something more into that activity. It can be as little as smiling to someone you pass on the street. It can be when you are interacting with other people in your work situation, that instead of doing what most people are doing, being annoyed, being irritated, you are smiling, you are supporting them, you are encouraging them, you are seeking to inspire people. That is a spiritual activity. You might say that there comes a point where you realize that: “What is the difference between the world and the spiritual realm?”

You are beginning to experience, realize there is a spiritual realm beyond the material world. What is the main difference? What is the only difference? A difference in vibration. The spiritual realm is energy, but it vibrates at a higher level than the material. And then, you begin to realize that: “How does energy flow into the material realm? Well, it can flow through you, your mind, from your Higher Self, your I AM Presence, from the ascended masters. The energy can flow through your energy field.” And any time, any situation, where there is any kind of flow of spiritual light through you to other people, is that not a spiritual activity? Well, of course it is. But how do you become an open door for the spiritual light? By finding some kind of balance.

Many have tried to take heaven by force, doing these extreme practices, perhaps doing incantations or spells or rituals. But that is not spiritual light. It may create some energetic phenomena that can impress certain people. But it is not spiritual light because, despite the quote found in the New Testament, you cannot take heaven by force. You can attempt to, but you cannot achieve it.

Acquiring Christ discernment

Then, we go closer to the 96th level of consciousness, we come closer to the level where you can attain, begin to attain personal Christhood. And that is when one of the changes that will happen is that you start acquiring discernment.

Now, many people, if they heard the word ‘discernment,’ many spiritual people have never even heard it. But if they heard it, they would say: “So, what is that? Give me a rule here. Come on, give me a standard. If I live up to this standard, I have discernment and this is Christhood. If I do not, I do not have discernment and this is not Christhood.” But you see, that is a dualistic approach. You want to have a standard, so you can say: “If I do this, I am always right.” But discernment is when you begin to see beyond the dualistic polarities and you begin to experience the Christ light directly. Where you experience that in Christ, there are no opposites, there is no opposition.

Christ is the undivided mind. Where is the room for polarities in the undivided, the unified? And therefore, discernment means you can sense intuitively when a vibration is dualistic, when it vibrates below a certain level. And when it vibrates higher than that level and, therefore, is a pure expression of the Christ mind. That is when you step up to a whole different approach to balance. You are not seeking to define it. You are not seeking to say: “Ah, yes, sitting in a room meditating on the Buddha or giving mantras or decrees, that is balanced. But riding a bicycle on the way to work, that is not balanced, even if the bicycle stays balanced.”

Balance is a neutral state of mind

What you realize at this level is that balance is a state of mind. And you can do a certain activity with a balanced state of mind or you can do it with an unbalanced state of mind. You can give decrees and invocations with an unbalanced state of mind and it does not have the full effect. It still has some effect, but not the full effect. Or you can give it with a balanced state of mind and it has a greater effect. And that is when you begin to realize: “What is balance? It is not the midpoint between two extremes. It is what we have called neutrality, a neutral state of mind where there are no extremes. Therefore, nothing pulls on you.”

You see, before you attain this Christ discernment based on an experience of vibration, you can achieve some state of balance, but there is still a pull on you from both extremes. And you have to be constantly aware, constantly alert that you do not get pulled either to that side or that side. Now, this is still progress, as I said. Instead of, without being aware of it, you are just pulled from one extreme to the other, or pulled into one extreme and stay there for an embodiment. But as long as there is a pull, you are not really where Jesus talked about when he said: “The prince of this world cometh and hath nothing in me.”

Above the 96th level

When you go beyond the 96th level, you come to that point where balance—first, it means there is nothing pulling on you, because the forces of this world have nothing they can pull on you with. But there comes even a point where you gain that higher discernment, where you see that which helps you come closer to oneness with your higher self, oneness with the Christ mind, that is balanced. That which pulls you away from that oneness is unbalanced.

But then, there is an even higher level, which is where you do not even think in terms of right and wrong, good or bad, balanced and unbalanced, because all of these definitions have faded away. However, this does not mean that everything is the same or that nothing matters.

There are those who think in terms of non-duality and awakening. And they think they can attain this state of non-self, where there are no differentiations. But they all go into this depressive state of mind, where nothing matters, life has no purpose, there is no point in doing anything. And that is not what we are talking about. But there comes a point where you see that beyond this distinction of good and bad, spiritual and non-spiritual, is the ability to discern without that value judgment. In the beginning, you will think that having Christ discernment is better than not having it, that the Christ consciousness is better than the anti-christ consciousness.

But there comes a point where all of these distinctions become meaningless, because you lock in to what Kuan Yin explained, namely that everything is an experience created in the mind. And you begin to see, experience that at the lower levels of consciousness, your mind creates an internal experience, especially below the 48th level. Everything is created internally, not by your mind necessarily, but also the collective mind and the minds of the fallen beings, where you take in many things. But you are completely blinded by maya, by illusion. But then, as you go higher, you see that your mind is a mixture of the two. You still have some worldly beliefs and ideas, but you also have some intuitive insights and contact with the Christ mind.

The goal of life on earth

But there comes a point where you see that the only thing that really matters, the only distinction that really matters, is that you see that everything is an expression of the One Mind. Everything is an expression of the Creator. And that the goal of life is to come into greater and greater attunement, connection, leading to oneness with the Creator, with your higher self, ultimately for you on earth, your ascension. They talk about an ultimate state of consciousness. They fantasize that there is this enlightened state where you have no self, there is no differentiation, no duality.

But the ultimate state for anyone on earth is the ascension. And in the ascension, you are free from this dualistic polarity seen on earth. You are even free from the existential unavoidable polarity of an unascended sphere in contrast to an ascended sphere and you as an unascended being in contrast to an ascended being. And you can rise to that level where you see that all is an expression of the One Mind, even these appearances that may appear to be anti-christs, of the darkness, they are evil, they are this, they are that, they are dualistic. But even there, behind the outer facade and appearance, is the One Mind and the Creator. And that is when you achieve the highest state of balance you can see on earth, you can achieve on earth.

We are all experiencers

But how do you achieve it? Well, you achieve it, of course, by resolving psychology and the subconscious selves, but ultimately you achieve it by realizing that everything is an experience—there is no good or bad, but thinking makes it so. But beyond that—there is nothing, but the mind makes it so. Because, as Kuan Yin said—but I will say it from a slightly different perspective—What are you? What are you? You know you are not the physical body, you are not your emotions, you are not your thoughts, you are not even your sense of earthly identity. You know that as spiritual students. But what are you? You are an experiencer.

We have said you are a co-creator. Yes, but how do you co-create? Through the mind. What is the mind? It is a mechanism for having conscious experiences. As Kuan Yin said, the Creator sends self-aware extensions of itself into the world of form it has created to experience that world from the inside. How do you co-create? By having an experience, by formulating the desire to have a higher experience, a different experience, and then manifesting that. Now again, as Kuan Yin said, you can say, as some are saying: Does that mean there is no world out there, that the world is just created in the minds? Do human beings create the universe in their minds? Nay, because the universe is actually created by the ascended masters in a higher realm.

Experience is exclusively created by your mind

What are you co-creating? We have said earth was created as a natural planet, it has descended to the unnatural state, because humankind has collectively lowered the vibration of matter and superimposed images upon it. Is there not an objective reality? Well, of course, there is an objective reality, in the sense that there are conditions on earth that are not created in your mind or in the mind of any other individual. Those who think that the entire universe is just a creation of their minds are still in a state of illusion. They have reasoned that way from a dualistic perspective: “There must be an opposite, there must always be an opposite.” It is the same as those who look at the world, that there is suffering, and they reason that they are suffering because they are a separate self and so the opposite of a separate self must be no self and the opposite of the world must be a state of non-differentiation. But that is still dualistic.

The reality is, there is a world outside your mind that your mind is interacting with. You are also co-creating the world, but you are, first of all, interacting with the world. And this interaction triggers experiences in your mind, but the experience takes place only in your mind. Another person has a slightly different experience. And the experience is not produced by the external circumstances, but by the internal circumstances in your mind. And you have the ability to change those, so you have a different experience. And this is the key to spiritual growth at the conscious level.

As Kuan Yin said, there are those who decide to have the experience that they have not created the external circumstances and that their experience is a product of the circumstances, not a product of their own minds. But as spiritual people, there comes that point where you lock in to the reality that your mind has a major impact on your experiences. But at the higher levels, you realize your experience takes place inside your mind and, therefore, it is exclusively created by your mind. Yes, triggered by the external circumstances, but what you are experiencing is created in your mind.

I, from my perspective, can look at this glass and see beyond what you see when you look at the glass. You see a solid object that is holding water. I can see beyond it. I can see the molecules, the atoms, the subatomic particles, the energy waves. I can see that it is like a movie screen, like a movie projected on the screen. It is only images and it could be changed instantly by changing what is in the projector. Your experience of life could be changed instantly by changing the contents in your mind that are generating the experience.

Am I thereby saying that you could come to see this glass as nothingness? Well, yes, if you can shift your perspective away from the physical senses and the physical aspect of the mind, you can see beyond it. You could wave your hand through it if you could also see your body as not being a solid object. You could walk through a wall, you could walk on water. I am not saying that this is something you need to do. I am just saying here that everything you could ever encounter is an experience. And that the only way to change your experience is to change the contents of your mind, because they are what create the experience.

Again, esoteric, perhaps far-flung, like Kuan Yin’s discourse, so let me, so to speak, bring it down to earth.

Shifting your focus

How do you make a difference in a turbulent world? By refusing to experience life the way most people experience it. By refusing to experience the world as turbulent. Now again, this requires some work with psychology, the subconscious selves that pull you into seeing the world a certain way. But many of you are ready to step up to that level where you can strive and you can make a commitment that in the rest of this 12-year cycle, you will work towards that, where you do not see the turbulence. When you are looking at a hurricane, do you focus on the swirling winds or the calm eye in the center? Where is your focus? Do you allow your focus to be pulled into the extremes, the turbulence? What is turbulence? It is when you are pulled in opposite directions. That is what creates the turbulence. Or do you allow your mind to stay focused in the center, because you are balanced?

What is, in a sense, the most profound difference you could make in a turbulent world? Strive for balance. Yes, I have given some teachings for higher levels of consciousness, but it does not matter whether you are at those levels or not. You can make a decision to strive for balance in whatever way you can see balance from your current level of consciousness. Strive for balance. Because what is balance? It is that you strive to come closer and closer to the One Mind, the perspective of the One Mind, a greater and greater awareness of and experience of the One Mind.

The One Mind is the calm in the center of the hurricane. It is not moved. It is the Rock of Christ. When you are standing on it, the floods will come, the winds will come, but you will not be moved. You will not be moved. And when at least one person in a certain environment is not moved, there is a limit to how much turbulence can be created. And the more people on the planet refuse to be moved, the better the planet will make it through the rest of this 12-year cycle.

Surya’s offer

You could, if you would use an image, refer to an image given in previous dispensations that I, Surya—well, as they would say, I was living on the God Star, but I am the God Star. That I have an apprentice, called Cuzco, who is also forming a smaller star orbiting the God Star. You could, if it helps you, I am not saying this is the only way, but if it helps you—you could begin to see yourself as orbiting the God Star that I am. You can be helped by this by giving this decree, where I mention balance many times—Banish all extremes. And you can ask me to help you. Ultimately, of course, you will banish the extremes, but I can at least help you get started on the process. I can help you shatter the serpent’s illusions. I can help you attain that inner balance that will make your heart sing, because you do not feel the pull. It does not even really make your heart sing, but it makes you hear the singing that you cannot hear when your mind is turbulent.

Seeing symmetry

Now, you may say: “You have given us, so far, some far-flung ideals.” But of course, other masters will be more practical in the coming days. But we have decided we wanted to start out this way, by giving you this teaching. And then, we will gradually build upon it as we move further. Normally, you look at the spiritual path that you start from below and work your way up. But there is a certain symmetry where you can also start by reaching for a higher understanding and then bringing that down into everyday life. And in a sense, when you reach that level of personal Christhood—we have talked about the figure-eight flow and you in the nexus—then you become the open door for the flow from above to be brought into the material realm, into the identity, mental, emotional and physical. There is validity in both.

You might say that an aspect of balance is to see symmetry. We have given the teaching, starting a long time ago by Mother Mary, of the expanding force of the Father, the contracting force of the Mother, and everything is created out of that interaction of these two. We have said that in the duality consciousness they are perverted into opposites, cancel out each other, compete with each other. But when they function according to the One Mind, they form a symmetry. There is a symmetry between the expanding and the contracting, the yin and the yang. And you could see balance as a form of symmetry.

You see again, some of these Eastern teachings, going back to the Vedic Rishis, they think that only Brahman is real, the world is an illusion, all that is differentiated is duality. But duality is a state of mind where you see the two basic forces of creation as opposites. In the Christ mind, you see the symmetry between them. It is not that, as I said earlier, you see that behind all appearances is the One Mind, but it does not mean you no longer see the appearances, you no longer see what is happening in the world. But it does mean you see that behind the outer appearances created from duality, there is still a symmetry.

You might say that there can come a point where you see that even that which appears to be out of balance, in duality, it is the anti-christ, it is evil, it is anti-god. But you start to see that this can exist only temporarily, because it is in a symmetry with something in a higher realm. In other words, there is a temporary imbalance created here on this unnatural planet. But there is some spiritual being in the ascended realm who is holding the balance for this imbalance to temporarily exist. And when you see the spiritual being or beings holding the balance for the earth, you see that the imbalance does not exist alone. It exists in a symmetry with the higher.

You see, therefore, that even though the duality consciousness and the fallen beings would say: “We are separated from God’s kingdom. We have created something outside of God’s kingdom. We have created something that is in opposition to God’s kingdom.” You see this is all an illusion, for nothing can exist separately. That is another aspect of this higher level of Christ discernment. You see that, despite appearances, nothing is separate. There must always be symmetry or nothing, no form can exist.

In a sense, the entire world of form exists in a symmetry with the Creator. “Only Brahman is real, the world is an illusion.” Nay, the world is an appearance, but it can only exist because it is in symmetry with the Creator. But the Creator is not what the East envisions as the undifferentiated Brahman. The Creator is the Creator. It is beyond the world of form, but it is not undifferentiated in the sense that it has no awareness, no individuality, no free will, no imagination. There is symmetry between the world and the Creator. Because, as the saying really is—the world is Brahman—because nothing could exist outside of the Creator.

The last illusion to overcome on earth

Nothing could exist apart from the Creator and that is the last illusion you overcome while you are still in embodiment on earth. There are other illusions in the ascended realm that you gradually overcome as you rise up through the spheres. They are not really illusions; they are more a shift in perspective. But the last illusion you overcome is that anything could be separated from the Creator, from the ascended realm. And the last illusion then is the Conscious You can be separated from the I AM Presence. And that is the last thing you experience before you ascend. The illusion, not that you exist as the Conscious You, but that you are separated from the Presence, that you are different from the Presence, that you are apart from the Presence, that you are other than the Presence.

With this, it has been my joy to give you this outpouring from the God Star Sirius, where we are not serious at all. For why would we be serious when we see the symmetry and, therefore, are not pulled in by appearances? How could you, from my perspective, take anything on earth seriously? How do you ascend from earth when you come to the point when there is nothing on earth that you take seriously, not even yourself? For that is the last thing you will stop taking seriously, that you exist as some Conscious You that is separated from the Presence. And then, poof, you ascend. Just a different experience, because you have given up that last self that defined you as a being in embodiment on earth.

Choosing a different experience

It is just that you choose a different experience. And you can, at any point of the path, any time, any situation, you can become aware: “Oh, I am having a certain experience. But if I do not like it, I can choose right now a different experience by changing the contents in my mind that are creating my current experience.” There is nothing outside of you that is forcing you to have the experience you are having. This is what the devil and many people do not want you to realize. They want you to keep believing that there are external factors that can determine your experience.

Freedom is attained by seeing that this is an illusion and by gradually taking back your power to shape your experience. I cannot change your experience. Only you can do that, because you have free will and self-awareness. And when you see this, nothing can be serious. Nothing can be serious. And therefore, life becomes joyful, because you can choose to be joyful. And you can also attune to the fact that, regardless of how people on earth experience life, there are natural planets, billions of them, where people are not suffering. And in the ascended realm, there are billions of ascended beings who are experiencing life as joyful.

And you can come to realize that you can see yourself as being in symmetry with your I AM Presence, with an ascended master of your choice. Instead of floating alone in this space here on earth, you are orbiting the God Star, or another star of an ascended being, even a star, although not fully formed, of your I AM Presence.

Again, I have enjoyed giving you this outpouring. I know it is late. I know some of you have had a long day traveling, but I do not take that seriously. And therefore, I have shared what I wanted to share. And I therefore seal you in the joy that I AM. Surya, I AM.

Back to Making a Difference in a Turbulent World

Transcending victim and savior consciousness through inner experience

Ascended Master Kuan Yin through Kim Michaels, March 6, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Vilnius, Lithuania: Making a Difference in a Turbulent World.

I AM the Ascended Master Kuan Yin. Often, I have been given the title the Goddess of Mercy. But what is mercy? It is not forgiveness, for mercy, in a sense, comes before the act that needs to be forgiven.

Living up to the outer ideal

Mercy is, in one aspect, we might call it the omega aspect, what you have invoked in this invocation as basic humanity. Mercy is a state of mind. You might compare it to the Buddha and Buddhic tradition where they talk about harmlessness, being harmless towards other forms of life, specifically other human beings. You are in a state of mind where you cannot even envision forcing other people.

But what does it take to be in this state of mind? For you will see so many religions throughout history, even spiritual philosophies in the East, that set up an ideal and say: “This is what you should strive to attain – then you will be enlightened, go to heaven, be saved, awaken, overcome suffering.” They set up the ideal, but not really a clear path to get from your current state of consciousness to the state of consciousness where you can embody the ideal.

What does this do? Well, it actually causes many people to decide with the outer mind, perhaps based on a spiritual teaching that may be a valid spiritual teaching, but still they are deciding with the outer mind – this is what it means to be merciful. Now they force themselves with the outer mind to act and talk as if they live up to the ideal. And this causes them to put on a facade. And many, many spiritual people throughout the ages have gone into this state, this cycle of trying to live up to a facade, to maintain a facade, to appear to be very spiritual people according to this standard defined.

This becomes artificial, this becomes often hypocritical. For when you decide with the outer mind, the conscious mind, to force an ideal upon the subconscious mind, what are you doing? You are suppressing something in the subconscious mind that is against your ideal. You are saying: “This is how I should behave.” But if you have any kind of urge from the subconscious mind to behave differently, you suppress it.

Perhaps many of you have grown up in this age of modern appliances where you do not have a kettle that you use to boil water. But you will know, perhaps, that in the old days they had this kettle that they put on the stove. And there was this little cap you could put on. And when the water was boiling, it would whistle. If you now had a cap that did not have a hole in it, what would happen?

Well, as the water got warmer near the boiling point, pressure would build inside. And if it could not escape, what would happen? Well, the kettle would explode eventually and so will your subconscious mind, when you force, you suppress with the conscious mind.

Making the subconscious conscious

The irony of this, the greatest irony of this is that so many religions, so many spiritual philosophies throughout the ages have claimed that if you suppress the unresolved psychology and live up to the outer ideal defined on earth, you can still enter heaven, even with the unresolved psychology.

Now look at the spiritual and religious philosophies found today. And tell me how many will say what we have now been saying for many years, that there is only one factor that determines your entry into the spiritual realm. And that is your level of consciousness. And you will only rise to higher levels of consciousness not by suppressing the subconscious psychology, but by making it conscious and resolving it.

Why we harm others

Back to my statement, so many religions set up forth an ideal and you force yourself to try and live up to it and you may fool people here on earth. But will you fool the ascended masters? Will you fool the Christ mind? Nay, nothing will fool us.

The reality is–in order to have mercy you cannot create an ideal for what it means to be merciful and force yourself to live up to it by suppressing what is not mercy according to your definition. It must be resolution of psychology that puts you, that raises you to this state of mind where you become naturally harmless. You are not forcing yourself to be harmless. You become naturally harmless. But why? Why is it you can become naturally harmless?

Well, what causes most people to do harm to others, to force others? Yes, there are fallen beings, there are some that are in a state of mind where they enjoy forcing others, having power over others. But let us talk about most human beings. Why do they resort to using force? Because there is something that, first of all, they think they need and second of all they think they can only get it horizontally, meaning in many cases getting it from other people.

That is why you do harm, you force others to get what you think you cannot live without. I am not just saying stealing it. It could also be exploiting others by having them work for low wages in the factory that you own. Many other ways that people force each other, even psychologically forcing someone to give energy, because you think you need to get energy from other people instead of getting it from where? Vertically, from the ascended realm, from your I AM Presence, from the ascended masters.

The omega aspect of mercy

What did Jesus say 2000 years ago? “Fear not little flock for it is your Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom.” We are the ascended masters. It is our role to be in the nexus between you in embodiment and the spiritual realm. We will gladly give you all of the energy you need and when you have all of the energy you need, you can magnetize to you physical conditions that you need.

It is our good pleasure to do this, so you can get everything you need from above and then you do not need to force others and therefore, you have the foundation when you realize this, to be in that state of mind where you are naturally merciful. You do not need to force others.

But you can only do this when you establish a connection to your I AM Presence, to the ascended masters and you can only do that when you resolve the psychology. Why? Because it is only the psychology that blocks you from receiving what we take pleasure in giving you.

Yet, look at how the vast majority of spiritual and religious teachings on the planet do not fathom this simple logic. Look how many people who are not religious do not fathom it. They engage in this game of seeking to get to themselves as separate beings, instead of connecting to the source of all and receiving from above. Letting it radiate out, because instead of thinking you have to take from others, you give to others in that figure-eight flow. You place yourself in the nexus and you know that the more you give, the more comes back to you multiplied by the law.

This is the omega aspect of mercy. You do not think you need to take anything horizontally from other people. Therefore, you can show mercy towards them. You do not need to invade their country. You do not need to take by force. You do not need to exploit. And then you are in the figure-eight flow where the more you give the more you have.

Whereas most people think that the more you give the less you have. But that is because they do not grasp the law that every religion, well not every religion but most religions, have actually explained one way or another. We can say that the omega aspect of mercy, it has facets, but certainly one of them is this: “You do not force others.”

The alpha aspect of mercy

Now what is the alpha aspect of mercy? Well, you do not force others. But the Alpha aspect is not what you do to others, but that you allow others to experience what they need to experience in order to come to the point where they have had enough of that experience and want something more.

You as spiritual people, you as avatars often struggle with this aspect of mercy, because you think it would be better for people not to suffer. Just consider this: “How many of you would end the Ukraine war tomorrow if you could?” Because you would say: “The Ukrainians are suffering, the Russians are suffering, the Russian soldiers are being sent into this meaningless meat wave attacks. Everybody would be better off if the war ended tomorrow.“

And you would say, most people, that that is showing mercy—because you want the suffering to end. But you see, when you take what we have explained—which again is very rare to find anywhere— but what we have explained about the law of free will, about the earth being comparable to a reality simulator where people are allowed to create any experience they want for themselves and have that experience for as long as they need to until they have had enough of it.

You will see that it would actually not be merciful to stop people from having the experience that they want to have. And now you are going to say, many people: “But they do not want to have the experience. Certainly, the Ukrainians do not want it. They are being attacked.”

From a certain viewpoint—correct. From another viewpoint—not the highest understanding of it. Because again, what have we said? The physical octave is an outplaying of what happens at the emotional, mental and identity levels. Therefore, both sides of any conflict are having a certain experience. If they had resolved the psychology that necessitates the experience, they would not have had the experience. This requires a little contemplation.

Learning from physical experiences

But what have we said many times? The physical is the bottom level of the material universe. It is a projection of what is happening at the identity, mental and emotional levels. Therefore, whatever you see out pictured in the physical is a result of what the people involved have in their three higher bodies.

They are simply projecting the matrices in the three higher bodies onto the physical realm. And they are essentially, not knowingly, not willingly—well, willingly from a larger perspective but not an immediate perspective—they are telling the universe, the reality simulator, what they want to experience at the physical level.

How are they doing this? The unresolved psychology, the subconscious selves they have at the three higher levels are coloring the light as it is flowing through it, like a kaleidoscope that is being projected onto the physical realm and therefore, gives them the experience that they want to have because they have created and upheld those structures.

You see what Mother Mary talked about? There is a large percentage of the Russian population who can only learn from the School of Hard Knocks by having physical experiences. Same goes most other countries. Some, of course, more than others, the democratic countries less so. But certainly all dictatorial countries, all autocratic countries have a large percentage, a majority of their population that can only learn from the School of Hard Knocks.

What is the Alpha aspect of mercy? That you do not force these people to not have the experience they are having until they are ready to give it up, because they have had enough of it and they are willing to look at themselves and say: “How do we need to change?”

The greatest challenge for avatars

You see, this is allowing free will, the law of free will, to outplay itself. And this is, and we all know this from experience, the greatest challenge for avatars coming from a natural planet to an unnatural planet. It does not just apply to earth, but to other natural planets in the unascended sphere.

Because you see, on a natural planet, a vast majority of people there have not forgotten that the physical level is a reality simulator and that whatever you experience at the physical level is a result of what you are projecting from the three higher levels or however many levels there are on a natural planet which can vary.

On earth, on an unnatural planet this is not the case, obviously. But when you come as an avatar, you can very easily think: ”Oh, this should still be the case on an unnatural planet. People should know that it is their own minds that are determining the experience they are having and that the physical conditions will only change when they change their minds.” You are thinking it should be that way.

But you see, that is not the case on an unnatural planet. Because on an unnatural planet, people are allowed to co-create their own conditions as they do on a natural planet. But on an unnatural planet, they are allowed to do this without consciously realizing what they are doing.

Being the victim of external conditions

Why? Because the experience you cannot have on a natural planet is that you are the victim of external circumstances. You see, there are experiences you cannot have on a natural planet, because you know that what happens at the physical level is a projection of what happens in your own psychology, in your own mind. And there are some beings who wanted to have that experience of going into duality, seeing yourself as a separate being and when you see yourself as a separate being, well, what are you separated from?

You can say: “You are separated from God in the spiritual realm, of course. You are separated from other people. You are separated from your own environment.” But what you are really separated from is your own mind. There is now a division in your mind between the conscious and the subconscious mind.

You see, on a natural planet you do not have a subconscious mind, because you are aware that you are co-creating with the higher levels of your own mind. Where is the subconscious? And therefore, you know you are not a victim of external circumstances or forces, not even God, because you are a co-creator. But that means you cannot have the experience that you are being forced by external circumstances and that there is nothing you can do about it.

And that is why when a certain number of beings on one particular planet or on various natural planets develop the desire to have that experience, they are allowed to embody on an unnatural planet to have that experience—hopefully after some time being tired of it, being willing to change it.

“People should not suffer”

You see, most of us as avatars when we come to a planet like earth, we are focusing—and often we were focusing on this before we came to earth—on the suffering. And we are saying, we are reasoning: “But people do not want to suffer. They are suffering. They do not like it. They do not enjoy it. And it is just because they do not know that it is their own minds that are creating their suffering. If I just go down there and tell them this, of course, they will want to wake up so they are no longer suffering.”

But you do not realize they want to suffer, they like to suffer, because they have not had enough of the experience of being victims of external circumstances that they have not co-created.

And when you then go into this mindset of feeling: “Oh, this is wrong, people should not be suffering”, you are not having mercy, the Alpha aspect of mercy, because you are not allowing the law of free will to outplay itself.

Now we all understand, especially I who represent the Flame of Mercy, we all understand that it is difficult to watch people suffer. And you will notice that we did not give this teaching 20 years ago or through previous dispensations. But there are many of you who are ready to embrace this, and we have hinted at it before, of course, but you are ready to become more clear about this: that your role as an avatar on earth is not to prevent people from having the experience that they actually want to have.

Again, I know very well that you can say: “But they are not consciously wanting to have this experience. They are not saying: ‘Oh, I want to suffer.’” But you see, there was a point in the distant past where they made a conscious decision that they wanted that experience.

When you take the teachings we have given about the duality consciousness, you can see the mechanism that is happening here. When you decide you want to experience what it is like to be a victim of external circumstances, you cannot retain the memory, the conscious memory of that decision, because if you know: “Oh, it is just a game I am playing”, you will not have the experience.

If you are playing a video game where you are being killed in various ways by monsters, you know you can just turn off the computer and walk away from it. That is not the full immersive experience that these people decided they wanted to have. They did consciously decide that they wanted the experience, but after they go into the experience, they cannot retain the conscious memory of this.

They can reconnect to it when they again start being willing to rise above that state of mind. But while you are in the state of mind of seeing yourself as a victim, you cannot retain the memory that you chose to have this experience, because then you are not a victim. You could just walk away from it.

Being a savior

Now, what does that mean for you as an avatar? Well, it means, first of all, that you need to contemplate this alpha aspect of mercy which is that you allow the law of free will to work the way it is set up to work. Because long experience, even in previous spheres, have shown that eventually the vast majority of beings will have had enough of having that experience and want to get out of it. Some will not, but this is again the only way free will can outplay itself.

But now you can as an avatar go a little bit further and you can say: “Well, I am beginning to understand what the masters are saying about people on earth, both the original inhabitants and those who have come from other planets—they wanted to have that experience.”

But wait a minute now—on the wall is hanging a mirror: “Mirror, mirror on the wall, who is the wisest of them all?”—Well, you are, oh avatar. You are wiser than all the people on earth.

But are you? Because can you not see in the mirror that what I just said applies to the people in the victim consciousness, applies to you as well? Why did you come to earth? Because you wanted to have a certain experience that you could not have on a natural planet. Now you will say: “But have you not told us that as avatars we had gone as high in consciousness as we could go on a natural planet? And if we are in a high state of consciousness and we see ourselves as co-creators, why would we want to have the experience that we are victims?” That is perfectly true.

You did not want to have the experience that you are a victim of circumstances beyond your control. But you wanted to have the experience of being among people who see themselves as victims so that you could see yourself as the one who is here to help them, to awaken them, to save them, to hold the balance, to manifest Saint Germain’s Golden Age, to save the world for democracy or Saint Germain or God or whatever.

Letting go of the experience you wanted to have

You see what I am saying? You came here because you wanted to have an experience that you could not have on a natural planet. Now, mind you, despite my perhaps slightly ironic tone of voice, this is not a mistake. I am not saying there is anything wrong with this. I made a similar kind of decision when I came from a natural planet to earth.

All I am saying with this, all we have been saying with this is: “As an avatar, you are likely to come to the point much sooner than those in the victim consciousness that you have had enough of your experience on earth.” And that means, why are you attracted to these very obscure teachings? Because, you have had enough of the experience you wanted to have on earth.

And why are we giving you these teachings? Just to demonstrate to you the process that we have gone through in order to ascend from earth, which is, we come to a point where we grasp what was the experience we wanted to have. We see the characteristics of this experience: How do we see ourselves in relation to the people who are in the victim consciousness? How did we want to see ourselves —what we could do for them?

And then when we see this, we let it go. What do we let go of? The separate selves that have given us this experience. Because, even though you came as an avatar, you could not have the experience without creating separate selves. It is through the filter of those selves that you had the experience of relating to the people on earth, and you will only be free of those separate selves when you see them consciously, let them go.

“Was it all for nothing?”

This will be a slightly schizophrenic process. Because, when you begin to let go of this, you will come to a point where you feel: “What was the point for me coming to earth? Okay, I wanted to have a certain experience, but now I do not anymore. Did I really need that experience?” And you might doubt it, and you might say: “Was it all for nothing? Was it all just vanity? Was it all me imagining something in my mind?” But you see, it was not a mistake. It was not for nothing.

Now, you might say—as this messenger, for example, went through—: “Did I ever do anything positive on earth? Did I ever make any difference on earth? Did it make any difference that I have been here for many lifetimes?” And this can take you into a blind alley that some people have gone into for some time, a feeling that nothing matters, that nothing is worth doing, nothing is worth fighting for.

You see many spiritual people from various traditions who have gone into this state of mind. But you see, if you reach back to what I just said, you came here because you wanted to have an experience you could not have on a natural planet. Then you can realize, even if it made no positive difference on earth, it made a difference for you because you had the experience you wanted to have, and that is part of your growth as a lifestream. It was beneficial, it was necessary for you to have that experience, or you would not have made the decision that you wanted the experience.

Letting go of anything on earth

You see, when you again step back and look at what I said about the law of free will. The law of free will mandates you are allowed to have any experience you can imagine, you can envision, you can desire, for as long as you want it.

But how are you having an experience? Through your own mind. Therefore, any experience you decide to have is part of your path, because any experience you decide to have is a stepping stone for you to come to that full acceptance that you are a mind that is creating experiences for yourself.

As we have said many times, you can do this in two ways. You can see yourself as a separate being or as a co-creator, where you are saying: “I do not want to create everything inside my own mind, I want to co-create by connecting to the ascended masters and therefore, being a co-creator with them.”

You see, what the people who go into separation desire is to have that experience where they do not realize consciously that they are creating everything with the mind. As avatars you are in between. You have not yet ascended, you have not descended into this level of unconsciousness that most people have on earth. But you still desire to have certain experiences that you can only have on an unnatural planet. And that was part of your path, so it has not been wasted, even if it made no difference whatsoever in terms of raising people up or removing suffering, it made a difference for you.

Realizing this is also what can get you to the point where you say: “Well, I had that experience, but now I am ready to ascend, I am ready to leave planet earth behind permanently.” Because you cannot ascend as long as there is anything you want to do on earth, anything you want to experience on earth.

Is the teaching another epic game?

Now, we come to this greater vision, because here you are, you are an avatar, you have begun to realize this. And now comes the next question: Is all this talk about raising the consciousness, manifesting the golden age, is this just a game we ascended masters are playing with you?

In essence, you come to the point where you need to consider: “Yes, I see the epic mindset and the epic games outplayed by the fallen beings. Are the ascended masters’ teachings just another epic game that they are presenting us avatars so we can feel we are doing something positive for the earth?” And the answer to that question is: Well, yes and no.

From our perspective, it is not a game. But from the perspective of many avatars, including many of you, it is a game because you need to have a certain experience. And you look back at previous ascended master dispensations where we have, for example, talked about the Summit Lighthouse which was the last dispensation we could sponsor in the Piscean Age, and there were certain teachings we gave that were meant to essentially give certain students an experience that they needed to have before they could either ascend or move into the Aquarian mindset.

We can say, when we give a teaching there will be some students that use that teaching to magnify their epic drama that they have created. Because, in a sense, when you come to earth as an avatar, because you want to remove suffering, you want to help people, there is an element of the epic mindset. Not the same that the fallen beings have, mind you, but still an element of it. And our teachings can be used to magnify that and there is nothing we can do about it, except doing what we are doing through this dispensation, telling you directly, this is the mechanism.

The inner experience created in your mind

But, you see, there is a reality that is not a game, and that is that you are in an unascended sphere, and it is being raised up by the vast majority of beings in this sphere who are transcending themselves and seeing themselves as co-creators. It is the goal of the ascended masters to bring this sphere to the ascension point. But that can only happen within the law of free will.

There is a reality that, right now, there is a collective consciousness on earth that has a certain level, and it has been raised considerably for a very long time, it has been in an upward spiral. We have explained before that it has been in a downward spiral also, but for a long time it has been in an upward spiral. There is a reality there, that the collective consciousness is gradually being raised, and as it is raised further and further, we will manifest a new age that will be Saint Germain’s Golden Age. This is a perfectly legitimate goal.

And there are spiritual people—some ascended master students, some not—they want to be part of this process, and therefore, they do not want to ascend after this lifetime. And this applies to some of you, certainly not the majority but some of you, and there is nothing wrong with that. Again, this is your decision, that you want to have the experience of raising an unnatural planet up and manifesting a golden age.

But you see what I am saying. There is an external reality, and there is your internal reality, but whereas the external reality is real, because it is created in the minds of ascended beings, your internal reality is just an experience that is created in your mind.

Now, the experience in your mind, as a spiritual being who is aware, more aware than the average, is a co-creative experience in the sense that you are basing it on some reality, but still the experience you are having and the sense of reality you endow it with, that is created in your mind.

Co-creating the golden age with Saint Germain

The reason why this is important is for two things. If you are one of those who want to stay in embodiment, you can become more conscious of how you are co-creating. And if you really want to help co-create Saint Germain’s Golden Age, you need to overcome any illusions you have. Any beliefs, for example, that the golden age means things have to be this way—for example, a certain religion needs to become the dominant religion on earth, or even ascended master teachings need to become the dominant religion on earth, or a political ideology needs to become dominant—as many people have had.

You need to transcend this and realize you cannot in your mind define what Saint Germain’s Golden Age should be like. Well, you can, you can define what you want it to be like, but then you will not be a co-creator with Saint Germain. You need to step out of your own mind, let go of your expectations, let go of your beliefs, and tune in to the mind of Saint Germain.

That is the only way you can co-create the golden age. That means you can then, by realizing the teachings we have been giving, by applying them, overcoming these subconscious selves, you can become a more conscious co-creator with Saint Germain, therefore have a greater impact.

Ascension is forever

If you are in the other group of people who have had enough of the experience and you want to ascend from earth after this lifetime, then you need to realize that everything that brought you to earth, everything you have experienced on earth, really only had one purpose. To get you to the point- you had enough of that experience, and therefore you can say: “I am ready to ascend permanently.”

Very few of you have grasped this point, even though we have talked about it before. Some of you think that the ascension is kind of like putting on an overcoat and taking a walk in the park. You can always come back to your house, and it is warm and nice. So they think: “Ahh, yeah, I can come back to earth if I want. Maybe I have not finished everything I wanted to finish, so I can come back.”

Very few of you have grasped that, metaphorically speaking, there will be a point where you are standing there, there is a gate, you walk through that gate, you have ascended. Again, metaphorically speaking, before you can walk through the gate you need to look back, like the Buddha under the bodhi tree.

There cannot be anything that pulls you towards earth. Nothing that you want to experience, that you want to do, that you want to accomplish. Not even manifesting Saint Germain’s Golden Age.

If you want to manifest Saint Germain’s Golden Age, stay in embodiment, that is fine. But if you want to ascend, there cannot be any unfinished business because once you walk through that gate, it is forever, it is for good, there is no turning back.

I know there are stories. Saint Germain got a dispensation to manifest the body as the Count of Saint Germain, the wonderman of Europe. Jesus got a dispensation to manifest the body after his ascension. But that does not apply to all of you, because these are very rare exceptions. You need, and for that matter even Saint Germain and Jesus came to that point, where they were willing to give up everything.

You see Jesus hanging on the cross. He thinks he can call to the angels and they are going to come and save him. He realizes: “No, my body is going to die.” He cries out: “My God, my God, why has thou forsaken me?” Still a little bit of victim consciousness there, because he had created that experience in his mind. But then he realizes and then he gives up that last ghost.

That is what you have to do. You have to look at every ghost, every subconscious self and give it up consciously so that you can look back on earth, there is just absolutely nothing that pulls you. Then you turn around. You walk through the gate without any regrets, without looking back. Nothing unfinished. But you see, in order to leave with nothing unfinished, you have to finish what brought you here. Is that not logical, simple, straightforward, when you realize everything was just an experience?

The victim consciousness in an avatar

Now, you may as an avatar, many avatars in fact do, you have this heroic vision of yourself coming to earth, making a positive difference. The prince on the white horse, or the princess with the long hair. And you come here, you are hammered down by the fallen beings and it is very possible—it is very likely, and many of us have done it—that you develop an aspect of the victim consciousness where you feel that because you came with the best of intentions this should not have happened to you. Because you came here to help people, they should be willing to listen to you, but they are not willing to listen! And you do not understand why they want to continue to suffer, because you do not understand what I have just told you.

You need to deal with that also. You can only do that—and this of course is something I would not tell to the average person because they could not fathom it, but you who are ready to ascend or have the potential to ascend after this lifetime, you are ready to hear this—you can only do that when you accept that regardless of the outer conditions of what the fallen beings did to you or what the original inhabitants ignored you, the experience you had of those outer conditions was entirely created in your mind.

Every experience you have had on earth was entirely created in your own mind. Why? Because you are a self-aware being. You have a drive to transcend your current sense of self. How do you transcend your sense of self? By having experiences in this unascended sphere. And you can have all kinds of experiences where you think it is the outer conditions that are determining your experience. Surely, when you are treated so badly by the fallen beings, how could you not be distraught by this? And as we have said, nobody could come to earth and remain completely unaffected.

Nevertheless, before you can ascend, you must accept: The experiences you had were created in your mind, by your mind. And only when you, the Conscious You, decide to let go of all the selves that created those experiences, can the Conscious You reunite with the I AM Presence.

An experience is a process in the mind

The importance of going through that experience, we have talked about this before, how the Conscious You can actually teach the I AM Presence something is that the I AM Presence in order to ascend, become an ascended master, must also accept: “The experiences I have had, are having, and will forever have, are created in my mind.”

Even when you are co-creator with God, you are co-creating with the ascended masters without external conditions. It is not created in your mind as a separate being, but the experiences you are having are still created in your mind because an experience is a process in the mind. That experience may involve conditions that are not created in your mind.

When you are on earth, there may be conditions you experience that are created in the mind of the fallen beings. When you ascend, you experience conditions that are created by ascended masters at higher levels of yourself, going all the way up through the ascended spheres to the Creator. Yes, your mind is interacting with external conditions that are not created by your mind, but the experience you are having is still taking place in your mind.

That is why as an ascended master who, for example, has been appointed as a Chohan, will for a long time have the experiences of that ray. There is a spiritual ray, but the Chohan is still having an experience. The Chohan can only rise to a higher level in the hierarchy of ascended masters when it realizes that and gives up trying to have the experiences at the Chohan level and now rises to an Elohim, an archangel, cosmic beings, even beyond the sixth sphere.

At any level, in order to transcend the level, you need to recognize that the experiences you had at that level, the experience is created in your mind. Therefore, the only way to rise to a higher experience is to give up the very conditions that gave you your present experience.

Some of you will grasp it, some of you will not. All of you will eventually grasp it. Some of you do not need to grasp it now, but at the moment you stand there before that gate, you need to grasp it at the level you can as an unascended being on earth. There are higher and higher levels of it. Alpha and Omega have grasped it at a higher level than I have. I know this, but I do not have their experience because I am at a lower level. But you see, it is all an experience.

The ongoing experience of self-transcendence

What is the Creator? Well, the Creator is a conscious being. It is having an experience. What are the Presences in the Allness? They are having an experience. Way beyond what you can fathom, way beyond what I can fathom, but it is all experiences. And that, when you grasp it, is the ultimate liberation. The ultimate liberation. It is the very foundation for the entire process of creation.

You can say: “How did the Creator create the world of form?” By transcending the experience it had before it had created anything. It first creates an experience of setting itself apart from the Allness, creating the void, creating the Christ consciousness, creating the Ma-ter light. But it does this by changing its experience.

And then it creates form, the first sphere, and then it changes its experience again by creating self-aware extensions of itself that are sent into the first sphere. As they change their experience, what happens to the Creator’s experience? The Creator also changes its experience, becomes more experienced as a Creator. And the process is ongoing, never ending.

This is one of those things where, as we have said before, the linear mind comes to its limitations. It comes to the red line that cannot be crossed because it will always say: “What started it all? You are saying there is a process that is ongoing. There must have been a beginning point, there must be an ending point.” Why? Why does a process of change necessitate that there was a beginning point and an ending point? Why?

Well, from the linear mind, there must be, there must have been a beginning, there must be an ending. You cannot fathom this in the unascended state, but when you ascend, you can fathom, you can experience. There is just ongoing experiences and self-transcendence. Ongoing.

You are, of course, as we have said before, in a particular world of form. Your world of form had a beginning, it will have an ending, but you will not when you ascend. You can continue in the ever-enfolding tapestry that is self-aware life. I know you cannot really grasp it, but I still desire you to at least hear this, that this is an incredible beauty. There is an incredible beauty in this process.

You can grasp just a glimpse of it. When you go into your heart, when you go into that neutral state of mind and reach up, you can ask me or another ascended master to kind of part the veil a little bit so you can see the light beyond. And when you see the light, even though it blinds you, you still have that experience of this incredible beauty, of this ongoing self-transcendence.

We all in the ascended realm desire you to have it because we know that once you have it, once you experience it, you can never be fully absorbed in your experience here on earth. Therefore, when you know there is an experience beyond what you have on earth, that is when you can give up the experience you are having on earth because you know you will not disappear.

The desire not to be aware

Now, some have come to a point—you have had enough of creating these experiences in your own mind and you flip from thinking you can define how the world should work to not wanting to exist, to not wanting to be aware and you just want to be erased. But that is because you have not had that direct experience of the beauty of the cosmic process, the cosmic unfolding.

Because once you have that experience, you could never want to not exist. You could want to not exist as a separate being. But you cannot really want to not exist as a self-aware being because you can change your experience.

What you have right now, even the desire to not be aware, not be conscious, is an experience. The desire to not want to be is just another experience created in your own mind. But when you give it up, you will have the experience that you are more than this. And then you will want to be more instead of not wanting to be at all.

More to experience

Do you sense that really the only purpose of this long discourse is to give you the experience that there is more than the experience you are having on earth because I desire you to see, to experience a glimpse of my being as an ascended master? Just a glimpse.

Because then you will know the truth that what one has done all can do. Or perhaps we should, with our teaching about the separate self, say: “What one has undone all can undo.”

And with this, I give you my gratitude for being willing to be the instruments for radiating this into the collective consciousness, shattering those walls that have been built around people so that those who are willing have an opportunity to lock in to this Flame of Mercy—the omega aspect, the alpha aspect—for I AM both. And with this, be sealed in that Flame of Mercy.

Back to Making a Difference in a Turbulent World

Being the nexus of the figure-eight flow between the masters and the world

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, March 6, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Vilnius, Lithuania: Making a Difference in a Turbulent World.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary, and I am filled with joy welcoming all of you here, or rather you welcoming me here, although I am always here, for I am with you always as the Divine Mother for Earth.

The nexus of a figure-eight flow

Truly you coming together, so many of you, in this location which is in a sense the nexus of a figure-eight flow between East and West, at least in terms of Europe and Russia, is an auspicious occasion, for it gives us, the ascended masters, an opportunity to use your calls, to use your chakras, to use your auras, to open up this flow between East and West that is the natural flow.

If you look at planet earth, you will see, of course, that planet earth is contrary to what you normally experience, actually rotating from West towards East. Why did I call my rosary the East-West rosary? Well, because there is a certain light that descends over the Himalaya Mountains and it is released through the Dhyani Buddhas and through the people in embodiment in that region who are holding a spiritual balance through their attunement with the Dhyani Buddhas. And that light flows then from what, a certain vantage point is the East towards the West. You could say, of course, that the earth is rotating towards the light, so what is it that is flowing, the earth or the light? But we have to start somewhere, so therefore I chose to call it the East-West rosary.

And of course planet earth is round, so is there really an origin point, is there really only one nexus for the East-West flow, even though I say it originally came down in the Himalaya region? For wherever you are on the earth, if you are attuned to the ascended masters, to the Dhyani Buddhas, to the Divine Mother, you are the nexus point for the flow between East and West. And you will see that there has been, especially in Europe, an impediment to the free flow of the light. You had, not so many years ago, the Iron Curtain that cut off the flow between the eastern part of Europe and Russia, and the western part. And although that was dissolved and many of the Eastern European and Baltic nations became open to democracy, the West, and therefore, established a much better flow, there has still, especially since 2004, been re-established almost an Iron Curtain between Russia, Belarus and Western Europe, or Europe.

The karmic return to Russia

And this has of course slowed down the flow of energy. And now of course with the Ukraine War, this has become even more of a barrier. It is understandable that people, especially in Ukraine, but also in the Eastern part of Europe who are closer to Russia, will feel a certain hesitancy when I talk about establishing a flow between Russia and Europe. For you see of course that Russia is a threat, and I am in no way diminishing that. But on the other hand, we need to recognize that Russia has set in motion a karmic return that did not start with the Soviet Union in 1917, it did not start with Putin’s coming to power in 2000, it did not start with the annexation of Crimea in 2014, or with the attack on Ukraine in 2022. It goes back to ancient times, even to Atlantis.

By launching this war against Ukraine, Putin opened up for this karmic return which had been held back by the laws of karma for so many decades, centuries and millennia.This will happen. It is already happening to some degree. But it will happen for those people in Russia who will only awaken through the School of Hard Knocks. The knocks must become hard enough to awaken them.

Reestablishing the energy flow with Russia

But you who are the spiritual people need to recognize there are people in Russia who are not in the School of Hard Knocks. Even if they are not openly spiritual, even if they know nothing about ascended masters, they are still not in the School of Hard Knocks. And therefore, they can be awakened by feeling a flow of energy from you, and by you allowing a return flow and therefore consuming some of the energies that are burdening people. And this is what we need you to see. We need you to sort of switch your focus so you look away from the negative portents of the war, the threat from Russia, but you become willing to connect to the spiritual people in Russia, send your positive energy in a figure-eight flow, accept the return of some of their energy which you have the tools to transmute. This is what we are asking you to hold in your minds during this conference, to reestablish this energy flow.

During the rosary you just gave, I gave the messenger a vision that the Dhyani Buddhas broke down this barrier and opened up a portal that is the nexus of the figure-eight flow. I ask you to envision this for the rest of this conference. Some of you may wish to envision it after the conference as well if you have ties to Russia or if you are in Russia. You can envision this flow because as we also said in the rosary, unconditional forgiveness is the key to freedom.

Turning the other cheek

You may look at yourselves, those of you who have grown up, perhaps even being born in the Soviet Union, growing up in some of the Baltic European countries, and you may see that you have of course a certain resentment towards Russia and perhaps towards Russians. I am not trying to diminish that in any way. I am not trying to make excuses in any way for what Russia has done. But what I am saying is, you as the spiritual people, if you are to fulfill your highest potential in the current situation, you need to overcome any fear or resentment of Russia.

And the only way to do that is unconditional forgiveness, which is not done for the sake of Russia, but for your own sake to set yourself free from this fear and resentment that is a burden for you. You can therefore serve to set free your own countries from this. For you see, my beloved, if someone attacks you and you respond in kind, you create a karmic situation. The magic of Jesus’ teaching to turn your other cheek is that when you do not respond in kind, instead of taking the karma upon you, you let it return to the sender, to the aggressor. And therefore, they will now feel the karma, they will be burdened by it, and it will limit their ability to conduct further aggression.

Now I am not talking about here not taking physical precautions. I am not telling the European nations to not arm. They need to do what they are doing so they can deter a Russian aggression. I am not saying that Ukraine should not defend itself. I am talking about and talking to the spiritual people who are the forerunners for a shift in consciousness, for the best way to resolve the situation is to establish a figure-eight flow between the spiritual people in Russia and the spiritual people in Europe, and increase that figure-eight flow so it can pull up on the people in Russia who are not in the School of Hard Knocks, so that they can raise the collective consciousness and sort of break through the clouds that are blinding the Russian leadership and the Russian people so they can only see that their only option is to continue on the track they are on.

If you hit hard and you do not get the results, they can only see you must try and hit harder. You can only continue. You think that you have to knock your way through the wall by the effort of hard knocks, but that is precisely what keeps you in the School of Hard Knocks, and the knocks that come back to you are just your own force reflected back to you multiplied by the karmic mirror, so to speak.

The upward movement in Russia

There are people in Russia who can feel the flow and tune in and bring forth certain thoughts and ideas, even a certain shift, where more and more people begin to have this thought: “Is this really what we want? Is this really what we want our personal lives to be, our nation to be, our future to be?” And gradually, slowly, this can begin to spread so that instead of only having Russia be in the School of Hard Knocks, there is also an upward movement, and this will be the best possible outcome for all parties involved, even the Europeans. Again, this is an instruction for spiritual people, not for the general public, but for you who are spiritual people and want to be forerunners for breaking the stalemate that has in a certain way existed for four years. You may say: “Has there been movement in those four years?” Yes, of course, but nevertheless, there has still been a certain stalemate that none of the parties on the two sides has really been able to break free from. And that is what I ask you to envision, that both Russia and Europe, for that matter the United States, even though they have already marginalized themselves to some degree, will break free from this and find a new way to approach this.

Now, take note that I am not here talking about Putin getting what he wants. I am talking about an entirely new approach that the current leaders of Russia, the current leaders of the United States, and most of the current leaders of Europe cannot envision yet, but it can break through because, of course, we as the ascended masters, we always see a higher solution than the escalating conflict or the downward spiral of karmic return.

We understand, because we read the collective consciousness, that there are many people in Ukraine, in the West, who are feeling: “Why should we have to deal with this aggression from Russia? Why should we have to have our country destroyed by Russia? Why should we in Europe have to spend all this money on arms instead of spending it on developing society?” There is a certain desire there to see Russia punished, to see Russia put in its place. And we understand that this is there in the collective consciousness, but again, we are asking you who are the spiritual people, you who are the forerunners, to transcend this, to let it go, and instead say: “What is the higher solution?” Instead of wanting to punish Russia, you want Russia to be transformed. And that, of course, cannot be done with the current leadership in Russia, but you can envision that a new form of leadership emerges. It is not impossible at all.

Increasing the light

You see, when you tune in to this light, this flow from East to West that you invoke in this rosary, you realize that the light does one very simple thing. It displaces the darkness. The light is not an aggressive force. The light does not really do anything to the darkness. Yes, there is a certain transformation of particular energies when you invoke spiritual light, but the light I am talking about here is in a sense a higher light than, for example, the violet flame. It is a light that just lights up. It is like you are in a dark cave and you light a candle, and suddenly there is light where before there was only darkness. And for a time, the fact that the light is increasing means the shadows become darker and more visible, which is, of course, what you see in this 12-year cycle. But that is just a phase. And that is why for you to make a difference in this turbulent world, you need to see that it is necessary to increase the light to make the shadows more visible. For you will notice that when there are no shadows, it is because there is only darkness. Do you see this, my beloved? There can only be shadows if there is some light. For in total darkness, there are no shadows. What you are seeing in the world is that the shadows are becoming more visible.

Focus on the light, not on the shadows

And those who focus on the shadows will think the world is getting worse. But the world is not getting worse because there is more and more light. What we are asking you to do, and all spiritual people to do in this 12-year cycle, focus on the light, not on the shadows. You do not need to necessarily turn off your internet connection and stop watching the news, but do not focus on the shadows. Focus on the light. Tune into the light. Become that nexus wherever you are physically. Become that nexus for the figure-eight flow of light that always comes from the East, flows through the West, then turns around, flows back towards the East, is multiplied, flows through that figure-eight flow where you are the nexus.

If you imagine that the figure-eight flow is a racetrack. Some of you may have, when you were children, had these little racetracks with electric cars and they may have been shaped as a figure-eight. You see that there are two straight lines and then there are two curves. And you know that if you drive the car too fast around the curves, it might run off the track. Why? Because there is more force on the car, centrifugal force, when it turns. What I am saying to you here is, if your focus is out there on the problems and the shadows, it is like you are keeping yourself in the turn, where there are all these gravitational forces pulling on you. Where is the safest place to be? In the nexus, the center, for there is actually no movement. Not on the racetrack, I understand, but you see my metaphor. When you are in the nexus of the figure-eight flow, instead of out on the periphery, that is where there is calm. But how can you be in the nexus? By not resisting the flow, just letting the flow come through you from the East, letting it return out there, come back from the West, flowing through your heart chakra, and you can remain in the nexus and be calm.

Now, we understand very well what many people are going through in these years. We understand that there is a great shift during the corona crisis, where many people started to look at the future with negative expectations. And many people have not gotten out of it. Many people got pulled into what we have called the epic mindset, thinking you are living in some dramatic, perhaps even end times. Many ordinary people who are not open to any kind of religion or prophecy still feel the tension, and of course you feel it as well. Some of you who are spiritual people have a special reaction to this because you feel a sense of responsibility for helping raise the earth, raise society, and some of you feel like, because you can give invocations and decrees, you need to be aware of what is happening out there, and sometimes you spend too much time reading the news so you get burdened by it. You have to find a way where you can remain centered despite the turbulence. And we will of course talk more about this during the conference, but I wanted to give you an initial idea.

Heal your traumas first

You all know that there has for a long time been a certain method, we might say, of how to administer first aid in an accident, in some kind of emergency situation. The certain guidelines and principles for how these responders or even ordinary people can respond to the situation. And the first rule is always safety first, minimize the accident, prevent the situation from escalating further. What does that mean for you? Well, it means if you want to make a difference in a turbulent world, the first thing you need to do is not add to the turbulence. We understand how easy it is to be pulled in by all the events that are happening, especially if they are affecting you personally. But you have to find a way to decide that you will not allow the turbulence that is outside to enter your aura, your chakras, your energy field, your mind.

And of course it does have a lot to do with subconscious selves that for many of you were created in past lifetimes in situations, mind you, that were far more dramatic than what you see in the world today. Many of you have in past lives experienced situations far more traumatic and dramatic than what you are experiencing now. You carry that with you. If you feel that kind of a response, then use our tools, Healing Your Spiritual Traumas and other tools and books to go after that. Because that is the only way you will make it through this 12-year cycle and make the maximum progress and give the best contribution to raising the whole.

Make your own decisions

But beyond that, beyond resolving selves that pull you into reacting, it is also a matter of making a decision. You see, we understand that we give many, many instructions. Many different dictations and ideas and tools. And it can sometimes be confusing how you react to it, what you focus on. You could take our teachings, for example, about the subconscious selves and you could say: “Well, I just need to resolve all the subconscious selves so my mind is clear and then I’ll know what to do.” There are people who reason that way. It is almost like they think that personal Christhood means that either your Christ Self or some ascended master or your I AM Presence is always telling you what to do. But it is actually not the case.

You do not become a marionette by becoming the Christ. Even though Jesus said: “I cannot of my own self do nothing, it is the Father within me doeth the work. And as I hear, so I speak,” and so forth. But still there is a fine balance to be found. Because as you resolve the subconscious selves, you are reducing the pull from those selves on the Conscious You. And the selves pull you into making certain decisions. Because when you are inside a self, colored by the self, there are certain options you cannot see. And especially if those selves open you up to the collective consciousness, so you are even more limited. But you see, even if you removed all the selves, you, the Conscious You, still need to make decisions. You need to make choices. Because that is why the I AM Presence sent the Conscious You into embodiment. It did not just want a Conscious You that could be like a marionette for the I AM Presence. It wanted the Conscious You to make decisions from that vantage point. Because that is a unique experience that the I AM Presence also learns from.

No right or wrong decisions

What I am saying is that most of you have resolved some psychology. But you have to be careful that you do not, in your mind, think that as you remove these subconscious selves, your I AM Presence will tell you what to do, and you, the Conscious You, do not have to make choices. What it actually means is that when you resolve the subconscious selves, there is nothing horizontally that pulls on the Conscious You. And you have the option now to tune in vertically to the I AM Presence, to the ascended masters. But you still have to make decisions. I say you have to, but it is really when you resolve the subconscious selves, making decisions is not a burden.

There are some of you, and we understand it, but there are some of you that have this unrecognized idea that making decisions is a burden. It is a risk. Because you could make the wrong decision, you could make a mistake. But you see, we have talked about this before. Even when the Conscious You is not pulled into making a certain decision because of a subconscious self, but when the Conscious You is neutral, any decision you make is perfectly acceptable. It cannot be a mistake. It cannot be a mistake because a mistake is dualistic value judgment that only exists in the subconscious separate selves based on duality.

When the Conscious You is neutral, there is no mistake, there is no right decision, there is no wrong decision. There are only decisions that have a certain outcome. Then you observe the outcome, then you learn from this, then you move up higher, and you make a better decision, and a better decision, and a better decision. Or rather, you make a more free decision. They are just decisions that have a certain outcome, and whatever the outcome, you can grow from it.

The decision to stay in the center

What this leads to is this realization that you can make a decision to focus on the light instead of focusing on the shadows, to focus on the opportunities instead of the problems. And you can especially make that decision to stay centered in the nexus of the figure eight flow.

You see what I said earlier, during this conference, you can see yourself that you are here in the nexus, you are allowing light to flow from you to the east, but you are also allowing a return current. Now you could become burdened by this return current, but you can also decide to stay in the center, just let the energy flow. Because when the energy flows, the lower vibrations will be raised up, and the return current from above will be to raise the light, to multiply the talents.

You see, you can in a sense say there is a horizontal flow between you and Russia. But you see, the Dhyani Buddhas are involved in this flow, and whatever you allow to flow through you will be purified by the light coming from the Dhyani Buddhas. And that means that you

will have a return current of that multiplied light. When you stay in the center, you are not burdened by whatever flows through you. The same goes for any other situation where you are aware of something happening in the world. You can allow yourself to be in the center of

the figure-eight flow, to open up a figure-eight flow where you are, but you are not focusing on what is flowing through the center. You are staying in that calm center. And you can make that decision that the most important for you, for the rest of this 12-year cycle, is to stay

in the center and just allow the light to flow in both directions through you. You can visualize it as a figure-eight flow between the ascended masters and yourself. When the light is flowing through the I AM Presence and the masters down through the nexus, and it flows out into the world, there is a return current that flows back up to the masters and is transformed. But you are not focusing on that. You are focusing on the calmness in the center.

Allowing the energy to flow

We understand, or rather we experience, because we experience your state of mind, your consciousness, that this is not easy to do in a turbulent world. And the more turbulent of a situation you are in, the more difficult it becomes, of course. But still, it is possible. But it takes that, not just one decision, but it takes that every time you feel you are being pulled into the turbulence, you make that decision, focus on the center. Do not focus on the turbulence. Do not give it your energy. Do not allow energy to be pulled out of your aura into the turbulence. Instead, allow the light to flow from above.

You see, normally, if you are in a certain situation, there will be a pull on you from dark forces, from the collective consciousness, through your subconscious self. And they will attempt to pull energy out of your aura. But when you establish a figure eight flow, it is energy from the ascended masters that will flow into the situation. That means you are not losing anything. You are allowing the light to flow through you, rather than energy that is already in the material realm to be sucked out of your energy field. And then when the return current comes, you do not take it in and multiply it or be concerned about it or worry about it. You just let it flow back up. You see, you become the open door for the flow. You become a conduit where the energy flows through you, but you do not take the negatives in. You do not lose the positive. And what actually happens is that when you allow this flow, there will be a return current, and that return current will stay in your aura, in your chakras, and increase the light you have, so instead of losing light to the turbulence, you are receiving more light from above through the figure-eight flow. But you see, for this to happen, there has to be the flow.

The shift at the 96th level

And this is again one of these shifts because it is easy to get into this, and we see many ascended master students and many other spiritual people who get into this mindset that you realize you have an aura, you have an energy field. There is a certain amount of energy in that field. You realize there are forces, including other people, who want to suck energy out of your energy field, take energy from you. And sometimes you feel you have lost some energy, sometimes you feel you have taken in some negative energy. You get this idea that you need to build a shield of light, protection from Archangel Michael, you need to be cut free by Astrea. So that there is not any negative energy flowing into your aura, and there is not any positive energy being sucked out of your aura.

And that is perfectly valid for a time. At a certain stage of the spiritual path, this is perfectly valid. But when you start approaching the 96th level and going above it, this is no longer the constructive approach. Because now it is not a matter of shutting your energy field off from the world, it is a matter of establishing the figure-eight flow from above. But what did Jesus say with his parable about the talents? If you bury your talents in the ground, there is nothing to multiply. And there comes a point on the spiritual path, around that 96th level, where even if you keep the light in your own aura, you are burying it in the ground. You are not at the 60th or 75th or 49th level of consciousness. Because there you need to absorb and build the energy in your aura to rise above the collective consciousness. But when you start going beyond that into the 96th level, you need to establish the figure-eight flow, so that the light flows through you into the world, return current that flows back up and is multiplied.

But for this to happen, you must be in that neutral state of mind. It is like you can say no force in this world, like Jesus said: “The prince of this world comes and has nothing in me.” No force in this world can reach into your subconscious self and forcefully pull out energy. They cannot steal energy from your aura. But still, there can be seemingly turbulent situations where energy flows through you. But it is not the energy in your aura, it is the energy from above. And then as the energy is returned, there can be lower energy that flows into your aura, but it does not stay in your aura. It flows through the nexus and up, where it is transformed by the masters, returned to you, multiplied.

You see, it is not that one teaching contradicts the other. It is that one teaching progresses from the other. As we always say, we are giving progressive revelation. There is a period where you need to seal your aura, prevent energy from being sucked out. You need to prevent yourself from taking in negative energy. But at the higher level, you need to establish that figure-eight flow and just be in the center. Whatever flows this way, whatever flows that way, you are neutral. You just let it flow through you, and you stay neutral. But that also means that you have to be willing to look at what you have of viewpoints of what should or should not happen in the world. Including, as I said, what should or should happen about Russia. You are just letting the light flow. You do not need to have an outer opinion or expectation about what should or should not happen. You are just letting the light flow.

Being the nexus during the conference

This is what we are asking you to envision during this conference. You are here in Vilnius. This is the nexus. You are the nexus. Light flows from us, the ascended masters, through you into Russia, Belarus, Ukraine. The light just flows. The more neutral you can be, the more light can flow. It does not matter what happens. It does not matter whether this or that happens or does not happen or falls apart or does not fall apart. You are just allowing the light to flow. You are just allowing the return current, whatever comes back, you just let it flow up. You do not need to worry about us being burdened by it. You just need to not be

burdened by it yourself because you just allow it to flow up. And then you allow the return current to flow down again. And that is what we are asking you to help each other do, help each other achieve. Just be neutral. And then after the conference, if you do not feel that Russia is a particularly important topic for you, you focus on other things that are important to you. But again, this, be the nexus of the figure-eight flow from the ascended masters into the world and back. But be neutral to whatever flows through you.

Making a difference for ourselves and the world

With this, I have accomplished what I determined I wanted to give you in this opening installment. But I want to extend our gratitude to all of you who are here, all of you who are on the webinar. All of you who are part of this upward movement through previous conferences, webinars, by you giving your decrees personally, your invocations.

You see, in an intensified cycle like this 12-year cycle, it can feel like: “Does what I am doing make any difference? Does it matter that I am giving these decrees and invocations?” Because you look at the headlines, and as I said, you look at the shadows becoming darker, and you feel like: “How is it making any difference? How can I, as one person sitting here in my home giving invocations, how can that make a difference?” But it does make a difference. You may not be able to see it. You especially may not be able to see it as physical, visible results. But I can assure you, I see the difference that each of you is making. And many of you have, over these last, now, quite a number of years, we have talked about these subconscious selves, many of you have made tremendous progress in how you feel about yourself and about life. I can assure you that if we took a picture of you today, compared it to ten years ago, and you could see the difference in your auras, you would be amazed at the difference, many of you. But you do not really need to see that picture, do you? Because you feel better. Or do you not? There is a reward in you feeling better about yourself. And that means you do not have to worry about: “Does it make a difference in the world?” Because you know you are part of the collective consciousness. If there is an improvement in your energy field, there will also be an improvement in the collective, even if you cannot see it in the headlines. And why do not you see it in the headlines? Because the media is focused on the shadows. There is no news like bad news. And that is what they are focused on. Therefore, you cannot expect to see it, except once in a while, by accident they report some good news, almost lost in the stream of negatives. But you can once in a while see that there has been a shift, there has been a change.

I, as an ascended master, I enjoy interacting with you. I hope you enjoy interacting with me. And I hope you will consider interacting with me also when you are at home, in your private life, and not at a conference like this. For I am always there with you.

With this I seal you in my great joy.

Back to Making a Difference in a Turbulent World

You can change your mind and leave duality behind

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, January 4, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 New Year’s webinar: Becoming Wise to the Serpents.

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha, and it is my privilege and my joy to give the final address at this New Year’s webinar.

It has, from our perspective, been successful. It has exceeded our expectations. We have given more dictations than the lowest potential. You have invoked more light than the lowest potential and as a result, the entire interaction between you and us has had a greater impact on the collective consciousness than we expected. For this, you have our gratitude and just our recognition of your willingness to come together, so many people connected via this Saint Germain’s technology and add your momentum to the momentum of the group.

The thoughtform for the year 2026

Another order of business, we might say, is the thoughtform for the year 2026. This time it is somewhat similar to thoughtforms given in the past, but nevertheless, what is needed for this year? It is that you visualize a gentle but steady rain falling, but it is not water. It is golden drops of the Second Ray of Wisdom, but in a liquid form, and it falls gently to earth, everywhere on earth. It falls gently, covering everything, running together in rivers and lakes, even replenishing the many dry rivers and lakes found throughout the planet, alleviating the water shortage found in many places. But the primary purpose is to cover the earth with liquid wisdom. Surely a new concept, but why should energy, which is of the Second Ray of Wisdom, not be able to take on a liquid form? Eventually, you may visualize that this golden rain covers everywhere on the land and flows into the ocean, spreading throughout the globe, until the entire planet glows with a golden glow of the Second Ray. It is not an aggressive light, it is a gentle light, but it still lights up the dark places so that nothing can be hidden.

That is the visualization for this coming year, that the liquid golden light will expose everything that needs to be exposed, so that people can see it for what it is, see what is hidden, the hidden motives, the hidden agendas, the illegal activities, the harmful, self-centered activities. And people can have an opportunity to decide: How long will we accept this going on, on this planet, in our nation?

Progressive revelation

I will now turn to the topic of this conference, becoming wise to the serpents. I wish I could have given this teaching about the serpents 2500 years ago. Jesus wishes he could have given it 2000 years ago, even though he gave some hints about the scribes and Pharisees, those who are of the father, the devil, who are outwardly beautiful, but inwardly filled with dead men’s bones. But still, we wish we could have given the teaching we can give today, but of course that was not possible due to the level of the collective consciousness. There simply were not people in embodiment who could have fathomed these teachings.

And as you will see that in order to give this teaching about the serpentine mind, you, who are our direct students, already had to know a lot of things, about the previous spheres, about the possibility that beings could fall, about the duality consciousness, about those who want to manipulate, want to oppose God’s plan for the raising up of all life. It is not a simple teaching. It is a far-reaching teaching.

But as Padmasambhava said, there comes a point on your path to a higher level of awareness, call it Christhood or Buddhahood, where you need to understand the psychology involved. The psychology that directly opposes, blocks, aborts, hinders the birth of the Christ in you.

You need to understand the nature of the path towards a higher state of consciousness, why it must involve free will, why you must be allowed to experiment with your free will, until you reach that point where you can, in full awareness of what you are doing, give up using your free will as a separate being. That is a teaching that has never been given before, at least in the recent history of earth, which we can count in the tens of thousands of years. There was some awareness of this given in the temple of the Divine Mother in Lemuria, but not even on Atlantis could this teaching be given.

Avoiding submission to fallen beings

Why am I saying this? To make you feel special because you can receive the teaching? Nay, to help you recognize the reality that you have reached a certain level of Christhood. Because when you recognize what Christhood is, this will not make you feel special compared to others. For in Christhood, the high are made low, the low are made high. None are more special than others. All are unique individuals, and there can be no value judgment or comparisons in uniqueness.

This is what the fallen beings find it most difficult to accept. They have spent a very long time building up their status, even their power, in this world. Now here comes a person who does not have that long history of a fallen being. Who does not even have the outer understanding of how the universe works, does not have the power to manipulate matter and to manipulate other people. Who is he compared to the fallen beings? Or she? And yet, this audacious person dares to embody the Christ mind, and suddenly that person is elevated beyond the fallen beings. Because the status of this world is nothing before the Christ mind, or the Living Christ.

Yes, the fallen beings could kill Jesus’ physical body, but they could not make him submit to them. They could not make him idolize them, even though they tried, which is not recorded in the scriptures. Many other examples throughout the ages of a person, who had embodied some degree of the Christ consciousness, was approached and attacked by the fallen beings. And even though the fallen beings could traumatize that person, they could not make the person submit and idolize the fallen beings.

Many of you, who came to earth as avatars, yes, you were exposed to the birth trauma. Yes, you were traumatized. Yes, you created the primal self. Yes, you have been affected by this ever since, but did you submit to the fallen beings? Did you think they were of a higher status than you? The vast majority of avatars that came to earth never submitted. If you did, you can overcome it by using our teachings. But most of you did not, because you had some measure of Christ’s discernment.

You can say in a certain way that it was not that difficult for an avatar to avoid submitting when you were viciously attacked by the fallen beings. But you see, not all avatars were viciously attacked, as described in a book about My Lives. Some were approached by the serpents who attempted to make them feel special and act as if they were special. But still, most avatars did not submit.

That is why you need to be aware of the fallen beings, so that you do not submit in this lifetime, so that you do not surrender your Christ discernment to some leader, fallen or not, that you think knows better than you, even better than the Christ mind. You do not want to be like the people who rejected the Living Christ and preferred Barabbas. And if you find yourself in that situation, then extricate yourself as quickly as possible by being willing to admit that you were fooled, but even that can become a positive learning experience. It is far better to admit that you were fooled by the fallen beings than continuing to be fooled for the indefinite future, even for the rest of this lifetime, because it aborts your Christ potential.

An experience in the mind vs. a state of mind

What have we said that everything on earth is? An experiment. Following a fallen being, accepting some serpentine logic, can be seen as just an experiment. But it is only an experiment if you are willing to use the Second Ray of Wisdom to evaluate the outcome of the experiment. Otherwise, it becomes not just an experience, but a state of mind. An experience passes through your mind. It may shift your view of life, your view of yourself, but it does not necessarily leave a trace. But when an experience is not processed in the light of wisdom, it creates a subconscious self that dwells below the threshold of conscious awareness. And now, instead of having one fleeting temporary experience that may have colored your mind, you now have an ongoing experience, a state of mind, rather than an experience in the mind. That is what leads to attachments, for the self is attached to the illusion that defines the self. An attachment leads to suffering.

Suffering as a safety mechanism

What does the serpentine mind do? Padmasambhava talked about safety mechanisms. Well, one safety mechanism is actually suffering. You are conducting an experiment with the First Ray or any ray, but you refuse to evaluate it neutrally. This creates a separate self. The separate self leads to suffering. This should be a sign that you have created an attachment. And therefore, you need to look at your psychology. You need to be willing to process your experiment. Re-evaluate. If you are not willing to do it, you reinforce the suffering. What is it that enables you to feel that you are suffering, but to refuse to look at the cause of your suffering? It is the serpentine mind, which allows you to justify or explain away the suffering as inevitable, as natural, as put upon you by God who created you as a sinner, or even as benefiting some cause.

For example, many Russians believe that Russia is destined to be the savior of the nations because the Russian people will outlast the West because they are more willing to suffer than any other nation. Suffering has suddenly become a virtue, not through experience, but through the serpentine logic. The German people are meant to purify the earth of the lesser races and be the Aryan race, but they have to be willing to give their lives to obey Hitler’s commands. Suffering becomes a virtue. You are still suffering, but you refuse to look at what it is in your own consciousness that causes you to suffer because there is some external reason that says you are meant to suffer. You can only suffer because God created you as a sinner, so you do not need to look at what it is in your consciousness that causes you to suffer. You just sit around on a hard church bench and wait for Jesus to show up and save you.

What is suffering?

What is suffering? Where does it take place? In – your – mind. Suffering is an experience in the mind. Yes, there is physical pain to the physical body, but pain is a warning signal to the body that something is threatening the survival of the body. Suffering does not take place in the body. Suffering takes place in the mind. For example, when the mind evaluates: “I should not have this physical pain, this should not be happening to me.” But you see, when it comes to the psychological suffering that comes from these attachments, these subconscious selves, you are not even saying in many cases: “Oh, I should not be suffering, this should not be happening to me.” You are thinking it is a virtue or it is inevitable.

You may say: “But is the purpose of life not to have the experiences you want to have until you no longer want them?” Sure, you can say that. But how can you choose that you no longer want to suffer if you are fallen prey to the serpentine logic that makes you believe suffering is inevitable or it is a virtue that serves some greater cause and will lead you to some reward in some afterlife?

Suffering is a state of mind. How can the afterlife free you from suffering when the fact is that even after the body dies, your mind still continues? Is not the whole idea of a religion, that after the body dies, your soul lives on? What is your soul? Your mind. How would the death of the body or the actions of some external savior change your state of mind when your state of mind is the result of the choices you have made or the non-choices you have made, the choices you have refused to make?

Yet the serpentine logic can come up with these ideas that your suffering is not the result of choices you made. You were created by God as a sinner. You are meant to suffer, if you are Russian. So how can you choose not to suffer? How can you choose to change your state of mind when your suffering was put upon you by an external force?

Even avatars can fall prey to this logic. When you come to this planet with the best of intentions, you are exposed to the birth trauma. That trauma was put upon you from without. But was your reaction to it put upon you from without? Or was it the result of choices you made? Again, we are not blaming you for making that choice. As we have explained, we all made that choice. But the importance of acknowledging that your state of mind is the result of choices you made is that any choice you have made, you can undo by making a more aware choice. Whereas if your state of mind is put upon you from without, how can you choose to escape it?

The essence of spirituality

What is the entire purpose of a true spiritual teaching? To help you change your state of mind by making more aware choices than the choices that caused you to create your current state of mind in which you suffer. What did I give people 2,500 years ago? A teaching. How could they get results from that teaching? By applying it. Did I ever promise that I would do it for them? Did Jesus promise that he would do it for them? The fallen beings who created the Catholic Church made that promise, but Jesus did not. No true teacher ever has.

You can only give people a teaching that will change their state of mind if they apply it, but they have to choose to apply it. But the very fact that they have to choose to apply the teaching shows that if applying the teaching can liberate them from their state of mind, their current state of mind, then their current state of mind must be a result of choices they made. Otherwise, how can the choice to embrace the teaching liberate you? This is the central truth, the central reality, the central realization of all true spirituality.

Suffering takes place in the mind. It is a state of mind. Your state of mind is the result of choices you made in the past. The only way to escape suffering is to consciously change your state of mind by making more aware choices. This is the essence of spirituality.

The fallen beings, those in the serpentine mindset, have done everything they can think of to prevent people from coming to this essential realization. They will deny what I have said. They will divert your attention. They will say: “Oh, it cannot be that simple. No, no, salvation requires much more than just changing your mind. You need an external savior. You need the external religion. You need these elaborate doctrines, these elaborate rituals. Otherwise, you will not qualify for entry into the kingdom of heaven, which must be much more sophisticated than earth. It is so far away from earth. It is so hard to get in. That is why you have not gotten in so far. It proves how hard it is. You must go through this elaborate ritual, this elaborate process. You cannot just change your mind and get in.”

And it is true. You cannot just change your mind. You cannot have an instant awakening, an instant enlightenment like some of these modern non-dual teachers claim. For you must change all of the choices that created your current state of mind, that created the subconscious selves that you have. And you must do it one decision at a time. And it must be conscious. It will not happen automatically.

How do we grow?

When you are exposed to a traumatic situation here on earth, whether you are an avatar or an original inhabitant, here you are—you are confronted with a certain situation from without. You have to react. The situation might overwhelm you, might disturb your sense of peace, your state of equilibrium. But you have to react. When you are forced to react this way, you are not making a fully conscious choice to create that separate self. That is why you so often accept an illusion that creates a separate self.

You can say that you have gotten yourself into your current state of mind by making a lot of unconscious or semi-conscious choices, where you reacted, you were forced to react by external circumstances. But the only way to escape, to rise above, to transcend your current state of mind is to undo those unconscious choices by making conscious choices, aware choices.

Some will say: “Oh, that is just unfair.” And you may say: “A natural planet is unfair, free will is unfair. You could make a mistake when you have free will. Wouldn’t it be much easier if you did not have free will, so you could not make a mistake?”

That is the serpentine logic again: “God made a mistake by giving beings free will. He should not have done that. He should take it back.” But how then would you grow? It does not matter that you make unaware choices and go into a state of mind that causes suffering because when you go out of that state of mind by making aware choices, that is how you grow. That is how you expand your sense of self.

What does expanding your sense of self, raising your consciousness mean? You become more aware. You can go into a state of illusion without being aware of what you are doing. But you can only go out of it consciously by becoming aware and that raises your awareness, which is the whole purpose of your existence, to raise your awareness from that localized sense of self to the all-encompassing sense of self of the Creator.

The function of the teachings’s complexity?

You look at even the religion of Buddhism and you see that even the teaching that I gave, as much of it is recorded in the Pali Canon, which is of course not all of it, but even that teaching is very complex. You look at many religions on earth, very complex teachings. You look at many spiritual teachings, very complex. You look at the teaching we have given you about fallen beings and the serpentine mind, as I started out talking about—very complex. Yet the basic dynamic is as simple as what I have just stated. The basic dynamic is simple. Does that mean the complexity is wrong? No. What is the function of the complexity? To raise your awareness, to expand your awareness. The more you become aware of, the more it expands your awareness. Now some of the things that you find in the world, you can say: “Oh there is great complexity,” but they are born out of the duality consciousness, the consciousness of separation. They are not real. But yet, even if you go into these dualistic illusions, when you consciously go out of them, you become aware, more aware.

Expanding awareness has two sides. You become aware of what actually exists, what is real, and you become aware of what exists only in the separate mind. And therefore, from a certain perspective is unreal. But see, even becoming aware that something is unreal expands your awareness. That is why we have said that it does not matter that you go into duality because you can learn when you consciously go back out of duality. But you see, you have to acknowledge the dynamic. If you are suffering, there are conditions in your own mind that cause the suffering. And you will only overcome the suffering by exposing those conditions and consciously choosing to leave them behind, to let them go, to let them be dissolved by your higher awareness of what is real.

The serpentine mind will do everything possible to prevent you from going through this process of self-examination. The serpentine mind will attempt to prevent you from using the very basic ability given to you by the Creator, the ability to be self-aware.The serpentine mind will do everything possible to sabotage your self-awareness. You will be self-conscious. You will be conscious that you are suffering. But you will not be able to escape the suffering because you are not willing to become self-aware by looking at your state of mind and seeing the choices that cause your suffering and replacing those choices consciously. Spirituality does not need to be more complex than that. But in all practicality, it should be more complex because, in a sense, the more complex, the more you learn.

The growing complexity of the creation

We have often talked about the progression of the spheres and the spheres become increasingly dense. When a sphere is denser, what does that mean? Everything is more complex, more complicated. You can go deeper into separation in the seventh sphere than you could in the first sphere. Therefore, it is more complex to go out of separation. And by going through the more complex process, you increase your awareness of what is real and unreal. This expands your sense of self. This, however, is a delicate topic.

Am I saying that if you take a being who ascended in the first sphere, that being had an easier process of ascending, and it has therefore, only reached a certain level of consciousness in the ascended realm? But if you take a being who ascended from the seventh sphere, that being has seen more complexity and should therefore, be more advanced than the being who ascended in the first sphere. Is that what I am hinting at? Nay, because what created the second sphere? It was created out of the beings who ascended in the first sphere. They are experiencing what you are experiencing in the seventh sphere. Just as the Creator is experiencing everything you experience— is experiencing its creation from the inside through you. As you expand your sense of self and ascend in the seventh sphere, the beings all the way up through the hierarchy also grow in awareness.

Nevertheless, as we have said before, recently, you can still, after ascending in this sphere, fulfill the role of teaching those who ascended in previous spheres because you can share your experience with them as you saw it, as you experienced it. They are having their experience, they are not having your experience, and you can share that with them.

Limitations of the linear mind

Sounds complicated, but you do not need to understand this with the linear mind. You need to contemplate it till you experience the reality beyond the words. You may realize, if you would step back and look at the progressive revelation we have given starting in 2002, that we are beginning to give you concepts that cannot be understood by the linear, analytical, rational mind. Therefore, the words that we give you, the concepts that we give you, are not meant to give you linear understanding, but to stimulate your mind so you can say: “I am not understanding what Gautama said, but I am willing to reach for a direct experience of his being so that I can experience it beyond the words that he gave to stimulate my mind.” This has always been the case. It has not often been explained as clearly as we explain it now, but there has always been a need to go beyond the words to the direct experience.

I was aware of this 2,500 years ago. I was aware of the limitations of words. That is why the serpentine mind tempted me by saying, “You have had such a high experience that nobody will be able to understand and relate to it. There is no point in you going back and sharing it with the world.” And as I said back then: “Some will understand.” But it really means some will desire to experience. Some will open their minds to that experience, not just an understanding of the Buddha’s teaching, but a direct experience of the Buddha’s consciousness, the Buddha’s state of mind.

What is Buddhahood? A state of mind. Beyond the separate dualistic state of mind, certainly, but still a state of mind. What is the consciousness of the beings who ascended in the first sphere? A state of mind. What is the consciousness of the Creator? A state of mind. Infinitely beyond yours, almost as infinitely beyond mine, but still a state of mind.

The metal construct of nothingness

In this year, 2026, the energies of the Second Ray will have a profound impact on religion and spirituality. They will challenge all religions and spiritual teachings influenced by the serpentine mind. Jesus described how the Nicene Creed has been influenced by the serpentine mind. Well, many Buddhist interpretations have also been influenced by the serpentine mind. That is why you see these divisions in Buddhism, some of them. Others are just a different focus, but some are caused by the serpentine mind.

One of the big challenges in Buddhism and in some modern spiritual teachings is the concept of nothingness. Try to use your linear rational mind to contemplate the topic of nothingness or nothing. What is nothing? Some Buddhists, some modern teachers, some Vedantists will say, “There is a state of a void of nothing. Brahman is undifferentiated. Therefore, there is nothing in Brahman. Any differentiation is a duality, and the highest form of spirituality is to attain a non-dual state of mind or a non-dual awareness, overcoming all differentiation.” Is there a state of nothingness? Well, as we have said, there is the void created by the Creator. But is the void really nothing? The void is a sphere separated from the Allness, so there is none of the Allness in the void.

There is no form as you see in this world of form, so there is no thing in the void. But is the void completely empty? Is there nothing there? Nay. There is the Creator’s consciousness, the Creator’s being. How could the Creator create a void that was empty of itself? This cannot be done. The Creator can create anything it can envision out of itself, but even the Creator cannot uncreate itself and create a void where there is no thing, no Allness, and no Creator. The void is the undifferentiated expression, so to speak, or state of being of the Creator’s being. But it is not nothing. There is a living Presence, a living being there.

Nothing does not exist. A state of nothing does not exist. It is a mental construct, a concept created in the mind of separation. And now, because it is created in separation as a dualistic polarity to something, something must have an opposite, something that has form must have an opposite, and that must be nothing, no form. So the dualistic mind reasons. The serpentine mind now takes this concept of nothingness and says, “Ah, but this is not just nothing. It is the highest something. The undifferentiated Brahman, the non-dual state that is the highest and what you should strive for is to attain no self, nothingness.”

But what are you? An extension of the Creator’s being. It is not the purpose of your existence to go through all kinds of experiences in the world of form and then go back into nothingness, for you did not come from nothingness. You came from the Creator’s being. And your purpose is to go back to the Creator’s being, not that you disappear into it, but you come back with the very awareness you have built in your journey through the Creator’s world of form, the many layers of the world of form. So that you come back to the Creator’s being with a full awareness of the Creator’s creation, but with an individual perspective that is different from the Creator’s perspective. That is how you become a Creator in your own right. And you become able to create a creation that may have many similarities with this world of form, but still has that individual expression.

Leaving duality and earth behind

So any illusions are thought up by the serpentine mind. You could go through all of these dictations we have given here. You could go through what we have said previously. You could make quite a long list of these illusions. And yet it would only be a partial list. There is many more, so many more illusions, but you do not need to know them all. You do not need to experience them all. You need to come to a point where you come to the realization: “I see how duality works. I see how separation works. I see how the serpentine mind works. And I am ready to choose to leave it behind me.” This is the last thing that the fallen beings, those in the serpentine mind, want you to realize. As we have said, you can just leave it behind. You cannot leave behind the higher spheres created out of the Christ consciousness. You need to experience them and go higher and higher. And as you do, you take your awareness with you, but you can leave behind the unascended sphere and anything created in the unascended sphere out of separation, duality and the serpentine mindset.

You do not carry that with you, for it is unreal. What you carry with you is the experience of seeing the Christ reality, the Buddha Nature that replaces the illusion. The illusion is not real, but the higher reality that helps you see the illusion, that experience is real, and it expands your sense of self. And that is the purpose.

The serpentine mind will scream that this is a lie, that this cannot be so. It cannot be that easy. You cannot just leave the serpentine mind behind. You are trapped once you go into it. You cannot just leave the fallen beings behind. You must react to them and continue to react to them as you did the first time you encountered them. But you can. And the only way to be free of them is not to “understand”, not to fight them, not to eradicate them, but to make them irrelevant to you and just leave them behind.

The only way to leave the earth, to ascend from earth, is to make the earth and anything you can do or experience here, irrelevant to your state of mind, to your sense of self. And therefore, you can stand there, you can sit under the Bo tree or stand at the top of the staircase. You can look back, you can allow the demons of Mara to parade before you, the prince of this world to come and seek to grab on to anything in you. You can let them do their thing and you have no reaction. You do not even say: “Get thee behind me, Satan.” You say nothing, you think nothing, you feel nothing. You just leave it, turn around, focus your attention on your I AM Presence and you merge into it, leaving everything on earth behind. Even the state of mind that made it seem important to be on earth. And you embrace a higher state of mind as an ascended master.

What is an ascended master? A state of mind. I AM the Ascended Master, Gautama Buddha. What do I offer you? What can I offer you? Only one thing—my state of mind to give you a frame of reference for looking at your own state of mind, realizing: “I too can be the Buddha. For what one has done, all can do. What one has undone, all can undo. What one has left behind, all can leave behind.”

With this, I have given you my Presence, my state of mind. Not the fullness—I have given you a piece of my mind. But it is sufficient for you to experience the whole.

With this, I seal you and I seal this event in the state of mind that is the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. Be sealed, be sealed, be sealed.

Back to Becoming Wise to the Serpents

Seeing through the fallen consciousness and the serpentine mind

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Padmasambhava through Kim Michaels, January 4, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 New Year’s webinar: Becoming Wise to the Serpents.

I AM the Ascended Master Padmasambhava. What I would like to do here is give you some insights into the fallen consciousness and the serpentine consciousness to see how they, in a certain way, reinforce, supplement each other, but how they can also threaten each other. Now you may say that we have explained that there is a certain safety mechanism built into the world.

Safety mechanisms

One safety mechanism is the Christ Consciousness. You can always reach for the Christ Consciousness to start the way back by dissolving your illusions one by one. Another safety mechanism is energy. Energy comes from the spiritual realm. When you go into duality, you become cut off from the spiritual realm. Therefore, to exercise power, you must steal energy from those who are still receiving it from the spiritual realm. The more you misuse power, the less energy you receive. I am not hereby saying that as soon as you go to the 47th level of consciousness, you are completely cut off from receiving power or energy from the spiritual realm, but the amount is reduced.

But the lower you go in consciousness towards the lowest level, the less you are personally receiving from your I AM Presence. And therefore, in order to become a powerful being, even a powerful leader on earth, you must steal energy from those who are still receiving it from above. That is why fallen beings on earth seek to set themselves up as leaders, because when you submit to a leader, become part of the vortex, your mind becomes taken over by the collective beast, you are giving energy to the leader, as many among the German people gave energy to Hitler.

Anytime you have idolatry of a leader, be it a political leader or a spiritual leader, you are giving energy to that leader. And if the person is in the fallen consciousness, he or she can use that to attain a certain kind of power that might impress those who believe they are powerless beings. Why do you believe you are a powerless being? Because you have abandoned your responsibility to reach for your Christ potential. Therefore, you are powerless, because you of your own self can do nothing. And if the Christ, the Father within you, is not the doer, you are powerless.

Anyway, the Christ consciousness, energy are safety mechanisms. But another safety mechanism is actually the duality consciousness. This may seem contradictory, based on everything we have told you about duality. But when you step back and think about it, you realize that in the duality consciousness, there are always two opposite polarities. Even though the fallen beings attempt to take one dualistic polarity and elevate it to the status of being absolute, it will always be relative to the other polarity. There is always an opposition. And this creates tension, and this can eventually get people to the point where they have had enough of it. But actually, another safety mechanism is the serpentine consciousness. Because the serpentine consciousness is what makes you doubt. And there are, of course, fallen beings who have used the serpentine consciousness to make themselves feel like they are absolutely right. But at any moment, it could happen that the serpentine consciousness inserted a doubt into their mind: “Am I really right? Could I be wrong?”

The serpentine consciousness as safety mechanism

I will describe one such possible scenario. You have fallen beings who in their first unascended sphere, where they were created, set themselves up as very powerful leaders on a planet. They were seen by the inhabitants on that planet as being all-powerful, all-knowing, as being always right, as being infallible. They had this aura of infallibility. They were turned into an idol by the people. They had turned themselves into an idol, and the people had submitted to them and were giving them energy.

The confrontation and the fall

Here comes the ascended masters. We demonstrate that whatever power you can gain in an unascended sphere is nothing compared to the power you have as an ascended master. The train that the fallen beings felt was running down the tracks with unstoppable force suddenly met the immovability of an archangel, and it came off the tracks. Now the fallen being refuses, or rather, the being refuses to follow the path upward and ascend with the rest of its sphere, and thereby it falls and becomes a fallen being in the next sphere.

No limits to free will?

Now the being goes into a state of mind, and mind you, there are of course many different ways to react to this experience, but a particular being goes into this state of mind that the ascended masters had no right to confront it, because: “If free will is really free, I should have been allowed to continue as the leader indefinitely. There should be no limit if free will is really free.”

Now you will see that such a being can only reason this way because it has gone into the illusion of separation, because the reality is that free will is free within the larger context of all beings in an unascended sphere. The one individual cannot with its free will override the free will of the majority who are choosing to ascend, therefore, cannot hold back the entire sphere from ascending. But in separation you cannot see this, and therefore, you are focused on yourself and your exercise of free will. You have experienced that you could bend the free will of all inhabitants on your planet to submit to you, and therefore, you feel that it should also be possible to bend the spiritual realm, the ascended masters, even God, to submit to your free will and allow you to continue your undisputed reign. They should not have the right to confront you. It is a violation of your free will, it is a violation of the law of free will, so you reason.

Proving God wrong

You now become angry over this, and you become determined that you will prove God wrong. Now you have fallen into the next sphere, and you are completely focused on proving God wrong. You are allowed to embody on a certain planet, and many of those who followed you instead of ascending, embody with you. There are also some new lifestreams created in the next sphere on that planet. You continue to set yourself up, attaining more and more power, but you are spending your entire attention on proving God wrong. You think this is possible because the serpentine logic makes it seem that it should be possible to cause all beings in an undescended sphere to go into separation and duality, and to stay there so long that the sphere cannot ascend. Of course, this is an illusion for the simple reason that you can see in your physical universe, the distances between planets is so great that no physical communication between them is possible.

But there can come a point where a fallen being begins to realize that despite the physical separation, all life is interconnected at the emotional, mental and identity level. It can formulate this desire to become so powerful in these higher levels that it can deceive all beings in a sphere and cause them to misuse their free will and stay in separation. The being can now focus all of its attention, all of its energy on doing this. In doing this, the being has an enemy, an opponent in its mind. It might be a specific ascended master. It might be some god-like figure that it has created in its own mind, that it projects that this is the Creator who started our world of form and gave beings free will. The fallen being spends a very long time in this unascended sphere trying to prove God wrong. And as a result of this, it experiments with what it can do with its mind. And it justifies this by the serpentine logic. For example, it may say: “Well, the ascended masters claim that God has given all beings free will. So I have a free will and a right to experiment with my free will and do whatever I can do with it. And I even have a right to do this in a way that overrides or destroys the free will of other people by getting them to submit to me. That is one of the things you can do with free will in an unascended sphere. And why shouldn’t I be allowed to explore this to its ultimate extent?”

The desire to humiliate God

You see the state of mind of the fallen being. It is always relating itself and its efforts to this opponent that it has created. As part of these experimentations with free will, it formulates the desire to humiliate God. It goes into various what you might call forms of black magic, satanic rituals or other kinds of rituals. It might blaspheme God, for example. It might spend a long time seeking to do this, even falling through another sphere or another if it started in the fourth sphere.

There comes a point where this fallen being has now explored everything it can imagine, everything it can think of, of how you can blaspheme God. And it uses the serpentine mind to justify that this actually hurts other people, because after all, they can only be hurt if they are choosing to submit to this fallen being. And that is their free will that is outplaying itself. What could be wrong with this? Here is a being who has reached the end of its imagination. It just cannot think of another way to offend God.

The serpentine logic turning in on itself

But now it has happened to some of these beings that they have come to a point where the serpentine mind suddenly caused them to look at themselves and say: “I have blasphemed God in any way I could imagine. And this is allowed by free will. And the fact that God allows this is proven by the fact that when I blaspheme God, I am not struck by lightning and die. So God must allow this.” But then the serpentine mind can suddenly give rise to this thought: “Is God allowing me to blaspheme him because he is not threatened by it?” And this can be a very scary thought for a fallen being who has spent a very long time imagining that what it was doing was a threat to God and God’s plan for the universe. That the fallen being actually had the power to disturb God’s plan, to cause God to change his plan and withdraw free will. And suddenly the serpentine mind makes this fallen being doubt: “Why has not God struck me down? Why has not God punished me for all the things I have done? Is it because it does not threaten God? But how could it not threaten God? Is it because it does not affect God? Is it because despite all the things I have done, God does not care about it? Because it does not even touch God.”

You see, the very serpentine logic that causes a being to believe it is hurting God and God’s plan, can also cause it to look at itself and say: “Am I really hurting God? Does God care at all?” It is the serpent swallowing its own tail. The serpentine logic turning in on itself.

There are beings who have come to a point where they have had either this particular epiphany or another epiphany where the serpentine logic has suddenly looked at itself and questioned itself. Because what is the characteristic of the serpentine logic? Well, it can justify anything, but it can also doubt anything, including itself. And there comes a point where you cannot anymore use the serpentine logic to justify yourself, and you flip to the other extreme and start doubting yourself.

Hitting concrete experience

And this can cause a fallen being to suddenly have one of these experiences, mystical experience, aha experience, hitting the concrete experience, scales fall from your eyes experience, where suddenly realizes: “Everything I have done for these eons of time, all of the energy I have spent, all of the imagination and attention I have put into this, all the stress this has caused me, has had absolutely no impact on God or any being in the ascended realm. It has had an impact on other unascended beings, but it has first of all had an impact on myself.” And then it can give rise to this realization that is a result of the Christ mind pulling on the fallen being: “I cannot do this anymore. I do not want to do this anymore. It is futile. It is all created in my own mind and does not even touch the mind of God.” And that can cause a fallen being to cry out for help. And at that moment, the Christ mind, in whatever form the fallen being can recognize in its current level and current situation, will offer the fallen being an insight that can help it overcome one illusion.

The shift into a connected being

Now, if a fallen being has fallen through several spheres, there is an almost unrecognizable number of illusions. But the Christ mind is infinitely patient and will continue to offer the fallen being a frame of reference for overcoming the next illusion until the fallen being reaches the consciousness, the level of consciousness that we call the 48th level on earth. It can be different on other planets, where it can reconnect from within to its Christ self, to its I AM Presence, to the ascended masters, to the Christ mind. It becomes not a fallen being, not a separate being, but a connected being. That is, of course, what Jesus described in his parable about the son who has been lost for many years and now returns. There is celebration in the ascended realm when this happens. Has this happened? Yes, quite a number of times—a large number of times. The process works.

The second death

Now, there are cases where a being has the epiphany, but realizes that the road back is so long that the Conscious You decides it does not want to walk that road. And it demands to be eradicated. That has also happened, but not as many times.

Why does this happen to some fallen beings? Because even though they see the futility of what they have done in the fallen consciousness, they are still not willing to take full responsibility for the fact that this was a result of their own choices, not forced upon them by the ascended masters or God. They can still use a subtle aspect of the serpentine mind to say: “But it should not have been possible for me to fall. There should have been a safety mechanism that prevented me from falling.” But wait a minute now, what was it that caused you to fall—that you demanded to be allowed to explore the fullness of what you can do with free will? The ascended masters did not cause you to fall. God did not cause you to fall. You chose to fall in order to continue to explore what you can do with free will as a separate being. How can you expect to overcome this except through your own choices? But some will say: “It is too much. I cannot do it. I cannot walk that long and arduous path back.” Then free will must be allowed to outplay itself in this way. As we have said before, the I AM Presence can also decide that it does not want the Conscious You to walk this long path, but that is very rare.

Seeing through the fallen mind

Why am I telling you all of this? Well, because as a person who is beginning to attain personal Christhood, there simply comes a point on the path to Christhood where you need to develop this discernment. You see, you can be the Living Christ on a natural planet where there are no fallen beings. But you are on earth, an unnatural planet where there are fallen beings. You can ascend from a natural planet without having encountered fallen beings and without fully understanding the fallen consciousness and the serpentine mind. But you cannot ascend from earth without attaining the discernment between the undivided reality of Christ and the infinite divisions of duality and the infinite justifications and doubts of the serpentine mind. Because in order to ascend from earth, you need to leave behind everything that is currently manifest on earth, and you need to leave it behind consciously.

And you cannot leave it behind consciously unless you have encountered it and have some understanding of it. You may say: “Well, what about those who have ascended before you gave this teaching?” Yes, but we are now giving the teaching in words that can be published. It does not mean we could not give it privately to those who have reached a certain level of Christ consciousness. Not necessarily using the same words we are using now, but helping them see the dynamic, the psychology of the fallen beings and the serpentine mind.

Challenging the power elite

What we look at as the part of the progression of humankind, the progression towards the golden age, is that a critical mass of spiritual students will embrace these teachings, will ponder them, will ask for our help in gaining an understanding and experience that is beyond words. And therefore, be able to consciously choose to leave behind the fallen beings, the fallen consciousness, the serpentine mind, those who have embodied the serpentine mind. But also, for some of you at least, to challenge the serpentine logic.

Jesus did it 2,000 years ago. The Buddha did it 2,500 years ago. Many others have done it without it being recorded for posterity. In this age, many more need to do it, instead of just one in each society or each age. Many people need to challenge this. It does not mean that you have to go out and publicly state: “Oh, you are a fallen being, you are in the serpentine consciousness.” But you can still challenge the ideas in the serpentine consciousness. You can still challenge those who are in the fallen consciousness because they are completely focused on themselves. You can challenge these leaders who are completely focused on themselves and bring out the idea that there must be a better form of leadership and that we cannot continue to allow such leaders to take over societies as they have done so many times in the past with disastrous results. You can help bring about a new awareness of what we have called the power elite,— that there is a certain type of people, narcissists, psychopaths, sociopaths, whatever people are open to calling them, who are in their own minds fundamentally different from most people, have a different view of themselves and of other people and of what they are allowed to do to other people.

You can challenge the elitist culture, the elitist mindset that is hanging over this planet as a black cloud. You can, so to speak, be the proverbial boy who cries out, but the emperor has nothing on. And you can be part of this awakening where suddenly more and more people begin to see: “Oh, there is a power elite. These are the consequences of their actions. This is their attitude, their mentality, their psychology. Why did we never see this before?” And why didn’t they see it? Because so many people had refused to take responsibility for themselves, had created idols around these specific leaders, had elevated them to a status of infallibility, had submitted to them and had been hypnotized by the collective beast. Now this, of course, you do not need to say publicly, as it is too much for most people.

But I am saying that there can come a point where there is a much more dramatic shift than you have seen so far, where people suddenly realize the problem is the power elite. The problem is elitism. The threat to democracy is elitism, because those who are in this elitist mindset never wanted democracy in the first place. And they have done everything they can to destroy it from without or undermine it from within. And now we see it. It is so obvious now. But see, it was not before. But when this shift happens, it will be obvious.

And there is a very great opportunity that many, many people can go through this shift in this coming year, where they can tune into the Wisdom of the Second Ray that helps them focus on this issue and see the problem. See the problem that there is an elite who will use any means, including a democracy, to control and manipulate the people.

You can, as we instructed this messenger to do on his website, call them the manipulators. But the power elite is also a useful term. This is a potential in this coming year. Not, of course, that everybody will recognize this, but that many more people will recognize it and begin to contemplate what it actually means, begin to see the consequences, begin to see many of these belief systems, ideologies, ideas that have been put out by these manipulating people.

Elitism in the economy

For example, neoliberalism, a completely elitist idea about the economy—completely anti-democratic. Why did so many democratic leaders embrace this, believe in it? Because they were hypnotized. Even the leaders of democratic nations can be hypnotized by these ideas, seduced by the ideas. “Oh, does it not sound wonderful that the government does not have to wrestle with this very complex problem of how to run an economy in a democratic nation, for the market will take care of itself. And if you just allow the elite to make more money, the rising tide will lift all boats.” Isn’t it such a beautiful metaphor? For surely when the tide rises in the ocean, all boats that float are lifted.” Yeah, but if all boats are lifted, the boats of the elite will still be higher than the boats of the common people. And is that really the role of a democratic government, to allow the elite to be in a privileged position where the population is the slaves of the elite, for they are doing the hard work, but the wealth is funneled upwards?

You may also say the rising tide lifts all boats, but not in an equal amount. Some boats are lifted more than others in a neoliberal economy. And what boats? Oh yes, the boats that do not need to be lifted, because the elite already have more money than they could possibly spend on personal consumption. What sense does it make that a democratic society allows a small elite to become richer than they could possibly spend when the majority of the people sink deeper and deeper into poverty? How is that democratic? Again, a shift that can happen very quickly, especially if you make the calls, hold the vision, if you feel this is one of the issues that you are here to deal with in your Divine plan.

The omega aspect of the Christ mind

There is an idea that is held by some people and has been held by some people for a long time that I want to comment on. And it is this idea that we who are ascended masters and claim to be spiritual teachers should only talk about spiritual matters and should not comment on what is going on in the world, especially not politics.

Some will say as spiritual teachers you should be focused on raising people’s consciousness. And once people’s consciousness is raised, many problems will be overcome by the raising of consciousness. So we should, for example, not talk about Trump, but should only talk about how you can raise your consciousness.

Now, there are several comments I want to make here. First of all, that this is just another example of the serpentine logic meant to limit what the Christ mind can do in this world. The same logic would say, for example, that Jesus should have stayed outside the cities and given his teaching, but should not have overturned the tables of the money changers or challenged the scribes and Pharisees. But you see, there are two aspects of the Christ mind: the outgoing, the ingoing, the expanding, the contracting, the father, the mother, the alpha, the omega. The alpha is that you give a spiritual teaching on how to raise people’s consciousness. The omega is that the Christ mind is not just sitting up there in an elevated position talking down to the people, but meets the people where they are at.

Breaking down the barrier

And those people who are not able to receive a higher teaching, they are given a cup of cold water in Christ’s name. It is natural that spiritual teachers who are one with the Christ mind will not only talk about spiritual matters, but will address practical matters that affect people’s everyday lives. Now, this is especially natural in the Aquarian Age, where we have said that we need to break down the barrier between the spiritual side of life and the worldly side of life— between spiritual activities and worldly activities. But the challenge for you who are in embodiment in the Aquarian Age is to integrate spirituality in all aspects of life. This is no easy task on an unnatural planet like earth. Therefore, very few people can do this without help. What are we here for, if not to help people? And so, we will, of course, address many of these issues. You will notice that we are not telling people what to do, what to believe, how to live their lives. We are giving a perspective that can help you challenge some of the illusions you have, tune into the Christ mind, and raise your awareness where you look at the issue from a higher perspective than you could before.

Many people on earth are still trapped in this black and white approach, as Saint Germain described with the abortion issue. It can be looked on in black and white terms, that it is a matter of what is right and wrong, and the wrong should be forbidden. But the Christ mind takes the omnipresent approach, takes the omnipresent view, and looks at the entire situation, and therefore, addresses it in a much more nuanced way.

Giving people a frame of reference

Now, even though there is a division in the Christ mind with the outgoing and the contracting force, there is a further division into the seven spiritual rays. Each ray has a certain perspective on life on earth. Each ray has a certain contribution to make for helping people improve their everyday lives. How will Saint Germain’s Golden Age come about? Yes, certainly it is necessary for people to raise their consciousness. But will it happen automatically because people raise their consciousness? Nay. It will happen when people grasp new ideas that have not been grasped before, and implement those ideas.

Where will those ideas come from? What did we explain during this conference? You cannot look at conditions as they currently are on earth and based on your observation of what is here now, you cannot come up with ideas that will take the earth beyond current conditions. You must reach for something beyond current conditions, which is the Christ mind, the ascended realm, the ascended masters. If we sat up here and said we are spiritual teachers, we only talk about spiritual matters, we would not be fulfilling our role and our responsibility for earth. For our role is to give people a frame of reference for questioning any and all ideas that spring from the illusion of separation, the dualistic consciousness and the serpentine logic. That is our role. We intend to fulfill it. Saying that we should limit the way we do this is just an attempt of the serpentine mind to shut us out from influencing earth.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you. I am grateful for allowing me to use your chakras to broadcast this into the collective consciousness.

Many of you have heard it before, but many people heard it today who had not heard it before. And it started that alchemical process of turning the lead of the human consciousness into the gold of the Christ vision. And it is the gold of the Christ vision, not the glittering gold of the physical realm, that will manifest Saint Germain’s Golden Age.

With this, I seal you in the Presence that I am. Padmasambhava is just a name. I am more than the name. And I am willing to reveal my being to you if you will open your mind to me.

****

Kim: Just give a few chants. OM AH HUM VAJA GURU PADME SIDDHI HUM OM AH HUM VAJA GURU PADME SIDDHI HUM OM AH HUM VAJA GURU PADME SIDDHI HUM

Kim: I do not know if all of you know the story of the mantra “Vajra”, but it said that Gautama Buddha was sitting under the bow tree, he was being confronted or challenged by the demons of Mara, and they even said: You have no right to be the Buddha on earth, to be the Buddha in physical, in the physical realm. And the Buddha did not address them. He touched the earth with his hand and said, Vajra, which means, I have the right to be the Buddha here. And the earth rose up and affirmed it.

Padmasambhava wants us to do this. You can touch whatever is connected to the earth. And then we together give the mantra. Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra, Vajra

This is a ritual that you can use whenever you feel that there is a projection against you that challenges your right to be the Living Christ on earth, to strive for Christ consciousness, to be an ascended master student. Whenever you feel that projection, you can give this. It only takes a few seconds to give this ritual.

Back to Becoming Wise to the Serpents

Transcending the idolatry of infallible leaders

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, January 4, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 New Year’s webinar: Becoming Wise to the Serpents.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain. What was it that Jesus actually talked about had happened with the Catholic church as they formulated the Nicene Creed and perverted his true teachings? What actually happened was that the Catholic church violated the first two commandments of the Law of Moses. “Thou shalt have no other gods before Me. Thou shalt not take unto thyself any graven image.”

The idols of the mind

“Thou shalt have no other gods before Me” means thou shalt not create any gods besides the one God, the God beyond form. By raising up Jesus to this status of being God, of the same substance as the Father, they have created a co-equal with God. A violation of the first commandment. By creating a graven image, a man-made image of Christ as being equal to God, even the Holy Spirit as being part of the Trinity, they have created a graven image. They have turned Jesus into an idol.

Now you may know that in my embodiment as Francis Bacon, I talked about the idols of the mind, the idols of the tribe, the idols of the cave, the idols of the marketplace and the idols of the theater.

You can go and look up the specific teachings I gave back then about it and compare it to the teachings we have given today and you will see many similarities between the idols of the mind and the subconscious selves. Of course, we go beyond it today as is fit with progressive revelation.

The need for an excuse

But why do people have this tendency to create idols? Well, it is for the people because they are not willing to take responsibility for themselves and realize, acknowledge that all self-aware extensions of the Creator have a Christ potential, have the potential to become the Living Christ in embodiment. They are not willing to do this. They were not willing to look at the beam in their own eye that blocks the manifestation of their Christ potential.

They abandon their responsibility to raise their awareness to self-transcend. But they need an excuse for this because as Jesus explained, the Christ mind is pulling on all people. And who is better at delivering excuses than the fallen beings and the serpentine mind?

The need for superiority

What the fallen beings desire to do, as we have explained many times now, is to set themselves up as being like gods on earth. They want to set themselves up as being superior to God, knowing better than God, or at least being rivals with God, equals with God, equally important.

The fallen beings want to idolize themselves. They want to be the God here on earth that is seen as the superior God by people, or at least the one who can define what is the superior truth and reality. And you see people trying to set themselves up like this by being leaders of nations, by being leaders of religions, by being spiritual gurus, by being scientific materialists, philosophers, political ideologists, all kinds of things. You see people wanting to set themselves up as having some ultimate authority on earth.

The unholy alliance

And they do this by taking advantage of so many people not wanting to take responsibility and exercise Christ discernment. There forms an unholy alliance between those who want to raise themselves up to have some ultimate status on earth, and those who do not want to take responsibility, but who still feel the pull of the Christ mind so they want to accept some philosophy that says: “If you follow me, everything will work out. You will be saved and enter God’s kingdom. You will be the superior race. You will belong to the true communist system. You will be rich and powerful, or you will be right because you could see that I am right.”

There are many versions of this, but do you not, based on all the teachings we have given about psychology, the ego, the duality consciousness, do you not see the basic dynamic? There are fallen beings who want to set themselves up as somehow being ultimate in some way and so they make this claim to have some authority, some special ability that other people do not have. They are somehow special.

Whatever their justification is, this is just variations over the theme, there is always this claim of being special. And there are those who do not want to exercise their Christ potential, their Christ discernment. They want to believe that by following this very special person, they will reach whatever goal they can see in their minds.

By following the authority of the Catholic church, you are guaranteed to be saved after this one lifetime. By following this guru, you will enter a higher state of consciousness. By following this political leader, you will manifest a utopian society on earth.

It is always the same dynamic. Many of you have seen this, but I am again speaking into the collective consciousness. We can say that one of the characteristics, one of the outcomes, so to speak, of the serpentine mind is the creation of these idols, and they are created in the mind.

Idols of the tribe and the cave

When you are brought up in any society, any culture, even family, you are indoctrinated, you are programmed to accept the idols of your tribe. How they see the world, what they consider the highest truth, the highest authority, what is their idol that they have raised up?

Then you have your own psychology. What you have taken on of these serpentine lies over many lifetimes are being programmed by various societies that you have embodied in? What you have taken on yourself, if, for example, you have in periods been unwilling to exercise your Christ potential, you have taken on and created various subconscious selves as a result of this. These are the idols of the cave.

Idols of the marketplace and the theater

Now the idols of the tribe are put upon you from without, but they only enter your mind if they correspond to some of the idols of the cave that you have, so you will accept them. Then there are the idols of the marketplace, ideas that are floating around out there, in religions, philosophies, ideologies, whatever you have. These you have also accepted over many lifetimes.

And finally there are the idols of the theater, which is comparable to what we have called the epic mindset, the epic stories that have been created by the fallen beings over eons, over a very long time span on earth, by using the serpentine mind.

What is it these idols of the theater, these epic mindsets are saying? Well, they are saying in one sense that because of this epic cause that is so important, it is justified to override, for example, the commandment “Thou shalt not kill”, but really overriding the basic instinct of human beings, which is a survival instinct to not kill members of your own species.

Idols of infallible leaders

And this can be justified by an epic cause, but who defines the epic cause? Oh yes, the leader who has become an idol. They can override even God’s commandments in the scriptures. Even Jesus’ commandment to turn the other cheek and forgive seventy times seven can be overridden by these idols that define that it is justified by Christ to go to the crusades against the Muslims and conquer Jerusalem for the sake of Christ, as if Christ needed a spot of dry land on earth, or for that matter a spot of wet land, any kind of land on earth, to manifest God’s kingdom.

One of the aspects of the serpentine mind that you need to recognize as you rise in Christhood is precisely this tendency to set up these idols of these supposedly infallible leaders who have some authority, some truth, some special ability. But you need to recognize here that not everybody is susceptible to submitting to one of these idols. It depends on how willing you are to take responsibility for yourself, for your own state of mind, for looking at the beam in your own eye.

But it is not just that people are unwilling to take responsibility for themselves. It is actually that by being unwilling to take responsibility for yourself, you open yourself up, you open your energy field, your emotional, mental and identity body up to being invaded by the collective entities created by these fallen beings.

Submitting to collective entities

You cannot understand this phenomenon unless you know about these non-physical entities that can invade people’s energy fields and literally overpower their minds, causing them to be blind in certain areas. Now they might be very intelligent and knowledgeable people, but they are blind when it comes to this idolatrous figure that they have come to submit to.

Take note that I am not saying believe in, even though most people would say it that way, but I am saying submit to. Because when you accept that a human being in physical embodiment on earth has an almost God-like status, you are not believing, you are submitting. And part of what you are submitting to is this collective entity that the fallen beings have created over a very long period of time, and it has become quite strong on earth.

Spiritual blindess

I know this can sound abstract, but I am going to use some practical examples. But what you have to recognize first is that here you have these people, and they might be, as I said, knowledgeable, they might be intelligent, they might be good at using their analytical minds, for example, but now they come to a point where they accept the claim made by one of these idolatrous or idols of leaders that this person has some special ability.

This opens up their minds to being invaded by this collective beast or entity created by the fallen beings, and it causes people to be blind in the sense that they see only what validates the idolatrous view of this leader, and they do not see anything that challenges it, or rather, they may see it, but they do not recognize it as valid. They use their minds, their intelligence, to argue against it, to argue for upholding the illusion.

They are literally spiritually blind. They are using the duality consciousness, the serpentine mind, to validate the claim, the special status of the idol, and to invalidate anything that questions it.

They are literally refusing to use Christ discernment. They may even have a certain development spiritually, a maturity spiritually. They may have a certain Christ discernment in other areas, but once they submit to the leader, they suspend their Christ discernment when it comes to this leader.

Submitting to Hitler

Now you may have grown up with a traditional view of Hitler and the German people. You may look back at this and think that the German people must have been lacking somehow. Perhaps they were less mature, less developed than the people of other nations. Many countries in Europe, for example, would like to think that Hitler could not have come to power in their country, and in many cases that is true for various reasons. But the point they are overlooking is the German people in the 1930s were not very different from the people in other European nations.

And that means that the German population had a mixture. There were people who were not particularly educated, not particularly intelligent, and there were people who were well educated and very intelligent. And both kind of people submitted to the idolatry created around Hitler.

Now you can ask yourself when you look at the people that were attracted to Hitler, you see that many of them were uneducated, not very knowledgeable, not particularly intelligent. They felt they were the outsiders or the downtrodden in society. And Hitler had an ability to appeal to them and say: “Follow me and I’ll make everything right. I’ll make you superior.”

And he did, when he came to power, take many of these people and give them positions of power as the henchmen for carrying out his policies, or even as the soldiers or medium leaders in society, in the army.

But he also attracted some very intelligent, knowledgeable people who believed in his idolatrous vision, who believed in the serpentine logic, because they also, for various reasons, had suspended their Christ discernment, at least in certain areas. And we have explained why this is, that over time you can become afraid of making a mistake, and therefore, you would rather not exercise your Christ discernment.

Even avatars can fall into this pattern, maybe even especially avatars, because you are deliberately attacked by the fallen beings in a very personal way. Were there avatars that were the intelligent, aware people in Germany who submitted to Hitler? Yes. Were there many? Well, how do you define many? There was a considerable number. And they were part of what gave him the light and the energy to create this momentum that even carried the German army through the first years of the war.

Hypnotized by the vortex of an idol

What you can do as an ascended master student is you can look at this phenomenon and you can recognize that there are two elements here. There is a very cleverly formulated serpentine set of ideas and then there is the raw overpowering of people’s minds once they have come to believe in these ideas. The ideas are, so to speak, the bait. But once they accept that the leader is superior to them, their minds become overpowered by the collective beast, and now they are trapped. They are literally hypnotized.

You see this in some of Hitler’s rallies, but you even see it in how after the war was lost and the leaders were put on trial, they still had that specific look in their eyes, in their auras, where they were as hypnotized by this collective beast.

This is, of course, what you, as an ascended master student who is aspiring to Christhood, want to avoid. You want to avoid being pulled into such a vortex created by one of these leaders. You want to avoid adding your energy to it. You certainly want to avoid submitting to it, because it will be detrimental to your Divine plan and the manifestation of your personal Christhood.

How can you avoid being pulled into this? You need to recognize the essential feature of the Christ mind and the essential feature of the serpentine mind. And I am going to explain this in a provocative way that many will take offense to, because what I will say is that there is no truth in the serpentine mind, but neither is there any truth in the Christ mind.

No truth in the the serpentine mind nor in the Christ mind

And many will, of course, say: “Oh, this can only be a false teaching. An ascended master would never say this.” But if you say this, you have been trapped by serpentine logic, and I will explain why. You see, the Christ mind is contrary to what some people believe, not here to bring truth to earth. I know Jesus said: “I am the way, the truth, and the life.”

Yes, the Christ mind is the truth. But any expression of words, even if it comes from the Christ mind through a person in embodiment, is not aimed at bringing forth truth. What have we explained is the essence of the Christ mind? To unify the Creator with the self-aware extensions of the Creator, or rather, to unify the extensions with the Creator, because the Creator does not need to be unified.

Those who have exercised their co-creative abilities, those who have experimented with duality, perhaps become trapped in duality and separation, the Christ mind is there to offer them a way back to oneness, and greater and greater oneness until you reach the full Creator consciousness.

The goal of the Christ mind

What is the goal of the Christ mind? To meet you at whatever level you are at, and help you transcend yourself, to take the next step up, and meet you again, and help you take the next step up from there, as you are able to do, based on the level of consciousness where you turn around and open yourself to the Christ mind.

Contrary to one of the popular serpentine illusions projected upon Christ, the Christ mind is not here to bring some absolute truth. The Christ mind is not saying: “Here we have earth, there are problems on earth, let us bring forth the highest, the absolute truth, in the form of this or that teaching or religion.” That is not what the Christ mind is seeking to do. The Christ mind looks at earth, or rather the representatives of Christ, the ascended masters, working with earth, we look at earth and we say: “Well there is no one truth that could reach all people, because they are at so many different levels of consciousness, they believe in so many different illusions.”

Therefore, we must take an individual approach, not necessarily every person, but certainly groups of people, and say: “What level of consciousness are these people at? What is the specific illusions they have right now? What is their ability or willingness to question those illusions?” And then we give a teaching adapted to their current level of consciousness, so they can connect to the teaching, and it will take them higher in consciousness. It will free them from some of the serpentine illusions, the dualistic illusions. It will help them tune in to some higher reality beyond their own minds. This is the goal of the ascended masters, to raise all people up. To free them from being trapped in their present state of mind, and the serpentine illusions, the dualistic lies, the maya, that traps them at that state.

The goal of the serpentine mind

What is the goal of the serpentine mind? Well, the serpentine mind may very well claim that here is the ultimate truth. But the goal, of course, for the serpentine mind is not to give an ultimate truth. The goal is to trap people in the duality consciousness, in the death consciousness, in the separate consciousness, in the maya, and to keep them trapped. To either have them go deeper and deeper into the maya, or, once they turn around, to prevent them from getting out of the maya. To prevent them from escaping.

That is why there is no one absolute truth in the serpentine mind or the Christ mind. The serpentine mind: “Whatever keeps people trapped or makes them more trapped, we are willing to put out there.” The Christ mind says, the ascended masters say: “Whatever can help people free themselves from the traps of duality, we will formulate a teaching adapted to their current level that can take them higher. Then once they reach higher, we will formulate another teaching that will take them further up the staircase of consciousness.”

What is truth?

It is not that we, of the ascended masters, do not have truth. We do. But it is not that actually we have truth. We are truth. What did the Christ mind say through Jesus: “I AM the way, the truth, and the life.” It did not say: “I have the way, the truth, and the life.” Because as the Elohim Apollo explained, we of the ascended masters have transcended the subject-object duality.

Truth for us is not an object we are studying or formulating. What is truth for Saint Germain? It is my being, my Presence, the individuality that I AM. That is truth for me. That is the only truth I can impart to you. It is not so that we of the ascended masters are sitting up here and we have one teaching for everybody that is the absolute truth or even the highest truth we can bring forth for earth.

We are giving many different teachings through many different people at the same time, hoping to reach as many people as possible. There is not this objective truth out there. Different ascended masters are working with different groups of people at different levels of consciousness. We may give a certain teaching expressed in words because that is what people can attune to, but we do not see that this teaching is the highest truth or the absolute truth.

The highest teaching for each ascended master is its own being, its own Presence. The highest that an ascended master could attain with a certain group of people was to have them have a direct experience of the master’s being. The highest that the fallen beings are seeking to attain is to set themselves up here on earth as these idols that people submit to so that they cannot see anything wrong with them.

Again, the Christ mind is not dualistic. We have said it over and over again, but we observe that even people who have heard or read this over and over again do not go beyond intellectually understanding it to the point where they experience why this is so.

You cannot understand why there is no right or wrong or other polarities in the Christ mind. You can only experience the oneness of the Christ mind through a particular ascended master. Some of you have, of course, experienced our beings. Some of you have not. A few have even experienced it but not really allowed the experience to challenge this belief that you have: There must be some ultimate truth.

Knowing Donald Trump by his fruit

To make this less abstract, let us look at the, right now, very obvious example of a person who has set himself up as an idol, namely, Donald Trump.

Now Jesus said 2,000 years ago: “On their fruit ye shall know them.” And this could be one measure for evaluating a leader on earth. You might look at what has he actually done. And you can take a previous dispensation called the Summit Lighthouse, where there was a focus on abortion as an important issue, both for the ascended masters and for the planet.

The abortion issue

What allowed abortion in the United States was the Supreme Court decision, Roe versus Wade. Donald Trump, in his first term, appointed three Supreme Court judges that were quite conservative. They then overturned Roe versus Wade and left it up to the states whether they would allow abortion in the states.

There are still those who are members of the Summit Lighthouse who believe that even this one issue qualifies Trump as a very important leader, sponsored by Saint Germain, in tune with Saint Germain and the ascended masters, because they are fixated on this one issue.

But is that Christ discernment? Is it Christ discernment? What is Christ, the Christ mind? The unifying element. What does the Christ mind do when it looks at specific situations on earth? It looks at the whole of society. It does not focus on one issue and say: “This issue can be viewed from a particular angle,” and it specifically does not look at an issue and say: “This issue can be viewed from a black and white perspective.”

To the Christ mind, abortion is not an issue that stands alone, because it must be seen in the greater context of American society, and specifically women’s situation in American society, and children’s situation in American society. And the Christ mind wants to not simply say: “Yes, now we have overturned Roe versus Wade, we have taken care of the abortion issue.” The Christ mind wants to say: “How do we raise up American society to a higher level?”

And this has a myriad of implications. The attitude towards women, the attitude towards children, the attitude towards marriage, women’s ability to improve their situation, a woman’s ability, for example, to be a single mother and still raise a child. You cannot just simply say: “A woman should not be able to have an abortion, which means that if she gets pregnant, she must give birth to the child, and either give it up for adoption or raise it herself.”

But what if she does not have the opportunity to get an education, which is the case for many people in the United States? What if she is condemned to work for minimum wage the rest of her life, or at least for the next 18 years when she raises the child? And she is a single mother, she cannot pay for childcare, she does not have a family to support her, and this and that. All of these things are part of the equation, and that is why in the Christ mind, the solution to an issue like abortion is not black and white, it is not gray either, but it is all-encompassing.

The Christ mind does not say: “How can we get American society to outlaw abortion, and then we have won a victory for Christ?” The Christ mind says: “How can we use the abortion issue to raise awareness of people, and thereby raise the entire society to a higher level where there is a social safety net, so that children do not have to grow up in poverty?”

How can we improve education, even sex education, which many of those who are against abortion do not want to give to women? How can we improve society in all ways? How do we use a particular issue to raise up the whole of a society? That is what the Christ mind says.

The serpentine mind says: “Oh, this is such an important issue, this is a life and death issue. It can be seen as black and white. Abortion must be outlawed. No other concerns need to be made here. The life of the unborn child is more important than anything else.”

But you see, Christ’s discernment sees the one-sidedness of this view and looks at a broader perspective, looks at the whole. I am not going to go into all the details of this. I am simply giving you an example here.

Dismantling the rule-based world order

Back to Trump as an example of a person who has set himself up as an idol. On their fruit, ye shall know them. He has now been in office for 11 months. What has he done? What was America before January 20th, 2025? It was, in most of the democratic world, seen as a partner that democratic countries could trust to support them in their democracy, to help defend them against anti-democratic forces. America was seen as a force of stability in the democratic world.

Donald Trump has almost single-handedly dismantled that trust in 11 months. Most of the democratic world no longer trusts not only Trump, but America, because the first time Trump was elected, he was not as extreme as he is now. Maybe that could be just a one-time thing people were thinking, but when he was reelected again and became as extreme and unbalanced as he has been, many democratic nations said: “How can we ever trust America again? How can we see America as a stabilizing factor when Trump has basically uprooted any kind of stability?”

Nobody knows what he is going to do next week. Is he committed to NATO? Is he not committed to NATO? Does he look at the United States as an empire, or does he look at the United States as a democracy dedicated to maintaining democracy in the world? Or does he look at America as an empire that is justified in using its considerable force to take whatever it wants and to divide up the world between itself and other empires such as Russia and China? Is NATO’s Article 5 worth the paper it was written on?

Those are the fruits when you look at it with a neutral evaluation of the Christ mind: Instability. Is that what I want? Is that what will help bring forth my golden age more quickly? Well, what have I just said? The Christ mind looks at every situation and says: “Regardless of the situation as it is right now, how can we use that situation to raise people’s awareness?”

I, of course, do the same thing. How can we use the situation to raise people’s awareness? Does that mean this is what I wanted? Does that mean this will bring my golden age in the quickest possible way? No, it will delay it. It was not the ideal scenario that I envisioned for the United States. But I recognize that since there was enough people in the United States that voted Trump into office again, that means the American nation needed to go through the experience of having Donald Trump as a president and having him act out the way he is doing.

Again, I am looking at how can we then raise things up from here? But that does not mean that I approve of dismantling the rule-based, principle-based world order that has stood the test of time from the Second World War to Donald J. Trump, the second.

Uncertainty in the economy

Beyond this, look at the economy. Trump has focused his entire economic policy around tariffs. He has declared that he knows better than anybody else how tariffs work and that tariffs is a good thing. He has set himself up, calling himself a stable genius, and it is implied that he knows better than 95% of the economists in the world how tariffs work.

But as we have said, has foreign nations paid even $1 to the American treasury? No. American companies and in the end, American consumers have paid in all the money that had come in as a result of tariffs. How will that lower prices?

The other promise is bringing American manufacturing back to America. Let’s imagine here is Apple Computer. They have promised Trump that if he will lower taxes on the iPhones they are building in China and Vietnam and India, they will build a factory so they can build iPhones in America.

But building such a factory and the ecosystem that goes into producing the first iPhone is a billion-dollar investment. What do companies do when they evaluate the feasibility of making a billion-dollar investment? They evaluate, first of all: “How stable are the conditions that are causing us to even consider making this investment? How stable are the conditions in America with tariffs, given that Trump has already changed his mind several times about imposing tariffs on this or that?”

Would they not evaluate: “Well, is Trump going to maintain the tariffs throughout his term? What is going to happen after his term is over? Are there still going to be tariffs or is the next president going to get rid of the tariffs? Are we risking here making a billion-dollar investment building a factory in America that then when it is operational, we do not need it anymore because it will be so much more expensive to build our products in America than it is to build them elsewhere?”

You see, what Trump has done is create uncertainty in just about every aspect of life in America and the world.

Many of the people who voted for Trump were farmers, but the tariffs have obliterated the market for soybeans. He is now giving them subsidies that are much smaller than the actual losses. How can these farmers look at their future? How can they plan for their future? How can they invest in next year’s crop because of the uncertainty?

Even for Trump’s supporters, those who voted for him, he has created uncertainty. But what did he promise them? “We are all going to be so rich. We are all going to win. We are going to be tired of winning.” Where is it? What are the fruits?

Then you look at the speech he gave before Christmas. Basically a campaign speech like he would give when he was running for president. But he is now president. Why does he need to say with words instead of saying with actions? He has the power to act. He has a majority in Congress and the Senate. Why are not you acting so that people will see you as a good president instead of telling them that despite what they see at the grocery store, at the gas pump, they should still see you as a great president?

Experiencing reality through Saint Germain

What you see when you look at this from the perspective of the Christ mind is that Donald Trump has created this aura, this idol around himself. And the people who believe in this are literally hypnotized by it. Because despite all of the fruits that you see after 11 months, they will not reconsider their support for Trump. That is being hypnotized by the fallen beings and a serpentine mindset.

If any of these people were to read or hear what I have said here, their minds would be constantly going, trying to refute what I am saying, trying to latch on to some specific way I said this and say: “Oh, this cannot be right. This is not right.” Or if they are ascended master students: “Oh, the real Saint Germain would never say this.”

But this is the serpentine mind. Because what I am giving you here is, mind you, a worded expression. But I am not saying you should settle for my worded expression. Tune into the Christ mind, tune into my being, and you will experience Trump and his presidency through my vision. Are you willing to do that? Are you willing to set aside your outer viewpoints, your idolatry of Trump to tune into my being? Or will you nitpick the words?

The most extreme form of denial of your Christhood

You see, the serpentine mind has one goal, to keep you trapped in the separate mind. It is especially for those who are getting closer to have the potential to exercise Christhood. It will cause them to deny it. What is the most extreme form of the denial of your Christhood? It is that you believe you have Christ discernment, but what you think is Christ discernment is actually the serpentine logic. That is the extreme form of denial of your Christhood.

Some people have what we might call an innocent denial because they do not even know what Christhood is or they do not see how they could possibly attain it. But those who know what it is and still refuse to let those separate selves die, they are in a more deeper denial of it.

Freeing people from the idolatry of the power elite

I am not saying this to put you down, but in the hope that some will understand. Some will listen. Some will grasp what I am saying and the scales will fall from their eyes and they will wake up and say: “Oh, but now I see it. Why could not I see it before?” I am not only talking about ascended master students, but all of those who are hypnotized by Trump.

Because in this coming year, with the Second Ray of wisdom, there is an unprecedented opportunity to see through this idolatry. I am not really only concerned about freeing people from the idolatry of Trump. I am concerned about freeing them from the idolatry of the power elite, especially the financial power elite. Because the real problem in America, as we have said many times before, is elitism.

What is elitism based on? Idolatry. Oh, these people must be special. That is why they have all this money. Elon Musk must be so intelligent. That is why he is the richest man in the world. This is what America needs to transcend in order to enter the golden age. This deep-rooted idolatry of people with special abilities.

The disappearing middle class

America is the land of opportunity. Yes, there are people who have had initiative, who have been willing to work hard, who have been smart, who have been able to make use of that opportunity and make money or attain certain positions. But what America fails to recognize is that America also gives opportunity to those who are seeking to exploit others.

And yet, what is the purpose of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution? To create an egalitarian society that cannot be dominated by a power elite as the old countries of Europe were at the time America was founded. Look at Britain. Hardly any country on earth has been more elitist than England. Do you really think that this is what I and the founding fathers wanted to recreate in America? Then you have not read the Constitution or the Declaration.

We wanted to create a society that could not be dominated by a small elite. Yet, so many Americans are still trapped in this idolatry of thinking that an elite is necessary, that it is beneficial, that that is why America is so rich and so powerful, because we have this elite that are just so smart and so much better than the average person.

It is not the elite that has made America great, nor is it the poor, uneducated people who are not willing to take responsibility for themselves. What has made America great is the middle class of people who have some willingness to take responsibility for themselves. What has happened to this middle class in the last 40 years, as detailed by this report by the Rand Institute that I referenced before? Money, wealth, has been funneled away from the middle class towards the upper class, the elite, the top 2%.

Everything for sale

That is the problem in America. When I say wealth, it is not just money, it is also political influence, because you now have a system where you can buy whatever you want. Consider the irony, just one example of many, that here is a president who claims to be stricter on immigration than any other president. But if you have $5 million, you can buy a Trump gold card and become a citizen, no questions asked. Is there anything in Trump’s America that is not for sale?

He recently admitted that the motivation for capturing Maduro from Venezuela was to open up Venezuela for American oil companies. Is the American armed forces now mercenaries, guns for hire to the highest bidder, or do they serve to protect democracy and human rights? You see, an elitist society is one where the elite has a privileged position that no one can challenge.

Failed responsibility

The most important function of the American government, as it is envisioned in the Constitution, is to prevent the emergence of an elite that can run American society, regardless of what the people want, what serves the people. Has the American government fulfilled that responsibility? No.

Is it the fault of the Republican Party alone? No. The Democrats are just as hypnotized by the elite. It is a clear failure, and it has never been more obvious than in the presidency of Donald Trump, which is why I say in this coming year there is an unprecedented opportunity for Americans to come to see that :”We have gone completely off the track defined in the Constitution. We have gone completely away from creating a society or a government that is of the people, by the people, and for the people.”

There is an unprecedented opportunity for this awareness to break through, carried by the release of the energies of the Second Ray, that allows people, that empowers people to look at the results of the exercise of power and say: “is this really what we want? Do we want more of this, or do we want more than this? Was this what we voted for? This is clearly what we are getting, and we are likely to get more of it, but was that what we voted for? Is that what we want?”

The greatest president in history?

You can see again the serpentine logic being used here. Make America great again, implying that all the presidents who came before Trump, they were taking America downhill, maybe with a few exceptions. But he is the one who is going to restore American greatness. The whole idea of terrorists being paid for by foreign countries, serpentine logic, a complete lie. The whole idea that Trump knows better than all the economists of the world, serpentine logic. The whole idea that billionaires know how to run a country better than anybody else, serpentine logic.

If you stand back from all of the specifics, and you reach for the Christ mind, and you look at Trump’s presidency, you see very clearly that all of these outer things of changing America, making it more authoritarian, concentrating power in the presidency, all of this is not Donald Trump’s primary motivation.

His primary motivation is to raise himself up as the greatest president in history. To raise himself up to having an almost godlike status, an idol. His image is what matters to him more than anything else. It matters to all those who are hypnotized by the collective beast that is not created by Trump, but is created by the fallen beings over a long period of time, and has been used to create vortexes around many other leaders.

Exposing idolatry around special people

In Russia, they have a vortex around Putin that many people are still hypnotized by. They have the same in China. They had the same in Japan about the emperor. They have had it in many societies throughout history. Just look at how many times that beast has overpowered people, thereby sucking up their energy so it becomes even more powerful. It is a very powerful beast. We can call it the beast of elitism, the beast of idolatry.

If you want something to make calls for in this coming year, make the calls for the exposure of this beast, for the judgment of Christ upon it. Call to the masters of the Second Ray. Call to Astrea, Archangel Michael, myself, for the exposure of this elitism, this idolatry around people being special.

What do you see from the Christ mind? You see that all people have a Christ potential, therefore, none are more valuable than anyone else. Sure, they have different levels of consciousness, different practical abilities, and so forth. I am not saying you could take a person off the street and make them a general in the army and they could do well. I am not saying that they could not do well, but you see that all have a potential.

What the fallen beings have created, mind you, is this idea that certain people are special. Therefore, you do not need to look at their actual abilities, their qualifications. You do not even need to look at their fruits, for they are right by the mere fact of who they are.

Stalin was the father of the nation, he could do no wrong. Killing 21 million people of his own people must have been necessary, or you would not have done it. Putin, well, it must be necessary to invade Ukraine, or he would not have done it. “We are not capable of understanding his motivation and his reasons, but we know he is the leader, and therefore, he must be right.”

You go back to the feudal societies of the Middle Ages and even later times, where you had the kings that were the almighty rulers, all power concentrated in the hands of one man. How do you become king? Well, you must be the oldest son of the previous king. By the very fact that you were born as the son of the king, you were qualified to do the job.

You did not have to look at the person’s psychology, their abilities, their leadership abilities. Were they mad? Some of them were mad, but they were the son of the king, so he had to become the next king. This is what the fallen beings want to create.

Has it created good things in history? On their fruit he shall know them. It has created some of the biggest disasters seen in history, because when fallen beings get in a position of power, they all fall prey to the illusion that they are infallible, and therefore, they cannot do what we have talked about. Look at their experiments with using power and evaluate was there a better way to do things?

Kim Jong-un takes over from his father. He is again seen as an infallible leader by the fact that he was born as the son of the previous leader. He was young. Yeah, he had education, but did he have the abilities to lead? What did he do in the beginning? He experimented, but was he or the people willing to evaluate, was it the best possible experience, was there a better way to lead the country? No, because whatever he did must be infallible by the very fact that he did it, and that he is the leader.

The need for infallibility

This is what the fallen beings want, a position where they can believe in their own infallibility and where no one can challenge that belief. No one can come up and say: “Mr. President, do you think this is a good idea?” Because Trump has surrounded himself by yes-men, as has Putin, as has Xi, as has Kim Jong-un, as has all other dictatorial leaders.

What is most important for these leaders? To maintain their self-image that they are right by the very fact of who they are: “If I make a decision this week to impose 100 percent tariffs, it is right just because of who I am. If I change those tariffs next week, it is still right just because of who I am. I do not need to look at the consequences. I do not need to look at the fact that nobody trusts America anymore, because I am who I am, and I am making America great again.”

In the eyes of whom, we might say? Well, in the eyes of himself and those who are hypnotized by the vortex around him. In the eyes of these people, Trump is making America great again. In the eyes of the rest of the world, Trump has taken down America’s status in the world more than any other president, more than most people would believe possible in 11 months. That is what you see when you are not in the vortex.

Transcending idolatry

How do you free yourself from the serpents? Well, you have to start looking at what they are doing. You have to start grasping what they are doing to trap people. Then you have to be honest and willing to look at yourself and say: “Have I taken in some of these serpentine lies? Do I have some kind of idolatry of certain leaders?”

If you are an ascended master student, you can ask yourself: “Do I have idolatry of the ascended masters? Do I have idolatry of a messenger? Do I have idolatry of myself? Do I think that because I have found the teachings of the ascended masters, I must be free of serpentine illusions? I must have the Christ discernment.”

In previous dispensations, if you look at them, there was a clear idolatry of the messengers, there was a clear idolatry of the masters. We allowed this in the age of Pisces. We even to some degree magnified it to give people an opportunity to see it and transcend it. In this dispensation, we have done everything possible to help you transcend that idolatry of this messenger, of the ascended masters, and of yourself and of the fallen beings.

Again, we are not blaming you. My purpose here is to help you see that in this 12-year cycle, if you want to avoid frustration, you need to overcome your idolatry, and you have a golden opportunity in this coming year. Instead of make America great again, how about make Christ great again? Again, of course, a silly saying, because Christ is not great. Christ is one, undivided, neither great nor not great.

There is no good or bad, but thinking makes it so. The idols of the mind are what makes things great or not great, good or bad. For in the Christ mind, there is no idols. A Christed being has overcome all idols of its own mind, for it is the idols that keep you from oneness with Christ.

For the idols do what? They set up an appearance in this world, a god that is before the one God, a graven image that you have taken unto yourself and that you worship, instead of worshiping the formless God that is always beyond. Any form that could be formulated on earth, in an unascended sphere, even on a natural planet, the Christ is always beyond. Of course, in the ascended realm, we know that there is always something beyond.

Do I see myself as having the ultimate level of consciousness? Nay, as I have said before, I have traveled to these higher realms and directly interacted with beings who have a much higher level of consciousness than I have, as the Ascended Master Saint Germain. I have experienced the Creator’s being, and it is much higher than what I have.

When you have this idolatry of a person on earth, you think: “Oh, there is no consciousness, no knowledge higher than what this person has.” When you have idolatry of yourself, you think: “Oh, there is no higher consciousness than my own mind. I am capable of defining what is real and unreal. Why do I need the Christ?” Or perhaps you even think you have the Christ, you are the Christ, because you are right about this or that or the next thing here on earth.

As Jesus said if you feel this way, then you have your reward. You have the experience here on earth that you are superior to others. But whatever you call it, that is not Christ, because when you unite with the Christ mind, you transcend all superiority and inferiority.

Am I superior to you? No. Am I inferior to the fallen beings? No. I AM the way, the truth, and the life, and the freedom for earth.

Saint Germain I AM. The Ascended Master Saint Germain I AM.

Back to Becoming Wise to the Serpents

Exposing the total perversion of the true teachings of Christ in Christianity

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Jesus Christ through Kim Michaels, January 4, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 New Year’s webinar: Becoming Wise to the Serpents.

I AM the Ascended Master Jesus Christ. What I wish to give you here is an extension of my office as the Planetary Christ and help you achieve the Christ discernment that allows you to free yourself from the serpentine lies and illusions.

The pull of the Christ mind

I will begin by talking about a central feature of the Christ mind that we have not really emphasized so much, until now. We have said before that the Christ mind is the first element created by God. It is meant to secure the unity of the Creator and its creation, the self-aware extensions of itself that have self-awareness and free will. We have portrayed it as if the Christ mind is there, radiating a higher truth towards you, always respecting free will, but being ready to help you see through an illusion whenever you turn around and decide to walk back towards the 144th level of consciousness. And the Christ mind does, of course, have that function, but the Christ mind also has another function. We might say that what we have described here with the Christ mind offering you a higher understanding, that can help you see through a particular separate self, is the mother, the feminine, the omega aspect of the Christ mind.

The alpha aspect of the Christ mind is that the Christ mind draws you back towards oneness. Now this may seem like a contradiction in terms when we talk about free will, but it is not that the Christ mind forces you back to oneness. But it does create a certain magnetic pull, that you can avoid being pulled by, but you have to actively resist it. You cannot simply sit down and say, I do not want to be affected by this. We can also, and we have actually described this another way by saying that in an unascended sphere, your sphere, the vast majority of beings are in an upward spiral. And they have created what we have called the Holy Spirit or the River of Life that pulls on everything in that, but that pull is an aspect of the Christ mind. In other words, you have to resist to stay in separation.

Actively resisting the pull of the Christ mind

When you go into separation, you have to deny the reality of the Christ mind that all life is one. But you cannot ever come to a point in separation where you have achieved some ultimate state of the denial of the Christ, and now you can remain there indefinitely. You will constantly have to resist the pull of the Christ mind, the hound of heaven, as the old poem says. And you have to use the duality consciousness to do this, which is why once you start down that road, one illusion that you believe in will be challenged even by duality, but also by the Christ mind. You have to then adopt another illusion, and that is why you create these layers of separate selves based on this denial. You cannot stand still in the duality consciousness and, of course, you cannot stand still when you see yourself as a connected being. That is why, in a sense, you could say this is the safety mechanism that because you can never be at peace in the duality consciousness, you cannot remain trapped there indefinitely. You have to actively resist. It becomes more and more strenuous, and there comes a point where you simply do not want to do it anymore.

Opposition to the serpentine lie

How does this work in relation to the serpentine mind? Well, it works in two ways. One is that the serpentine mind defines a certain lie. This lie cannot stand alone. It will be challenged. As we said, any serpentine lie is based on a duality consciousness, but it is always two opposite polarities. By the very fact that it is defined from duality, it has an opposite, and it will challenge it. But beyond that is also the pull of the Christ mind that pulls people to look beyond duality, to look at a specific aspect of life on earth in a non-dualistic way, so you can escape the tension, the suffering, the stress of the duality consciousness.

This means, to give you a practical example, you have a certain group of people who allow the fallen beings to give them a particular religious scripture, a revelation. They claim, the fallen beings, that this is from God, but it is from the fallen beings, often in the identity realm, the lower identity realm. This is now formulated in a worded scripture, but it is guaranteed that this scripture in words will be challenged by something else. And the worded scripture is expressed with great authority, and therefore, it will be challenged by another religion that also claims great authority.

You see the Crusades, Christianity claiming to have authority, Islam claiming to have authority, both of them actually based on the Old Testament, and so how could they be different when they claim to come from the same root? Well, because of the duality consciousness. Then, of course, you cannot have a state where there is only two religions. There will be others that come up. That is why you see this multiplicity of religions that all claim to have a certain authority. Now, this is partly because of the nature of the duality consciousness, where one dualistic illusion has an opposite, one group of fallen beings become the established elite, they are opposed by an aspiring elite and so forth. But it is also because of the pull of the Christ consciousness. You cannot, all people, cannot be satisfied by a certain religion indefinitely. They will look for something else.

Confusion caused by inevitable diversity

We might say that this main function, this pull of the Christ consciousness, is what prevents people from being satisfied with something indefinitely, and pulls them to have this curiosity to look for something else. Is there something more to understand? Could there be a higher understanding? You can say that this is what drives all progress on earth. Even the drive to improve your practical, physical living situation is driven by this upward pull of the Christ mind. What I am saying is that the Christ mind, the pull of the Christ mind, will give rise to a certain diversity. That is why the fallen beings cannot take complete control over planet earth, because there will always be diversification. But the serpentine mind can then use this, it can use this to inject confusion into people’s minds. And this works for those who do not have a direct experience of the Christ mind within themselves. They have not made contact with the Christ mind. Therefore, they look at the world, they look at all these religions, all the political ideologies, scientific materialism versus religion, and their minds are overwhelmed and confused by this.

The first thing you might say, there is a group of people with a serpentine mind who are constantly seeking to project confusion. They are using the, we might say, natural diversification created by the pull of the Christ mind to confuse and overwhelm people. Now part of the multiplication is not just the Christ mind, but also, as I said, the duality consciousness but the total number of different ideas and teachings on earth is truly overwhelming for most people. We might say that a general feature of the serpentine mind is that the serpentine mind creates certain problems, but then it seeks to give people a solution to a specific problem, a way out of a specific problem. And one way it does this is to set up a worldview, a belief system and claim this is infallible, therefore, it should never be changed.

And of course, the ultimate triumph of the serpentine mind in the last 2,000 years is the formation of the Catholic church, which has created a belief system projected to have ultimate authority, projected that it should never change, and claiming that this is authorized by Christ, by me. The ultimate triumph of the serpentine mind in recorded history of earth—to actually use the Christ or the concept of Christ to create a belief system that should never change, therefore, offering people some hold in a constantly changing threatening world. They can cling to “traditional values”.

The serpentine lies in the Nicene Creed

Just to give you some impression of how this works, I instructed the messenger to print out the Nicene Creed so that he can read this and I will comment on it.

The subject-object duality

Nicene Creed: “We believe in one God, the Father, the Almighty, maker of heaven and earth, and of all that is seen and unseen.”

“We believe in one God.”

Why do you believe in one God? If there is one God who is the maker of heaven and of earth, and of all that is seen and unseen, why do you need to believe in that God? Who believes in something? Ah, was not Jophiel talking about the separate subject studying a separate object? Do you not see here this subject-object duality built into the Catholic faith? “We” separated from the one God? Believe in this one God. But this one God is the maker of heaven and earth, and of all that is seen and unseen. Is He not then the maker of us? Why do we need to believe in this God? If God has created everything, then God must be everywhere and in everything, including in us. So, why do we, as a separate object, need to believe in a separate God, in a distant God? Why do not we experience God directly? Was that not what I, Jesus, told people to do when I said the kingdom of God is within you, that it comes not with observation of the outer religion? “I and my Father are one. I cannot in my own self do nothing. The Father within me doeth the work.” You see right there, in the very opening paragraph, the serpentine mind has inserted itself, a false image. The one God is an attempt to establish that this god created by the serpentine mind is the ultimate God, the only true God. But no god defined here on earth by the separate mind is the one God. The one God is beyond all descriptions.

Denial of the existence of other ascended beings

We go on: “We believe in one Lord, Jesus Christ, the only Son of God.” Again, right there—one Lord. Really? You are saying in heaven there is only the one God and the one Lord, and maybe some angels fluffering around. But basically, it is me and the Father sitting up there in heaven, when the reality is that there is a multiplicity of beings in heaven, the ascended masters. And there is ultimately one God, the Creator, but beyond our world of form are many Creators and beyond that is the Allness.

One Lord? Why do you need one Lord when there are lords of the seven rays, the Chohan for each ray? Why are you denying the multiplicity that you claim the Father Almighty has created all that is seen and unseen? But you are denying it all except one. How could I, the Ascended Master Jesus Christ, who has ascended to the spiritual realm, and is therefore, one with all ascended beings, how could I deny the existence of other ascended beings? How could I want my followers to deny the existence of other spiritual beings?

Eternally begotten of the Father

We go on: “The only Son of God, eternally begotten of the Father.”

The Almighty God, maker of all that is seen and unseen, has only created one Son and this is what you believe? You must believe then that I, Jesus Christ, was on the ultimate ego trip, that I came and took on physical form on earth and I want all people to worship me as the one Lord, the only Son of God, “eternally begotten of the Father”.

What meaning did the people who wrote this back in 325 or 381 put into those words, “eternally begotten of the Father”? What meaning do Christians put into it today, if they put any meaning into it, if they even think about it? Eternally begotten? How could anything need to be eternally begotten? It is created. Once it is created, why does it need to be recreated, begotten, all the time?

True God from true God

“God from God, light from light, true God from true God.”

Just another attempt to establish some ultimate authority. You started out by saying that God, the Father, the Almighty, is the maker of all that is seen and unseen. Why do you then need to emphasize that I am God from God and light from light, true God from true God? Is there a false God? But you just said that the Almighty has created all that is seen and unseen. If there is only one God, why do you need to emphasize the only Son of God, God from God, light from light, true God from true God? Then comes the next,

“Begotten, not made.”

What exactly is the distinction between begotten and made? Well, the intended distinction is that I was begotten by the Father and all other beings were made by the Father. And begotten is better than made, therefore, I am special.

A division between Christ and everything else

“One in being with the Father.”

Yes, but you just said the Almighty is the maker of all that is seen and unseen. How did God then make anything except out of its own being? What was there before God started making anything? What was there? Only God. What is God? A being. How could God make anything that is not out of its own being when there is nothing else? You are making a distinction here that I, the Lord Jesus Christ, is one in being with the Father, but all the rest of God’s creation is not one in being with the Father. That must mean that this almighty God deliberately created a division between that which is one in being with Him, me, and everything else. Why exactly would God do this?

Jesus as the only expression of Christ mind

“Through Him all things were made. Through Him, Jesus Christ.”

The reality is, as we have said, and as the Gospel of John says, without Him was not anything made that was made, but that Him was the Logos, the universal Christ mind.

It was through the Christ mind that everything was made that was made. Not through one individual expression of the Christ mind, Jesus Christ. I was not, and no being could ever be, the totality of the Christ mind. For anytime you identify something as having a specific form, then that is not the totality of the Christ mind, because the universal aspect of the Christ mind is beyond form.

People different from the Son of God

“Through Him all things were made. For us men and for our salvation, He came down from heaven.”

Why did this Almighty God, who is supposed to be all good, only create one Son? Why did not He create all beings as sons and daughters of God? Why did He create one Son and then all others are separated from God and need salvation? Why not create everyone perfect to begin with? Surely, if the Father can create one Son, He can create any number of sons. Why would this only Son need to come down from heaven for your salvation? Why? Why does the Almighty God, who is the Maker of all that is seen and unseen, need this intermediary of the Son to come down from heaven to save a part of God’s creation?

Why? God is Almighty. If He wants to save people, He can do it directly, but why would He create you in a state where you need to be saved?

The Christ becoming a man

“By the power of the Holy Spirit, He was born of the Virgin Mary and became man.”

How exactly does that which is “the only Son of God, eternally begotten of the Father, God from God, light from light, true God from true God”, how does that become man? How does that happen? And if I was of the same substance of the Father and became man, where did all other men and women come from? Again, the Father who created everything out of its own being somehow created you all separately from me? Why? What is the purpose?

Jesus killed and resurrected for the sake of humanity

“For our sake He was crucified unto Pontius Pilate. He suffered, died, and was buried.”

For our sake He was crucified? Why does the only Son of God need to become man and be crucified for the sake of men who could just as easily have been created by the Father in a state where they do not need to be saved?

“He suffered, died, and was buried.” How could the only Son of God die? “On the third day He rose again in fulfillment of the scriptures.”

You understand what is being said here? Supposedly, the Almighty Father created men in an imperfect state, gave them scriptures that prophesied the coming of a Messiah who should die and be resurrected, and I had to follow the script. But again, why did the Almighty God create men in a state of imperfection? Why did He give them scriptures so they could be saved by the only Son of God?

“He ascended into heaven and is seated at the right hand of the Father.”

I did ascend into heaven. But tell me this, if I was of the same substance as the Father, God from God, light from light, true God from true God, how could I possibly descend to earth and become man? How could I die and then ascend back to heaven? How could I ever leave heaven? How could I ever take on a lesser state unless God takes on a lesser state in all men and women? You see, either a process applies to all, or it is nonsensical.

“Seated at the right hand of the Father.”

The Old Testament god, the angry old man with a long white beard sitting on a throne in heaven. How do you reconcile that Old Testament image with my portrayal of God when I was in embodiment? “Fear not, little flock, for it is the Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom.” “It is the Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom.”

Why does He need to give it to you through an intermediary that is different from you? Could it not be that God has created you in such a state that you can qualify to be in the kingdom by following the teachings in the example I set forth?

The judgment of Christ

“He will come again in glory to judge the living and the dead.”

How do Catholics today, and how did the early Catholics back then, envision this to happen? Many Christians think I will come in some undeniable manifestation. But the kingdom of God is within you. “Judge not that ye be not judged, for with whatever measure ye meet out it shall be measured out to you.” What does that mean? The kingdom is within you, but you can only enter it by removing the beam from your own eye. And part of that beam, what we might call the human consciousness, is a tendency to judge according to the appearance and not judge righteous judgment because you are judging based on the separate mind, not based on the Christ mind.

Who is it that is judging you? Is it I, Jesus Christ? or is it you that are being judged by your own state of consciousness? If you are still in the separate mind, you cannot enter the kingdom of God within you. If you overcome that separate mind, you are in the kingdom of God within you. You are judging yourself as being out or in. Why would I need to return at some future time? The Christ mind, the universe of Christ mind is constantly there, judging all people based on their own state of consciousness.

“He will come again in glory to judge the living and the dead.”

Again, this idea that the dead are somehow suspended somewhere, waiting for me to come back and judge whether they can go to heaven or not. But as I said, the judgment of Christ is ongoing, because you are administering your judgment by your state of consciousness. Are you qualified to enter the inner kingdom of oneness, or are you in a separate mind, so you are not qualified.

Denial of self transcendence

“And his kingdom will have no end.”

Do you really see anything in this universe that has no end? Do you not see constant transformation and transcendence? This is the serpentine mind again: “We have now the ultimate authority, we have the ultimate truth, therefore, nothing should change. Christ wants to create a kingdom that will not change.” As I have explained, Christ wants perpetual self-transcendence towards oneness with the Creator, constant change, constant transcendence.

The Holy Spirit

“We believe in the Holy Spirit, the Lord, the giver of life, who proceeds from the Father and the Son.”

There is the Father, there is the Son, and then there is this separate thing called the Holy Spirit, the third person of the Trinity. Person? God is a person? Christ is a person? The Holy Spirit is a person? Nay, the Holy Spirit is the upward movement that starts with the Christ mind, but that only gains momentum on earth when people embody the Christ mind.

“I shall pray the Father that he will send you another comforter.” That comforter is the ascended beings who have become one with the Christ mind, working together with the embodied beings on earth who have attained some oneness with the Christ mind as I demonstrated. This builds the momentum that becomes the Holy Spirit. The comforter is, in its highest meaning, ascended beings. And I wanted God to send more than one ascended being to earth to administer to as many people as possible. But according to my parable about the talents, what can be given through the Holy Spirit is only a multiplication of what people in embodiment multiply by taking the teachings and the example and embodying it.

The need to be worshipped

“We believe in the Holy Spirit, the Lord, the giver of life, who proceeds from the Father and the Son. With the Father and the Son, he is worshipped and glorified.”

Why would the Holy Spirit need to be worshipped and glorified? Why would Christ need to be worshipped and glorified? Why would the Father need to be worshipped and glorified? How could the almighty Father, maker of heaven and earth and all that is seen and unseen, need to be worshipped by human beings on this little speck of dust in an almost infinite universe? Yes, they did not know that in 325 that the universe was infinite, but still. Why would the almighty maker of heaven and earth need to be worshipped by human beings?

Was it not my teaching that the Father wanted people to enter his kingdom? It is God’s good pleasure to give it to you. God does not want you to remain separate from God’s kingdom and worship him from a distance. God wants you to enter God’s kingdom and experience being in God’s kingdom. You do this by removing the beam, the ego, from your own eye and becoming one with the Christ mind, so you become the living Christ, as I demonstrated. There is no need to worship anything, because worship implies distance and I came to show you that the kingdom of God is at hand. You do not need to wait for it. You do not need to find it somewhere else, for the kingdom of God is within you.

The false prophets

“He has spoken through the prophets.”

The Holy Spirit has spoken through the prophets? Would that be the Old Testament prophets? But was the Holy Spirit not the comforter that I asked the Father to send? Where was the Holy Spirit before I ascended? Where was it? How could it speak through the Old Testament prophets? Was it really the Holy Spirit who spoke through the Old Testament prophets? Or lower forces?

The lie of one holy outer church

“We believe in one holy, Catholic and apostolic church.”

Why would Christ want there to be only one church? It is the Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom. The Kingdom of God is within you. Meaning in today’s language—the Kingdom of God is a state of consciousness. I demonstrated that state of consciousness. I wanted to be seen as the example, that is why I said: “He that believes on me shall do the works that I did, yet greater works shall he do, because I go on to the Father.”

I did not want people to worship me from afar. I wanted them to follow my example and embody the same state of consciousness. That is a state of consciousness, an inner transformation. It does not come with observation of an outer church. Christ wants all people to enter the kingdom of God within them, and if they can do it through a particular outer religion it does not matter to Christ what that religion is. The whole idea that there is only one true church of Christ springs from the serpentine mind, not from the Christ mind.

The lie of sin and mechanical salvation

“We acknowledge one baptism for the forgiveness of sins.”

So, here you are—you see yourself as a sinner, you think you need to be forgiven for your sins in order to enter the kingdom. And you think this can be done by following some outer ritual where you are either submerged in water or you have water splashed on your head. And that is going to remove your sins?

But what is sin? It is a state of consciousness that causes you to see yourself as separated, as outside the Kingdom of God that is within you. How do you overcome sin? By overcoming that illusion so you can enter the Kingdom of God within you by reaching for, by entering into the Christ consciousness, by allowing your sense as a separate being to die, being reborn into the oneness of the Christ mind. That is how you overcome sin. What on earth does water have to do with it? What does an outer ritual or membership of a particular church have to do with it?

The denial of reincarnation

“We look for the resurrection of the dead and the life of the world to come.”

The resurrection of the dead? So, you are saying that all people who died in the past still exist somewhere in some limbo, but when I return, they will be resurrected. In what form exactly will they be resurrected? Their physical bodies? Or their souls? You see here, first of all, this is the denial of reincarnation, the reality of reincarnation, that the souls of the dead are not in limbo somewhere, they are not in cold storage in the morgue. They are reincarnated because they have another chance to overcome the death consciousness and then be reborn into the consciousness of life, of the Christ consciousness.

“And the life of the world to come?”

It implies that you will always be a sinner here on earth and salvation only comes in the next world that supposedly is what? Some physically manifest world that is going to be created? But if the kingdom of God is within you, why does there need to be a world to come?

A complete perversion of the reality of Living Christ

You see, my beloved, just a quick rundown of how from the very beginning the serpentine mind distorted the Christian religion completely and almost totally.

Now what is not in the Nicene Creed? We have looked at what is there. But more importantly what is not there?

Well, the whole reality that I am or was meant to be an example to follow. The whole reality that I was not persecuted and crucified and killed to pay for people’s sins. I was persecuted, crucified and killed because people in the duality consciousness, the separate mind, the death consciousness, rejected the Living Christ and they wanted to silence me because those who had the religious authority did not want to lose the control over the people. And my teachings, that the key to your salvation is inside your own mind, was a direct challenge to the external authorities who had near total control over the Jewish people.

And yet, in 325, the supposedly only true Christian church was created and it is the exact same kind of organization as the Jewish religion that had me killed. Truly, truly a complete perversion of the reality of what I was, what I am, what I represent to earth—not the only Christ, but the example that all have the Christ potential. And that it is only by realizing that Christ potential, that you can be in the Kingdom of Heaven. There is no external savior that can do it for you. There is an internal savior, which is the universal Christ mind that you can discover in yourself.

I did not come to say: “Worship me and I will save you.” I came to say: “Look within and you will discover in yourself what I discovered in myself.”

This, of course, is not what the fallen beings want people to accept. And it is not what many people want to accept because, as we have talked about, they do not want to take responsibility for themselves. They do not want to acknowledge the very fact that their salvation is up to them, their state of consciousness. And that only by transforming their state of consciousness, by being willing to lose their outer lives, their worldly lives, their human lives, and die on the cross of their human consciousness, their four lower bodies, and then be reborn into a new being in Christ, can they qualify for salvation. But salvation is really only overcoming the illusion that you were ever separated from God who is the maker of all that is seen and unseen.

God did not create anything separate from itself. Separation can exist only in the mind as an illusion you have taken on, and the only way to overcome that illusion is to consciously see why you took it on and consciously choose to take it off, to abandon it, to let it die. To let that separate sense of self die so that you, what we now call the Conscious You, can be reborn into a sense of identity that you are a connected being who can say, as I said: “I can of my own self do nothing. I will of my own self do nothing. I and my Father are one.”

The lie that Christ is outside yourself

How can a church represent Christ when its very statement of faith is based on a near total perversion of the true teachings of Christ? Well, it can, because from the very beginning it was based on the serpentine mind that is so good at projecting lies as if they were truth, as if they have ultimate authority and as if you cannot know Christ in yourself, therefore, you must follow the outer authorities who are the only ones who know Christ.

You see, in a sense the worst lie promoted by Christianity is that Christ is outside yourself and therefore, there has only been one Christed being on earth, Jesus Christ, the only begotten of the Father. And there is only one true representative of Christ on earth, this church or that church—the vicar of Christ—but truly the vicar of Christ, as they claim the pope to be, is the vicar of the serpents, the vicar of the devil. “You have your father the devil.” He is the Father of lies, and yet you claim to represent Christ and for that you will judge yourselves by your very denial of Christ in everyone. It is one thing to deny Christ in yourself, that is your free will. But to spread that denial to other people and cause them to deny Christ in themselves, while thinking they will be saved by Christ, by the external Christ—that is a whole other level of judgment and karma.

The judgment of Christ upon Christianity

And it is truly time that this illusion will be challenged. And a special focus of the release of the energies of the Second Ray in this coming year will indeed be to challenge the illusion of authority held by Christian churches, starting with the Catholic church who started it all, but not limited to the Catholic church. If you feel this is a cause that is dear to your heart, you can make the many calls, give the many invocations we have given about the Christian religion throughout this year. I am not saying all of you should do this. But if you feel prompted from within, then this is a way for you to help move along this process of the judgment of Christ upon the Christian religion, so that more and more people can become free of that religion. Not to abandon Christianity, not to abandon all religion, not to abandon all spirituality, but to discover the true teachings of Christ behind the lies of the outer religion.

Seeing the Living Christ as a threat

One final thought. The Jewish religion, the established religion, the religion controlled by the fallen beings and the serpentine mindset, was the one that killed my physical body 2,000 years ago. What do you think the modern day Christian churches would do if I appeared in another physical body? Do you think they would recognize me, or do you think they would see me as a threat? Certainly, I can assure you that I would challenge the Christian churches today, as I challenged the scribes and the Pharisees and the leaders of the Jewish religion back then. Do you really think I would be any more gentle with those who claim to worship me, but who are not representing me at all, than I were with the Jewish authorities? They would see me as a threat and therefore, they would want to silence me through whatever means were available to them.

Ye who are the leaders of Christian religions, you are attached to the things of this world, the power you have, the position you have, the privileges you have. You do not want to lose what you have in this world in order to become one with Christ. Therefore, I must say: “I know you not. You honor me with your mouth, but your heart is far from me. How can you enter the kingdom when you want your reward on earth, instead of being willing to give up everything on earth, including the worldly human sense of identity, in order to walk with Christ into the inner kingdom?”

You cannot cheat your way into the kingdom

What was, in a way, the central message that I spoke 2,000 years ago? That the entry into God’s kingdom is a matter of your state of consciousness. It does not depend on any conditions that human beings can define on earth. There is no way to cheat your way, or force your way, or buy your way, or worship your way into the kingdom. Only by going through the complete transformation of consciousness can you overcome the illusion that you are separated from the kingdom and accept the reality that you are in the kingdom.

This coming year will be a challenge for the Christian religion. Certainly, for many other religions as well, but especially for the Christian religion. And that which is hidden shall be revealed. If you think you can claim that you are representing Christ, but you are hiding things that are clearly not of Christ, then whatever is hidden will be revealed in this coming year and going forward in the 12-year cycle.

With this, my beloved, I thank you for being willing to be the open doors for projecting this into the collective consciousness, where it already has awakened many people who were close to that breakthrough point, and many more will be awakened as this continues to spread.

For this, you have my gratitude, and I seal you in the love I have for each and every one of you individually. I look forward, as the representative of Christ for earth, to greeting you when you decide to enter the kingdom that is within you, for that is where I am waiting, not sitting at the right hand of the Father up there in heaven. I am already in your personal inner kingdom, just waiting for you to join me.

Back to Becoming Wise to the Serpents

Transcending subject–object duality to experience the reality of oneness

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Archangel Jophiel through Kim Michaels, January 4, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 New Year’s webinar: Becoming Wise to the Serpents.

I AM the Ascended Master Archangel Jophiel. What exactly is an archangel? Let us begin by considering this. Is an archangel created or is an archangel made? Is an archangel instantly there in its full form, ready to carry out its task? Or does a being start with a point-like sense of identity and eventually evolve to the level of awareness where it can take up the office of an archangel?

The office of an archangel

Many traditional religions that talk about angels portray that God created the angels in their present form instantly. But as we have explained to you in our many teachings about the previous spheres, nothing was created instantly in its present form. Everything was created in a lesser form and gradually evolved. Does that mean that in the first sphere there were no archangels? Exactly. That is what it means. Only as the spheres evolved were there beings who had raised themselves to the level of consciousness where they can carry out some of the functions that you today take for granted. My point for this is to show you that the archangel of the Second Ray is an office.

It could be fulfilled by other beings than I who am speaking here. It has, during the evolution of the spheres, been fulfilled by various beings. Furthermore, I, as the Archangel Jophiel, represent the Second Ray for certain cosmic units but not for the entire cosmos. This will again offend some people from previous dispensations who wanted to think that there is one archangel for the Second Ray for the entire cosmos. But that is because they still carry with them this self-centered view of the universe that goes way back even to the fallen beings. But certainly, as you can see, in the Middle Ages they believed the earth was a small flat disk with a dome above it, and beyond the dome was God and the angels. As you see, even the material universe is vast, but certainly the previous spheres are much vaster. And therefore, you can see that there is not one being who can perform a function for this entire whole, except of course, the Creator. There are, of course, beings in the first sphere who have evolved to the point where they have a very high level of awareness. But since I am an archangel working with the latest unascended sphere, I do not have anywhere near that level of consciousness that these beings have.

A change with a clear direction

Everything is evolved. Everything is evolving. What does that have to do with the serpentine mind, the serpentine mindset, the serpentine illusions? Well, as we have explained, they use the duality consciousness, so there will always be contradictions. Some will use the serpentine mind to claim that the heavens must be perfect, God must be perfect, therefore, there can be no evolution. Therefore, there are beings on earth who have reached a level or who were created at a level where they do not need to evolve. They are appointed by God to be the leaders. Others will use the serpentine mind to say that things should change over time. The aspiring power elite will argue with the serpentine mind that things need to change, that things can become stale, and so forth. The reality I am seeking to convey here is that in the spiritual realm, everything is constantly evolving, changing, but it is not just changing in a random way.

There is self-transcendence. You may say the weather changes. One day it is sunny, the next day it is cloudy. That is not what I am talking about. I am talking about a change that has a clear direction, self-transcendence towards higher levels of awareness. This is what many Eastern religions would dispute, for they would say that there is change in the world, but the world is an illusion, and beyond the world is Brahman, who is never changing because Brahman is the undifferentiated. But as we have said, the Creator is constantly changing. As its world of form is being raised by the self-aware extensions of the Creator, naturally the Creator is changing.

The individualized focal point

Now, we have said that there is one Creator for your world of form, that one Creator has manifested itself as a myriad of self-aware extensions of itself. When you look at this from your perspective, you might perceive this, that here you are, you are a human being in embodiment on this little planet called Earth. You are separated from other people. They may be extensions of the Creator, but really that is not something you experience. You often see them as being in opposition to you. And you might look up towards ascended masters. We are up there. They are raised above you in consciousness, and then you may understand intellectually there are levels of these previous spheres reaching all the way to the Creator. You are looking at this based on a sense of being separated from the Creator. But the Creator does not look at this from its perspective and see itself separated from you.

The Creator is at the same time experiencing its world of form from the level of the Creator, from the overall perspective of the Creator. Yet at the same time it is experiencing its own world of form from the inside through you. And at the same time, it is experiencing the world of form from the inside through all other extensions of itself at the same time. This is what is difficult to fathom for those in an unascended sphere because in an unascended sphere the whole point is that you experience the world of form from your particular individual vantage point.

That is perfectly natural. That is the only way it will be until you ascend. I am not saying this to blame you, I am saying this to give you at least some awareness that when you ascend you give up the individualized focal point. This will require some contemplation for you, but many of you are at the level where you can benefit from contemplating this. Look at your situation right now. You are in a physical body. You are looking through your physical eyes at whatever screen you are watching this on. You are watching a human person talking, waving his hands. You are watching this from the outside because you are physically seeing everything from your individual vantage point through your physical eyes. You may turn around and look the other way, but you are still looking out through your eyes. This is perfectly in order until you reach the 144th level of consciousness. In order to ascend, you give up the vantage point that you, the Conscious You, has had in the unascended sphere. We have said that the Conscious You merges back into the I AM Presence. But the I AM Presence also has an individual awareness, but it is not the same kind of individual vantage point that you have when you are in embodiment that the Conscious You has in embodiment.

Right now, you have the outer mind. You are looking at the world. The Conscious You is looking at the world through the filter of the outer mind, whatever subconscious selves, whatever perception filter you have. What you see is colored by the filter. As you raise your consciousness towards the 144th level, you are gradually shedding the selves that make up the perception filter. Therefore, your view of the world is less and less colored by these selves. And you can come to a point where you are simply witnessing the world from a neutral perspective. You do not have the opinions, the fears, the perceptions that most people have. But you are still viewing the world from this individual vantage point that you give up, the Conscious You gives up, as you ascend and merge into the I AM Presence.

The focal point for God’s consciousness

The I AM Presence has a broader view of the cosmos than the Conscious You. And when the Conscious You gives up its individual vantage point, it now sees the world as the I AM Presence sees it. The I AM Presence is now an ascended being and it has a broader perspective than it had before the Conscious You ascended. But it is still a newly ascended being in this latest sphere, and so it still has a limited vantage point on the entire cosmos. But it can expand its vantage point to the point where your I AM Presence has become an ascended master and you can gradually grow in awareness until you can fill a certain office, a certain spiritual office. For example, you might take up some position of assisting a Chohan in administering the energies and the knowledge of a particular ray. You could gradually work your way up to becoming a Chohan. You could gradually work your way up to becoming an archangel or an Elohim, although that would take some time. Why I am giving you this teaching is to show you that what you are right now is simply a focal point for God’s consciousness, God’s being.

You, your Conscious You, is a focal point for God’s being. I, as an archangel, am a focal point for God’s being. You have a point-like sense of self. I have a broader, more expanded sense of self but we are still both focal points for God’s being. What does this have to do with the serpentine mind? Well, first of all, the serpents will deny what I have just said. They will deny that you are a focal point for the Creator’s being because they will point to your incompleteness, your inadequateness, the mistakes that you might have made and say you could not possibly be an extension of God. You must be an incomplete being, a sinner, a person who can make mistakes. But how could God make mistakes? But as we have attempted to show you, you are a co-creator. You co-create by experimenting. And an experiment is not a failure. It is an opportunity to expand your sense of self based on the feedback you get from the cosmic mirror. That is how you, as an individual focal point of God, rise higher towards the full awareness of the Creator.

Two basic, complementary forces of creation

The serpents have separated themselves, the fallen beings have separated themselves from that process. They can only maintain that illusion of separation by being in constant denial of the underlying reality of oneness. Therefore, they must do everything they can think of to deny what I have just told you. And one of the clever ways of denying it is to make use of what we have called the most basic feature of the duality consciousness, division into two opposite polarities. Now, Mother Mary has, in previous years, through this messenger, given some profound teachings about the expanding force and the contracting force, the masculine, the feminine, that the Creator can be said to represent the expanding force and its creation represent the contracting force. But even within the world of form, there are these polarities. This is what you see outpictured in the Tai Chi. There is a reality that when the Creator started its creation, it first had to create the void, where there is no differentiation, because the void has to be set apart from the Allness, as we have explained. It is this void that some Eastern rishis tuned into a long time ago, but they interpreted it to mean that the highest state is nothingness, no differentiation, and that Brahman is undifferentiated, and as soon as you have a differentiation, you have duality. But as we have explained before, duality is not differentiation. Duality is a state of consciousness that creates the illusion of separation, which means you can now have opposing forces. The Creator starts by creating a void, which is simply a space. Then it creates out of itself the Christ consciousness, the One mind, that is meant to unify everything because everything is created out of it. Then it creates the Ma-ter light, which is the substance that can take on form. But the Ma-ter light does not take on form by itself. For there to be form, there has to be a differentiation, and the basic differentiation is that between the expanding and the contracting forces. The expanding force is raw expansion. The contracting force is raw contraction. These two forces by themselves cannot create anything, at least nothing sustainable. What creates something that can persist over time is that the two forces are balanced by the One mind, the Christ mind. And when the two forces are balanced by the Christ mind, which, mind you, happens through self-aware extensions of the Creator, they are not opposites. They are complementary forces. They complement each other. They balance each other. And through the balance is created something that has longevity, something that can self-transcend rather than descend.

The illusion of opposition

There is a basic polarity, or nothing could be created. Everything on earth is created out of this basic polarity of the expanding and contracting forces. The serpentine mind, which is in duality, is separated from the Christ mind therefore cannot grasp that the two basic forces of creation could be complementary. It can only see them as opposites because a serpentine mind projects a dualistic view upon the two basic forces of creation.

And this view has been projected into the collective consciousness since the fallen beings came to earth a long time ago. And it has found its way into almost every thought system found on earth. I say almost because there are a few exceptions, Taoism being the most widely known, and some other mystical teachings. But many of the mainstream belief systems are based on this serpentine view that there are two opposite polarities, opposite forces, working in the world. Yet, it is unreal. It is a complete illusion. But how could you come to see that it is an illusion? Not by any rational, intellectual, analytical argument. For the serpentine mind is more clever at using rational arguments than you could possibly be, because the fallen beings have had a lot longer to perfect their skills than any avatar or original earth inhabitant.

Subject-object duality

What is it that the serpentine mind has done on earth? It has created the illusion that there are two basic forces that are opposites. And this has been projected in such a way that it has created what among philosophers is known as the subject-object duality. That the subject is separated from the object. Such as, the old dream of the scientific materialists that there is an independent observer who is observing a phenomenon an because it is separated from the phenomenon, the scientist can make an objective observation because the scientist is not affecting the phenomenon being observed. This has other variations. Some people are able to recognize a higher truth than others. They become the experts. They are seeing a higher truth and they are telling you in words what that higher truth is. A perpetuation of the subject-object separation where you are separated from the world, you are separated from other people, you are separated from God. But there are those who can receive some higher truth from God, and they can translate it into words and give it to you. The same thing with other experts. The scientists, the political philosophers, whatever you have.

The reign of the fallen beings on earth, their dominance, is based entirely on this illusion that there is a separation between you and what you observe. Everything you observe is separated from you. You are observing it from a distance. What does this mean? What did I talk about earlier? The Conscious You is seeing the world through the filter of your identity, mental, emotional bodies. Because there is a distance between you and the object you are observing, a filter can be inserted between you and the object. Now, is there an actual separation? Is there an actual filter? Not in reality, but in your mind there is, so where does the subject-object duality exist? Not in reality, but in the mind.

What is the sun?

You may say: “But I am here on earth and the sun is up there in the sky, far away. It takes the light from the sun eight minutes at light speed to reach the earth.” This is the perception you have through the illusion of separation. Is the earth an object in space? Is the sun a distant object in space? Is the sun a physical object up there? Nay, the sun is an energy field. It is not an object, it is an energy field. Yes, there is a certain center of that energy field and from that center streams energy out over a large area of space, but the sun is an energy field that reaches

as far as its light rays have had time to perpetuate through the cosmos. That is what the sun is at the physical level. The earth is inside the energy field of the sun. You are living within the energy field of the sun. You are part of the energy field of the sun in that you would not be alive, your body would not be alive were it not for the energy coming from the sun. How are you separated from the sun, even physically?

Furthermore, the sun is not just physical energy. It is also emotional, mental, identity level energy. But the sun is also a focal point for spiritual energy. How are you separated from the emotional energy of the sun, or the mental energy, or the identity level? How are you separated from the spiritual? You are not separated in reality. Therefore, what is separation? It is an experience. You are right now bathed in the energy field of the sun. You are part of it. You could not separate yourself from it. Your body could not exist without it. But you are experiencing yourself as separated from the sun. You are a subject studying a remote object.

Experiencing life through a perception filter

What does that mean? It means you have an experience of the sun, but it is not a direct experience. It is an experience from a distance. This means that the serpentine mind can insert a filter between you and the direct experience of the sun, such as the sun rises in the east and sets in the west. Does the sun rise in the east and set in the west? Does the sun move around the earth? Or is it that the earth rotates around its axis and gives the impression when you look at the sun from earth that the sun is rising in the east, moving across the sky and setting in the west? But the earth is actually rotating in the opposite direction from west to east.

You see a simple example of how when you experience something at a distance, a perception filter can be inserted that gives you a certain experience, but it is actually out of touch with what is happening even at the physical level. Because even though at the physical level, you can say there is a sun up there in the sky, there is a planet called earth, but the sun is not moving relative to the earth, it is the earth that is moving relative to the sun.

The experience of oneness

What is the alternative to this? The alternative to being a separate subject studying a separate object? The alternative is the Christ mind. You are not studying something through the Christ mind at a distance. The Christ mind is the mind of oneness. If you reach for the Christ mind, you can experience the totality of the sun, not from a distance. You can experience oneness with the sun, oneness with the physical sun, oneness with the emotional energy field of the sun, oneness with the mental, oneness with the identity, and oneness with the spiritual beings that have created and are upholding the sun. In that experience, there is no need for words. There is no need for a description. It is beyond words.

Going beyond words

Now the serpents will say: “Ha, here you are talking about this, and what are you doing? You are giving people words.” But study our teachings, especially given through this messenger, and see how many times we have talked about you going beyond words, not being attached to the words, that there is no absolute truth that can be expressed in words, and you reaching for the Christ mind for a direct experience of our being. How many times have we said: “Don’t focus on the level of the words. Use our dictations, use the word to transcend, to go beyond the words and experience the being giving the dictation.” That is an experience you can have only through the Christ mind. And that is why we are saying that as you raise your consciousness, as you begin to merge with the Christ mind, as you begin to let go of the perception filters of the separate selves and the ego, you come to a point where you do not need words to connect to the ascended masters, or for that matter, any object in the material world. You can directly experience our being.

The words are only meant to be pointers that help you, first of all, see that the experience is possible, see that it is desirable, but also open your mind to it. All the words we are giving are in a sense meant to neutralize the effect on you from the worded descriptions given by the serpents, by the fallen beings through the duality consciousness. The serpents will say this is an impossible task. And it is true that many people look at ascended master teachings and interpret them through their perception filters. But some will understand. Some do go beyond. Some do experience our Presence directly, and it changes you. For, once you have seen, once you have experienced our Presence directly, you cannot unsee it. And if you are willing, you can use the experience of pure awareness of an ascended being to question the perception filter.

Before you have the direct experience, we can only reach you through words. Therefore, you can only use our words to reach for the experience. But once you have that experience, you can use the experience as your frame of reference for questioning the words, questioning the perception filter.

Archangel Jophiel’s offer

Why am I telling you this as an archangel? What is the function of an archangel? Well, many things, but one function is to always be there as a frame of reference for a direct experience. From me, a direct experience of the Second Ray, from Archangel Michael, a direct experience of the First Ray, and so on.

If you will, during this coming year 2026, tune into my being, perhaps by giving my decree or invocations that mention me, I will offer you that frame of reference, a direct experience of the Second Ray of wisdom that will allow you to have a frame of reference for comparing everything you see in the world, everything that is happening in the world, so that you are not deceived by the serpents, because you have the direct experience.

Perhaps replay this dictation when you are facing a particularly difficult situation. You want to know, and you may make a simple call: “Archangel Jophiel, show me the reality of this situation. Show me your perspective on this situation.” For, you see, as an archangel, there is no separation in my mind whatsoever. There is no inroad for the serpentine mind. It has no impact on me whatsoever, any more than throwing a paper airplane at the sun could have an impact on the sun. Anything the serpentine mind would send at me would burn up before it reaches me.

Therefore, I am for you the anchor point for the Second Ray. And by experiencing my being, my Presence, you have the ultimate frame of reference for dividing the arguments presented by the serpentine mind, seeing what is real and unreal. This may be beyond words. This is ideally beyond words. And you may not be able to come back from an experience of my Presence and express in words what is wrong with a particular serpentine logic, argument. But nevertheless, you can free yourself from it because you sense that it is not at the same level of vibration as my being.

You may say that the function of an archangel in an unascended sphere is to constantly radiate the energies of a particular ray in a way that has not at all been distorted by the dualistic mindset. Beyond that, the function of an archangel is of course to make things work. You may say, if you use a rather crude comparison to how it is on earth, you may say that the Elohim are the architects. They design a building. They have a grand vision for how the building can be built. But then before the builders start digging, the engineers have to come in and make some calculations and say: “Could this actually be built? Would it stand or will it collapse under its own weight?”

Once the design has been set, the archangels are the ones who maintain it, who keep it functioning. That is why we are the constant that you can refer to. Of course, all ascended masters are a constant. If you cannot tune into my Presence, hopefully you can tune in to another ascended master, a Chohan for example, or Mother Mary. But the point is this: the serpent, the serpentine mind, will do everything it can to keep you in the state of mind where you see yourself as a separate subject studying a remote object. And you can never cross that barrier between subject and object. You can never experience it directly. They will do everything they can to argue that you do not need the direct experience. You need only the description.

A theory of everything

Look at what science has been attempting to do for over a century, for several centuries in a way: come up with the theory of everything. The theory that explains how the universe works, how it came into being, how it continues to exist and what will eventually happen to it.

They think they can approach this as separate subjects studying a separate object. And they can reduce the complexity of the whole to simpler and simpler components until they reach that ultimate particle, the God particle, that can explain how the whole functions because they think the whole is nothing more than the sum of its parts, its physical, material parts. But what have we told you about the universe? It is one interconnected whole. You are part of that whole. First of all, you can never understand the universe as a separate subject studying an object. Second of all, the object is not something that exists only out there, separated from your minds. You are co-creators. If you want to understand how planet earth is going to evolve, you can never do this if you exclude the consciousness of yourself and humankind from the equation because you are co-creating the future of the planet.

You can never create a theory of everything that does not include consciousness. It cannot ever be done. It is a complete illusion, projected very persistently by the serpentine mind. The lie that you as a separate subject can ever come to understand the universe as a separate object. It can never, ever happen. What is the primary tool that scientists are using for seeking to understand the universe? Is it a space telescope? A particle accelerator? Nay. The primary tool that scientists are using in their attempt to understand the universe is consciousness. If they were not conscious, how could they study the universe? Here you are. You claim to be intellectually sophisticated and intelligent. You are striving to create a theory of everything, but you are excluding your own consciousness from the theory. You think you can understand the universe without incorporating consciousness, because consciousness can only be subjective. You will never be successful.

Furthermore, can consciousness only be subjective? Well, in duality, consciousness can only be subjective. But when you reach for the Christ mind, you can go beyond the dualistic subjectivity. You will still experience the universe from a particular vantage point, but this is still objective compared to the duality consciousness. Everything is relative to something else in duality, whereas when you connect to the Christ mind, everything you experience is relative to the underlying oneness of the Christ mind. Therefore, you are relating to reality.

Now, you may still say: “Could you, even with the Christ mind, create a theory of everything?” Well, you could actually create a theory that allows you to understand how the material universe functions, that will allow you to create what Saint Germain has called non-force-based technology that could improve life on earth tremendously. You can create a theory with the Christ mind about the basic functions of the universe, and this will, of course, happen as you move into the golden age. But still, it would not be a theory of everything because you could never create a theory expressed in words or mathematical formulas that incorporates everything because everything must incorporate experience. And therefore, really, only the Creator knows everything. And the Creator is experiencing everything from the outside and from the inside at the same time. And therefore, why does the Creator need a theory?

The holy grail of the neutral observer

You might say that in the Christ mind, with the Christ mind, you are actually not creating a theory. You are just recording your observations of how the universe actually works. You are not having a theory in your mind that you are seeking to project upon the universe. You are observing how the universe actually works in a neutral way, not colored by any theory, any ideology, any fanaticism. That is far more objective than anything science has so far come up with. Why is it so? Because what has science done, as other masters have explained? They have looked at current conditions, on this unnatural planet where matter has been densified beyond its original state. They are scientifically investigating current conditions and then they are projecting that what you see here on earth can be used to formulate a theory that is valid for the entire universe. This is not possible, for the rest of the universe is not as dense as earth.

There are conditions on an unnatural planet that are fundamentally different from conditions on a natural planet. You cannot look at conditions on an unnatural planet and use them to understand conditions on a natural planet. Nor can you use the conditions on an unnatural planet to discover laws that are valid for the entire universe. It is a futile and misguided quest, colored by the serpentine logic of the neutral observer, observing a phenomenon without interacting with it. And science, quantum physics, has proven this to be an invalid approach, for the mind of the scientist affects the phenomenon being observed. But what quantum physics, most of them have not yet realized, is that not only does the mind of the scientist interact with, for example, subatomic particles, but the mind of the scientist also can be a filter that colors the observation made and the conclusions drawn based on those observations. A few scientists have begun to realize this and explore what that actually means for the future of science. But most people are still so trapped in materialism that they are not even willing to seriously consider this, because they will not give up that holy grail that they can be neutral observers who can come up with a theory of everything. The serpentine mind. Of course, the serpentine mind does not only work through science.

The kingdom of God is right now, right here

What have mainstream religions been for thousands of years? A quest to come up with a theory of everything based on some ultimate revelation from God. For many fundamentalist Christians, the Bible is the theory of everything. Well, then how come it cannot answer all of your questions? For others, it is the Hindu scriptures or the Buddhist scriptures, or this or that.

It is this, again, something here on earth can tell you how to go beyond the suffering on earth and enter a higher realm. What is the whole idea of entering heaven, the kingdom of God? You are a separate subject. The kingdom of God is a distant object, place. You have to travel there and enter. What is the reality? The kingdom of God is within you. What does that mean? The kingdom of God is an energy field, a state of consciousness. You are already inside of it. The spiritual path is not about entering a remote kingdom, but breaking down the perception filters in your mind that allows you to finally give up this illusion that you are a separate subject, that you are separated from the kingdom, so you can accept: “I am in the kingdom.” And then you ascend. Well, you can even come to a very high degree of acceptance of this while you are still in embodiment and overcome that separation.

And this, of course, is our goal for our direct students, that you can come to that acceptance that you are already in the kingdom. If you are experiencing yourself as being in the kingdom, how can conditions on earth disturb you, whatever they might be in this coming year 2026, or in the next years after that in the 12-year cycle? How can it disturb you if you are experiencing yourself as being in the kingdom of God?

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you, and I am grateful for your presence, for your willingness to receive this yourself, and to be the broadcast stations for projecting it into the collective consciousness where, as we always say, there are people who have been set free by these impulses that we have co-created together, so they can now accept, or at least begin to accept, some of these ideas. You are enhancing your own growth towards being in the kingdom, but at the same time, allowing me to perform my function of helping as many people as possible move closer to the acceptance that you are in the kingdom of God, right now, right here.

Archangel Jophiel, I AM.

Back to Becoming Wise to the Serpents

You can know what is real from within!

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master the Elohim Apollo through Kim Michaels, January 3, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 New Year’s webinar: Becoming Wise to the Serpents.

I AM the Ascended Master the Elohim Apollo. What have we told you happened on earth before the fallen beings and avatars came here? A downward spiral was created because everything was seeking to conform to a particular worldview. What was the dynamic? How does it compare to what you see on earth today?

Holding on to traditional values

Well, you see a large number of people, primarily religious people, who are wanting to hold on to the old. They are often talking about traditional values, as if this was something that it was desirable to hold on to. They are talking about holding on to a particular religion, be it Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, whatever it may be. But what you see is often that a religion causes people to look backwards and claim that sometime in the past the ultimate truth of how the world works was revealed by God himself through a particular prophet or group of prophets, rishis, seers. What you see in today’s society is that in the West for example, in the democracies, there is an upsurge of these people who want to hold to traditional values, to want to hold fast to the old, who are bothered, threatened by progress. But you see, it was precisely this desire to hold on to traditional values that put the earth in a downward spiral that would have destroyed the planet.

What have we explained so many times? The entire purpose of the world of form is self-transcendence. How do you self-transcend by holding on to traditional values, by holding on to the past? Impossible! You see that this is a force that is still influencing many people on earth and it is a force that will be challenged in these coming 12 years, but especially in this year of the Second Ray of Wisdom.

What we can say is that this desire, this drive to hold on to traditional values was not created by the fallen beings, it was there before the fallen beings came. But this does not mean that the fallen beings will not try to take advantage of it. You see, when the first fallen beings came to earth, they did not want people to hold on to traditional values, because it was difficult for them to gain entry into these societies that had a very closed leadership. They wanted to break up that conformity that was there and create an alternative.

The existing and the aspiring power elite

In a sense, the fallen beings in the beginning formed a rival ring power elite, an aspiring power elite that opposed the existing power elite on earth and they managed over some time to overthrow the existing power elite, because they [the existing power elite] were not as ruthless or as skilled in using the fallen consciousness as the fallen beings. After all, they were original inhabitants of the earth and had not fallen. They were overthrown by the fallen beings. But as soon as the fallen beings had overthrown the old order, they split into factions where one group of fallen beings managed to set themselves up as a power elite by putting another group of fallen beings down. But then those fallen beings started forming the aspiring power elite that attempted to overturn society. This is a pattern you see to this day.

But what you also see is that at any time, once there is an established power elite, they will project this mindset that people need to hold on to traditional values and that change is dangerous. It is against God’s will. It is woke. And this is the established power elite that projects this. Of course, there is always one or more aspiring power elites who will seek to challenge the established order. There is always a tension between the two, which is precisely why the fallen beings cannot put the earth in a downward spiral as was done before they came. They could put the earth in a downward spiral of conflict, but not conformity. But what prevents the fallen beings from doing this is the avatars that have embodied here and the original inhabitants who have started overcoming and transcending themselves.

Projecting infallible authority

What you see here is that the serpentine mindset can work as a force that seeks to get people to hold on to traditional values. They will claim to have some infallible authority. It could be the authority of God that has defined these laws that must never be changed, these rituals, these doctrines, and so forth, that must not be questioned or challenged. It could be communism, the writings of Marx, that are the infallible authority or materialistic science, the conclusions imposed upon pure science by materialists, whatever it may be that they can get some people to believe in.

But then there will be an aspiring power elite who will, of course, challenge the established power elite and say that this is not the ultimate truth, that something new is needed. And it may seem as these are opposites, but are they? When you step back, you see that both the established power elite and the aspiring power elite are actually projecting the same serpentine lie upon the people. And that serpentine lie is: “You, the people, cannot know truth on your own. Only we, the experts, can tell you what is truth.” Now this is, of course, a lie that we can approach from two different perspectives. First of all, we can say, what are the fallen beings using to define their truth? They are using the duality consciousness. The established power elite is using one aspect of the duality consciousness, the aspiring power elite is using the opposite. But they are both duality. Do the fallen beings have a monopoly on using the duality consciousness? Of course not. That is why most people on earth are in duality.

Why is it that the fallen beings are the only ones who can define absolute truth and the people cannot? It does not make sense, even from a dualistic perspective. All people who are in duality are in reality defining their own truth. Now, most people take over that truth from the leaders of their society or religion. Why is that? Well, because these people do not want to discern for themselves. They do not want to take responsibility for themselves and acknowledging that their outer situation is a reflection of their state of consciousness and that the only real way to change their outer situation is to change their state of consciousness by reaching beyond duality, reaching for the Christ mind. What people really do not want to do is to reach for the Christ mind and therefore, they are susceptible to the fallen beings who say: “You do not need to reach for the Christ mind. Follow us. We know truth.”

Now, as I said, from the perspective of the duality consciousness, there is no truth that can be defined through duality. The truth defined by the fallen beings is no more valid or right or real or profound than a truth defined by the average person. It is just that the fallen beings, of course, have a longer momentum of using the duality consciousness. They are in a deeper state of denial and therefore, they are good at projecting that they have infallible authority, that they are the ones who know best. But as I said, all fallen beings are using the serpentine mind to undermine the people’s belief that they can know on their own.

Knowing reality from within

This is the second perspective we can take on this lie, because is it true that the people cannot know on their own? What does it take to know a higher reality? You must reach for the Christ mind. Where is the Christ mind? “Without it was not anything made that was made.” “It is in the kingdom of God that is within you.” All people have access to the Christ mind. In fact, the average person has more easy access to the Christ mind than most fallen beings, because the fallen beings are so sure that they are right. Whereas, most people are not as sure that they are right, and therefore can potentially open themselves up to the perspective, the frame of reference from the Christ mind.

Why are people not opening themselves up to the Christ mind? Because that would require them to change their self-image, the way they think about life, the way they feel about life and the way they act. Many people are willing to, for example, be Christians and adjust their outer actions to the demands of the Christian religion, but they are not willing to do what Jesus told them to do: to look at the beam in their own eye. That they are not willing to do, which is why they believe the fallen beings when they say: “Follow us and we will take you to heaven.” It is just easier.

“You cannot know the truth”

What you see is, before the fallen beings came to earth, the earth was in a downward spiral. Why? Because too many people were not willing to reach for the Christ mind—they followed the leaders of society so they did not have to think for themselves, they did not have to look at themselves, their psychology. And still many people on earth are in this state of mind, which is why the fallen beings have been able to get so many to follow them.

You see here that it started with people’s unwillingness to reach for the Christ mind, but now the fallen beings have used the serpentine mind to project at people that they cannot access the Christ mind, that only the fallen beings can do so or rather can know truth. Why are people believing in the fallen beings? Because the fallen beings over a long period of time have caused large groups of people to follow them, to follow one group of fallen beings into their battle with another group of fallen beings. And when you are engaged in a dualistic battle, there will, in most cases, be a winner and a loser. In some cases, both lose, but often there is a winner and a loser.

That means that those people who follow the loser will now be very susceptible to the projection by the fallen consciousness, by the serpentine mind that they made a mistake by following that group of fallen beings even though they do not know they are fallen beings. The fallen beings are projecting that these people made a mistake and therefore, they cannot know truth. This is proven by the fact that they lost. Now you have this double problem that people were not really willing to look because they did not want to change, but now they are afraid to look, because they fear that if they think for themselves, if they make their own discernment, they could be wrong again.

Accepting the serpentine lie

That is an aspect of the serpentine mindset that is being projected at people on earth. How does this affect avatars? Well, as we have explained, many avatars came to earth with a positive intention. You were exposed to this situation manufactured by the fallen beings where it seemed like you had made this terrible mistake that caused the suffering or death of many people—many examples of this, we just described one in the book about My Lives. You have also had projected at you that because of this situation that caused your birth trauma, you made a terrible mistake, and therefore you should not again try to challenge the fallen beings, for they are right. And you obviously cannot be right or you would not have made that mistake.

But what have we tried to explain here? What was it that happened when you came to earth as an avatar? You did not come with a full awareness of what you knew from a natural planet. You came, so to speak, on a blank slate. What were you meant to do on earth? Experiment with your co-creative abilities and experimentation is, as we have said, no right or wrong. Whatever happened to you in your first embodiment or first few embodiments, it was not a mistake. It was not wrong. It was an experiment. If your good intentions led to a less than desirable result, that was often a manipulation of the fallen beings, not that you actually made a mistake. But if you came to accept the serpentine mind, you might very well have created subconscious selves that are based on this idea that you never want to make such a mistake again and therefore, you will never again challenge the fallen beings or you will never again stand out publicly and say: “I know what is real and I know that this is unreal.” You will, in a sense, never again dare to challenge the duality consciousness and the fallen beings’ projection that their dualistic truth is the absolute truth.

A compulsion to act and a fear of acting

Now, the original earth inhabitants, when they become afraid of reaching for the Christ mind, they can live with this for a long time, as many of them have already done, even before the fallen beings and you came to earth. But you as an avatar, you cannot live with this on earth, because you will be constantly feeling that you do not belong here. The earth inhabitants, they feel they belong here. This is the only planet they really know, at least consciously. You have a sense that you do not belong here, that you are here to do something. But if you are paralyzed and not doing anything, you are wondering: “What am I doing here? Why am I here where I am constantly dissatisfied and not feeling I have any purpose if I am not doing anything to change things on earth?” That is why you have these opposing forces in you: a compulsion to do something and a fear of doing something, a compulsion to do nothing. Many of you will be able to look at yourselves and recognize this pattern in you. This messenger certainly has seen it, even from childhood.

Demonstrating the transcendence of consciousness

How can you be the forerunners for pulling many of the earth inhabitants up where they are again willing to reach for the Christ mind? Well, you must do it yourself. You must start in your own mind. That is why we have given you these teachings about the fallen beings, about duality and how they have manipulated everything, the birth trauma, how they manipulated you into a situation. Because when you know this, you can first of all determine: “I am not going to be held down by this anymore. I am going to resolve these selves that are holding me back.” You can also begin to challenge the very illusion that you cannot know a higher reality, that you cannot reach for the Christ mind. But in order to do this, you have to overcome one of the very subtle lies of the serpentine mind. We have talked about it before, but it is this idea that a certain physical outcome should happen and a certain physical outcome should not happen. Therefore, the success of whatever you do here on earth is determined by the physical outcome.

But what have we said is the purpose for the world of form? Your transcendence of consciousness, your self-transcendence, your growth in awareness. Take a situation where you came to earth, you were manipulated into some situation that had a somewhat less desirable result, physical outcome. What was your real role in that situation? Was it to manifest a certain physical outcome and to avoid another one? Was it to win a dualistic struggle against another group of fallen beings and to avoid being defeated by them, for example? Nay, it was to demonstrate the transcendence of consciousness. If you did that, the physical outcome is irrelevant.

You take Jesus, born in what was not the holy land, but one of the darkest places on earth, prepares for his mission for 30 years, for three years he carries out his mission, he walks around, he demonstrates many miracles, he gives teachings, he heals people, in an attempt to set forth an example that: “What one has done, all can do.” But then in the end, what happens? Well, he is arrested, he is tortured, he is tried, he is killed. Some of his followers at the time felt that he had failed—his mission was a complete failure, because they thought he was going to be the new king of Israel, he was going to start some new religion, he was going to be the Messiah, the Savior recognized by all. And here he was despised by most people, who would rather have a murderer than the Living Christ.

If you look at the physical outcome at the time, Jesus’ mission was a failure, because he did not achieve any glorious physical outcome, but he demonstrated the transcendence of consciousness, the willingness to give up the ghost, or rather the ghosts, in order to rise higher in consciousness. From that perspective, the perspective of the purpose of the universe, his mission was a success. Your mission in this lifetime can be measured the same way. Is the physical outcome important or is it demonstrating the transcendence of consciousness?

Projecting a standard onto the Living Christ

Now, another subtle variety of this serpentine consciousness is that the physical outcome is important and if a physical outcome was not manifest or if an undecidable outcome was manifest, you have failed. There is something wrong with you. Let us say you got pulled into a struggle between two rivaling groups of fallen beings. You took one side, you thought they were the good guys and your side lost. What is it the fallen beings, by using the serpentine consciousness, will project at you: “You are not infallible, but if you had the Christ mind, you should have been infallible.” You see? Even if you have the concept that there is a Christ mind, that you can become the open door for that Christ mind, that you can become the Living Christ in embodiment, it will project at you that you should be able to manifest a certain outcome.

What was it that happened to Jesus when he was in the desert, tempted by the devil? “Command that these stones be made bread.” “Cast yourself down from the cliff.” If you are the Living Christ, you should be able to manifest a certain outcome and avoid another outcome, and if you cannot do this, you have failed. You are not the Living Christ, and therefore you should never again risk that kind of humiliation and failure and therefore, never again reach for the Christ mind and open yourself to the Christ mind working through you.

Letting projections pass through you

This is how subtle the serpentine mind is when it comes to avatars. It is the same that it projects at earth inhabitants, but it is more devastating for avatars, because you have the potential, a higher potential, to be the open door for the Christ mind. You may look at this messenger and say: “Well, he was a messenger, he has published all these books and websites and done all these videos and this and that.” Do you know how many projections have been directed against him from the fallen beings trying to discourage him by saying: “Oh, you cannot be the Christ, who do you think you are?”
Even members of the Summit Lighthouse who rejected any new messenger, even people who came and followed his teachings for a while, and then claimed that he had lost his mantle, he was no longer a messenger, or this or that.

I am not saying this to make him special. I am saying this to help you realize that what has enabled him to survive is that he did not give in to this. And therefore, when they project at you that you cannot do anything, you cannot be an open door for the Christ mind, you cannot be the Living Christ in embodiment, you can learn from that example and also reject this, or rather let it pass through you, that the prince of this world comes and has nothing in you.

Success is the expression of Christ itself

How do you do this? By recognizing that it is not the goal of the Christ mind to manifest a specific physical outcome on earth. It is the goal of the Christ mind to be expressed in many different situations through many different people, to demonstrate that there is an alternative to the duality consciousness. Whether people choose to acknowledge this or not, the Christ mind is not attached. The Christ mind does not measure success or failure by the outer result or even by people’s reaction, but only: “Did it come to expression or did it not?” That is the only criteria of the Christ mind. That can become your only criteria if you are willing to acknowledge this serpentine mindset. If you are willing to acknowledge that your expression of the Christ mind is an experiment. What did we say about an experiment? You cannot fail. Any expression of the Christ mind is better than no expression of the Christ mind.

Yes, you will encounter people, seemingly ordinary, nice spiritual people, who will look at the form that your expression of the Christ mind takes, and they will argue, they will find fault, like they have done with this messenger, but what is that to thee? Follow thou me. You express something. Your evaluation after the expression is not was it a failure, did it produce results or not? Your evaluation is: “Could I express more of the Christ mind next time?”

That is the only evaluation that matters: “How do I express more of the Christ mind next time?” Acknowledging there will always be a next time for there is no end to experimentation. There is no end to self-transcendence. What is the purpose of you expressing the Christ or allowing the Christ to express yourself through you? It is that every time you open yourself to an expression of the Christ mind, you are transcending yourself, you are raising your awareness, and that is the purpose of the entire world of form.

No standard in Christ

The purpose of the entire world of form is self-transcendence until you reach the Creator consciousness. The fallen beings cannot grasp this, most human beings on earth cannot grasp this, because they are in the mind of separation where they are constantly seeking to compensate for the loss of connection to the One mind by raising themselves to some ultimate status in this world based on criteria in this world—criteria that have no reality in Christ because they were defined based on the duality consciousness.

What they see as the ultimate status in this world is just one dualistic polarity. It is only ultimate in comparison to the other dualistic polarity that is evil or bad, but in the Christ mind there is no comparison. There is only: “This was one expression and next time there will be more that can be expressed.” Because you have dared to express one time, you can express more the next time. Your path becomes an upward spiral where every expression leads to a higher expression. There are no mistakes, there is no going back, there is no loss here. But you have to overcome this serpentine illusion that you have to evaluate the expression of the Christ mind based on a standard defined in this world.

We have said it before, but I will say this again: “What is the purpose of the Christ mind?” To help you transcend the things of this world, the consciousness of this world, the duality consciousness, the separate mind. How can the Christ mind help you transcend by conforming to the standard of this world? How can you transcend the standard if the Christ mind, the expression of the Christ mind conforms to the standard?

The Christ mind must go beyond. And that means what? The fallen beings will be threatened by any expression of the Christ mind, and what will the fallen beings do when they are threatened? Attack the one they see as a threat. Look at the specifics of the expression of the Christ mind, pick it apart based on their standard and project that because it was this way and not that way, it was wrong. Or because it was this way and not that way, it did not live up to the standard.

Projecting a standard onto the ascended masters

This messenger in the early days of his messengership was emailed by someone who had been in the previous dispensation and who said that this could not possibly be the ascended masters expressing themselves through him, because in all previous dispensations they had spoken in this high, elevated language and through this messenger they were speaking in this ordinary, everyday language.

You see, the serpentine mind will take one genuine expression of the ascended masters through a certain dispensation, it will create a standard based on that expression which took place, for example, in the 1930s, and it will say: “The language used back then, that is the only way that the ascended masters can express themselves and therefore, any different language cannot be the ascended masters.”

But what is progressive revelation about? It is ultimately about helping more and more people tune in to our teachings. Is it not natural that we will use more everyday language as we progress in our revelation? We will explain things by using various knowledge of psychology and science that was not available in previous times, so as to make it easier for people to grasp the teaching. But you see how the serpentine mind can take one genuine expression of the ascended masters, create a standard and say: “Now you should reject anything coming after this. Hold on to the traditional values of ascended master teachings.”

You see, what this person was doing, not knowingly, not maliciously, but what this person was doing was using the serpentine mind to make himself believe that he knew better than the ascended masters how the ascended masters should express themselves. This messenger, on the other hand, had no standard in his mind for how we should speak through him. He was willing to be the open door and let us speak the way we determined we wanted to speak through this dispensation. The other person was not willing to let us progress, to let us decide how we express ourselves. He had created a standard and wanted us to conform to his standard indefinitely.

Projecting that the problem is “out there”

Be careful yourselves that you do not create a standard. We have even seen people in this dispensation who have said: “Oh, the early dictations were a certain way. The early invocations are a certain way. They were much higher. They were the original ones. But now a shift has happened. Now the messenger has lost his mantle. He is no longer in contact with the masters.” Again, you have created a standard in this world, and you are projecting it upon us. We are not moved by this whatsoever. But you are. You are moved away from us. You cannot keep your attunement with us. You recognized the early teachings because you had an attunement with that level of teaching. Now we are giving a different level of teaching, but you are not able to attune to us and flow with us, and now you are projecting out that it is the messenger that is the problem, not your state of consciousness. And that is, again, the duality consciousness, but also an aspect of the serpentine mind that always projects: “The problem is out there”, because the most subtle aspect of the serpentine mind is what gives you an excuse for not looking at yourself, but projecting that the problem is out there. Therefore, it is somewhere out there that the change has to take place. But you see, for you to grow, there is only one place that the change can take place.

If you could change the entire universe, it would not change your state of consciousness one bit. Why do you think Jesus said: “What does it profit a person to gain the entire universe but lose its own soul?” You are an individual expression of the Creator’s being. You have a drive within you to transcend yourself and reach higher levels of consciousness. How are you going to transcend your current sense of self? Not by changing the entire universe around you, but only by changing what is going on in the universe within you—the beam in your own eye. That is how you transcend yourself. But how do you transcend yourself? By looking at your current sense of self and acknowledging it could be higher. It could be more than this. If I reach for the Christ mind, I could rise to a higher sense of self but then I must give up the current sense of self. I must be willing to let that sense of self die and be reborn as a new being in Christ.

As long as you are projecting out that your situation can be changed by changing something outside yourself, you are trapped in the serpentine lie. What is the serpentine lie? That your current sense of self does not have to die. That is the most subtle lie. The second most subtle lie is that your current sense of self cannot die, but that you must hold on to it.

Freeing yourself from serpentine lies

Why do I make it seem like ascended master students can be affected by the serpentine mindset more than the average person? Should it not be that when you come into ascended master teaching, you are protected from the serpentine mindset? But how can we protect you against your free will? How can we prevent you from accepting a serpentine lie and refusing to look at it? We cannot force you. We will not force you. That is what the serpents and the fallen beings will do. But you see, why is it that some ascended master students are still trapped in a serpentine mind? Because you are more of a threat to the fallen beings and therefore, they are targeting you with their serpentine lies. It is not that you are less aware than the average person. You are more aware than the average person, but because of that, you are more of a target for the fallen beings, who are projecting into your mind these serpentine lies. You can only escape them by being willing to look at them and reach for the Christ mind to show you, to give you the frame of reference where you can sense the lie.

Now, there is a phase when you first become aware of some of these concepts, where you go into trying to use the outer mind, the analytical, linear, and intellectual mind to expose the serpentine lies. And it is not that it is not necessary and valuable to do this, but it is not a fail-safe process because a serpentine lie is expressed in words, but it is done in such a way, because it uses the duality consciousness, that it cannot be disproven through words. You see again the story of the Garden of Eden. Adam and Eve believed that if they ate of the forbidden fruit, they would surely die. The serpent plants doubt in their minds by using one word: “Thou shalt not surely die.” You can attain some progress by looking at words. That is why we are giving you words. But ultimately, you cannot free yourself from the serpentine lies by using only words.

The ability to read the vibration of people

What do you need to do? Develop enough of a connection to the Christ mind, to the I AM Presence, to the ascended masters, that you have a frame of reference for evaluating the vibration of the serpentine lie. Let us, as an example, say that you had developed a certain clairvoyance, so that you could see other people’s third eye, and you could see that whenever they told a lie, there was a dark triangle in their third eye chakra. You could physically see this. Here is a person telling you something, and you see there is this dark wedge in their third eye, and it is growing and pulsing whenever they are trying to convince you. And because you see this, what do the words that they are saying matter? You are not even trying to argue against their words. You are not trying to disprove them. You are just looking at that dark, pulsating, pulsing thing in their third eye chakra, and you know they are lying. Maybe the words they are saying are not even wrong, but the intention behind it. This is what you can do by developing Christ discernment, by reaching for the Christ mind. You can develop the ability to read the vibration on what someone is saying to you, or what the fallen beings are projecting into your mind, which is also in words. Sometimes subtle words, but still words. You do not have to engage with other people to expose their lies, to prove them wrong with words.

This is where people, even when many avatars first came to earth, have been misled because they saw the lies of the fallen beings in embodiment and how they were using them to control people, and they tried to counteract this in order to set people free by proving the fallen beings wrong. They attempted to come up with a proof expressed in words that would prove the serpentine expression of the fallen beings wrong. But you see, at the level of the words, this cannot easily be done. In fact, it cannot be done so that it is a proof that all will recognize because as long as people are trapped in duality, any expression of words can be counteracted by another expression. That is why “Thou shalt surely die” can be counteracted with “Thou shalt not surely die.”

This is what caused many of you to decide that you had failed in your engagement with the fallen beings, and therefore you would never again try to engage them at the level of words. Yes, but you do not need to engage them at the level of words. You just need to read their vibration in order to free yourself from these serpentine lies. You can develop this. We have talked about it before. Center in your heart chakra. Does it raise your energies? Does it lower the energies? It is just one simple way. But you can come to a point where you hear or read a statement and you immediately sense there is something off about it.

You may not be able to determine with the outer mind exactly what is the problem, what is the lie, but you just sense it because you read the vibration. And the vibration, when you have developed discernment, is just as undeniable as if you physically saw that dark energy in someone’s third eye. You can learn to read the vibration of a person and know they are trying to manipulate you, or they are lying to you. You can look at a person who is a leader, a politician, and see that that person is lying. That person has a hidden intent. That person is dishonest. That person is a fallen being. You can learn to read the vibration of people and recognize fallen beings, regardless of what they say, and then you cannot be fooled.

But in order to develop that discernment, you must reach for the Christ mind and you must be willing to transcend yourself over and over and over again, until you develop that Christ discernment. Because it will not come just like that. It will come over time. How? By you experimenting and evaluating the outcome of your experience, not to determine whether you were right or wrong, but only this: “Could I have more attunement with the Christ mind than I had in this situation?” And you can always have more attunement with the Christ mind until you reach the Creator consciousness.

As you ascend, so ascends the whole

I, as an Elohim, who is at a higher level than a Chohan, am constantly transcending myself, reaching for higher attunement with the One mind. I do not intend to be an Elohim for this planet called Earth for the indefinite future. I will at some point transcend and rise to a higher level of the ascended realm. So will the Chohans and any other master associated with earth. We cannot do it just yet though, because someone has to do the job and as long as you have not ascended, who is left to do it but us?

In a sense you could say, we want you to ascend so we can ascend. Does that make us selfish? Depends on how you define the self. Do I see myself as a separate being? Nay. I see you as part of me and I see myself as part of the hierarchy above me. We are all one self. What one has done, all can do. When one transcends, the whole transcends. That is what you see with the Christ mind—what the fallen beings cannot grasp as long as they are in that fallen consciousness. And they will remain in that fallen consciousness until they are willing to look within, instead of projecting that the problem is out there.

Will you join me in this glorious process of ongoing, never-ending self-transcendence? It would be my joy to welcome you into the oneness that we are in the ascended realm.

The Elohim Apollo, I AM.

Back to Becoming Wise to the Serpents

Balance over persistence: The willingness to change

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master MORE through Kim Michaels, January 3, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 New Year’s webinar: Becoming Wise to the Serpents.

I too am more, for I AM the Ascended Master MORE. I would like to take this opportunity to first take a look back at the year 2025, which has been the initiations of the First Ray.

A balanced use of power

Mother Mary talked about the unbalanced use of power, but you have also in this year seen balanced uses of power. You will see more of this in this year of 2026, where people become more open to the wisdom, which then allows them to exercise power in a more balanced manner. Now you may say: “What is a balanced use of power?” Well, it is a power based on the reality of the Christ mind that all life is connected.

You may say all life is one, but many people will not be able to fathom this so let us go with the all life is connected, which is after all, something that even materialistic science is beginning to recognize through their experiments. When you use power in a balanced way, you are seeking to raise up all people, not just the elite, not just people in your own country, but you are seeking to raise up all. This is what some people call a win-win situation, in the sense that all parties involved in a certain interaction are winning from the interaction, are gaining something positive from the interaction.

Now what always throws a lack of balance into this kind of interaction is, of course, the fallen beings. They are not interested in raising up all people, they are only interested in raising up themselves as a one leader and as the elite that supports the leader. But the elite, of course, must not be raised up to a higher level than the leader, because then the leader feels threatened.

What you see is that some nations among the democratic nations have managed to become more balanced during this year of 2025. There are many. There are many in Southeast Asia, South Korea primary among them, because we have so many students giving so many invocations and decrees. Japan is also an example of a nation that has become more balanced. Even India has to some degree become more balanced, even though there is still something lacking. The Philippines also, and Australia, and New Zealand as well. You see in Europe, most of the democratic nations in the West have become more balanced during this year, partly because they have seen the imbalanced expression of power from America. Of course, Canada is a prime example of a nation that has become more balanced under the current leadership, where there is a desire to avoid confrontation with the United States, but nevertheless still stand firm in your unique Canadian identity and your right to exist as an independent country.

There is certainly hope that when you look beyond the headlines of the abuses of power, you can see that there is a growing awareness of the need to exercise power in a balanced manner. Even Ukraine has made progress towards becoming more balanced by being willing to deal with this specter of corruption that has been plaguing this nation, Russia itself, and other nations from the Eastern bloc of Europe for a long time. There are, of course, some nations that have not become more balanced. Poland, Hungary, Czechia, Slovakia, some of the Balkan nations, and others. But nevertheless, my point is that there is a growth in the balanced expression of power that you have seen emerging during this year, because when we release the energies of the First Ray, all will be affected by them. Some will take them and use them with an unbalanced expression of power and get almost drunk by the power they think they have and what they think they can get away with. But others will take them in a positive way and see that the First Ray is not an unbalanced, unrestricted expression of power. It is actually a very balanced expression of power. Why? Because the First Ray is balanced by the other seven rays.

The glass half empty or half full

What you will see in 2026 is you will see that some nations will continue to have a more and more balanced expression of power, and they will demonstrate this to the world. Other nations will become more and more unbalanced until things begin to break down. What I endeavor to help you see here is that it is very, very simple. You can ask yourself, how do you look at life? Is the glass half empty or half full? That is the question you need to ask yourself in this coming year. Are you focused on the negatives, the lack of balance? Or are you focused on the positives, the progress that is actually being made, even though it often does not make the headlines because the press has become so sensationalist that they always have to shock people. And of course, balance is not shocking, is it? You need to be careful, as other masters have said, to not be pulled into a negative.

Projections of inevitability

What does that lead us to? Well, it leads to one particular expression of the serpentine mind that I want to make you aware of. It is that the serpentine mind is very good at sowing doubt, as Maitreya explained. But one way of planting doubt in people’s minds is to create the impression that something is inevitable, that something cannot be stopped, that you cannot avoid this, that there is no point in even resisting because you do not have the power to stop it. There is an old American science fiction television show where you find the famous words: “Resistance is futile, you will be assimilated.” This is an expression of the serpentine mind. They will create this impression that something has already gone too far or something has such a momentum that a certain outcome is inevitable.

You see this expressed, for example, in Russia’s propaganda about Ukraine, that even some in the West have come to believe in, that a Russian victory is inevitable, that Ukraine cannot resist Russia forever, that Russia is so much bigger, has so many more resources, so many more people, that they will inevitably outlast and overpower Ukraine and Ukraine will fall and become part of Russia. This they have attempted to project, first of all, into the collective consciousness of Russia, also into the collective consciousness of Ukraine, but first and foremost into the collective consciousness and into the leaders of nations who are supporting Ukraine. There are leaders in Europe who believe this, Viktor Orban being one of them, and there are leaders in the United States, Donald Trump himself having had a tendency to believe this one week and believe the opposite the next week, as is the pattern you clearly see beginning to emerge from him, depending on who was the last person he talked to. But nevertheless, he has had a tendency to believe this because he himself believes that he has created a momentum in America that cannot be stopped, that the changes that he had initiated in America of undermining the constitutional restrictions for the presidential office are unstoppable, inevitable, and that they will lead to the result that he becomes the virtual king of America with unrestricted power. Some in his cabinet believe the same, some among the press and media, the alternative media, the bloggers and so forth, the MAGA movement, they believe the same.

Creating your own opposition

But what you will see in 2026 is that the wisdom of the Second Ray will cause many people to see the lie behind this. Nothing in the physical octave is inevitable. Nothing is unstoppable. Why? Because anything based on duality creates its own opposition. The more the people trapped in a certain dualistic polarity push towards what they see as the victory, the more opposition they create. Not necessarily, mind you, in the physical, but in the emotional, mental, and identity levels. No matter how unstoppable something looks at the physical level, it is still only an expression of the emotional, mental, and identity realms. Nothing in the physical can continue if it is cut off from energy from the three higher levels. That is precisely what the opposition, the pushing, creates. The pushing creates the opposition from the emotional, mental, and identity levels that eventually manifest either in a physical opposition or in a breakdown of those who are pushing.

You will see in this year that people will begin to see through these projections from the serpentine mind. You have the same thing in China, where China is trying to portray itself as this major world power that is unstoppable and that could take Taiwan and its army would be unstoppable. All of these things will begin to be questioned in 2026. People will begin to see how hollow the projections are from these leaders who are portraying themselves as infallible, all-powerful, unstoppable. It is a little bit like the old fairy tale, the emperor has nothing on. That is what more and more people will come to see and therefore, as Mother Mary talked about, the exercise of power in 2025 took many people by surprise, so to speak paralyzed them because they did not know how to deal with this. But this paralysis will very quickly be broken in 2026 and more and more people will take a stand, will speak out and simply say: “but this is not true, this is not in accordance with facts. This is not the way things work.” You will see that these leaders who claim to have all the answers, who claim to be on a roll, they will begin to lose their influence on the minds of the people and what will happen is they themselves will at some point be hit by the serpentine arrow of doubt.

Eroding the self image

You see, my beloved, there is a tendency to believe that the fallen beings are all-powerful, that because they are ruthless and willing to do whatever it takes, no matter the cost, they are unstoppable. But they are not, because they too have a psychology. They may be good at hiding it. They may be good at portraying themselves as these powerful people, but they have a psychology. When they do something, when they put themselves in a position where they exercise power, it is a two-way street. The results of their exercise of power will push back in their psychology and affect their self-image.

You may think that Vladimir Putin is putting on a facade of being the always cool, calm and collected leader who has everything under control. But what do you think has happened to Putin’s self-image over these last four years where it has become clear that he failed to execute a military takeover of Ukraine in a matter of weeks, when his army, which was before the war considered to be the second largest military force in the world, has failed to conquer Ukraine? What do you think has happened in his psychology as a result of this? He may be good at hiding it outwardly. He may be good at suppressing or denying it inwardly. But it is still working in his identity, mental and emotional bodies. For before the war, many people believed he was an infallible leader, and he himself believed it. Now, can he really believe this when it is demonstrated so clearly that he actually failed?

The same thing with Donald Trump. You can even look at him because he is not as good at hiding it as Putin is, and you can see the change in him over these past 11 months or so. You can see how he has become more unbalanced, more emotional, more incoherent in his speech. If you could see what is happening behind the scenes inside the Trump White House, you would see that although he has always had a tendency to be verbally abusive, he has become increasingly abusive towards his own staff. Blaming them for not delivering the results that make him look good. For he is realizing that the infallible image that he portrayed during the campaign is beginning to very slowly, gradually fall apart because he has not done what he promised to do: stop the Ukraine war in 24 hours, bring prices down from day one, make everybody rich, move production back to the United States, make the whole world pay the tariffs.

You see that in 2026 the public image of these leaders will erode further because the wisdom of the Second Ray will allow people to see through their propaganda, but also, the state of mind of these leaders will erode further. China is likely to make some serious mistakes in this coming year that will have repercussions for the economy. Other nations that have leaders will also make these mistakes. In Iran, you see the beginning of a public uprising that is likely to accelerate during this year. You will also see a challenge to the current Israeli government during the coming year where people in Israel will begin to evaluate what are the actual consequences of what we did in Gaza. Does that correspond to our self-image as the good people? Or did we actually attempt to commit genocide against the Palestinians as we so often claim the Nazis did to us?

Focusing on the upward trend

The cognitive dissonance that was there during last year cannot survive in the golden light of wisdom. What I am saying is that you will see here that the entire illusion that something is unstoppable will be punctured, perhaps even shattered in many cases. This means that those who are able to see beyond the dramatic headlines, will begin to see the positive, will begin to see that this 12-year cycle does not simply mean upheaval and challenges, but actually means many positive breakthroughs, many shifts, and that there is a general upward trend that will bring societies and the planet forward. This is very important for you to contemplate because you can be the forerunners for this shift towards a focus on the positive, but you must first shift in your own mind before you can help other people shift.

Projections vs. reality check

You need to recognize here a very, very simple reality. You take the story of the Garden of Eden and the serpent. Did the serpent somehow wrap itself around Eve and force her to eat the apple? No, it had no physical power. It only had the power of influencing the mind and this is what you see in all unbalanced leaders. Surely, they have some physical power. You can attack and invade another country, you can send forces into another country and capture the leader and take him to your own country, but the power to project that you have started a momentum that is unstoppable is entirely in the mind. Therefore, what power do the serpents have over you? Only the power you give them in your mind by believing in this serpentine lie that is being projected at this planet right now, that certain changes are unstoppable.

The whole idea that the world is going to abandon the rule-based international order that has been there since the Second World War, the whole idea that the world from now on is going to be ruled by the strongest, by America, Russia and China, who are going to do what they want to do and take what they want to take, and that nobody can resist this—these ideas are just projections in the mind. They have no reality to them. I am not saying that these nations could not do things with their military as Russia has done in Ukraine. But what is the cost? Not only the human cost, but the economic cost. Russia is put on a track that will condemn it to poverty for decades. China has made some decisions that also has put its economy on a track, and just imagine that China did attack Taiwan. If the democratic nations stopped trading with China, if people in democratic nations stopped buying goods made in China, how long would the Chinese economy survive, given how volatile it is right now?

The same with the United States. Tariffs, despite the propaganda of Trump, how much money have foreign governments paid into the treasury of the United States because of tariffs? I will tell you how much, exactly that much, zero. Where has the money come from that is claimed to be an income from tariffs? From American companies and consumers. You are essentially taxing your own people. How is that lowering prices? How is it actually in the long run boosting the American economy, bringing manufacturing back? What damage has this done to America’s standing in the affluent part of the world, which is also the democratic part of the world? Do you not see that America has so far been the bastion for the democratic world? But in 11 months, Trump has dismantled the standing of the United States that it has built since the Second World War and he has done it primarily in the democratic nations because they are committed to principles and a rule-based world order and therefore, they are the ones who will stop trading with America. And they are the ones who have the most money to spend. The economic loss to America is the greatest.

You see how the economies of these three large nations will prevent them from carrying out this world domination because you cannot trade with a country you are seeking to dominate. Why would they buy your goods if you are not treating them according to democratic principles? You see here that there is a reality and there is the propaganda, the impression that the conservative movement in the United States is unstoppable, that the conservative movement in the United States will spread to Europe and it will become unstoppable there. There is a projection of this and there is a deeper reality and what people will begin to see in this coming year is the difference between the reality and the propaganda. And as this happens, Trump, Putin, Xi Jinping, other dictatorial leaders will become more and more frustrated, more and more stressed and as we have said, sooner or later, something will break either without or within. Who will break first? Most likely Donald Trump, Putin a second, Xi later. Xi might very well survive longer than any of the others. But still, the aura of invincibility, infallibility and inevitability will be challenged in this coming year.

The greatest power in an unascended sphere

What can you do? You can first of all free yourself from this serpentine illusion. Look at your own psychology. Take Maitreya’s discourse about the duality consciousness and use it to challenge yourself and how you look at life on earth. As an avatar who has been exposed to the birth trauma, it is not uncommon that people believe, that avatars believe, that the fallen beings have such power and such ruthlessness that they cannot be stopped. Be willing to realize this comes from subconscious selves created to deal with the trauma and then use our tools and teachings to uncover those selves and let them die so that you can accept the reality that will puncture another serpentine lie, which is that once you have gone into duality, once you have stepped into the quicksand, the quagmire of duality, you are tainted forever and can never free yourself. It is the lie that you could do something or have been exposed to something or reacted in such a way here on earth that you have become impure in such a way that you could never free yourself from it. This is another aspect of this inevitability.

The serpentine mind tempts you into doing something and once you have done it, if you did not like the consequences, it will use this to say: “Now you have made such a terrible mistake, you can never be free of it.” But you see, you can. Why? Because what are you? You are the Conscious You. Nothing on earth can touch the Conscious You. It can only touch the contents of your identity, mental, emotional bodies and of course your physical body. But when you stop identifying yourself with the four lower bodies, nothing on earth can touch the pure awareness, the neutral awareness of the Conscious You. The serpents are very good at projecting at you that you must take their accusations seriously. You must react to their accusations that you are impure, that you made this terrible mistake.

What power do they have to make you take them seriously? Do they have a physical power? Can they go in and physically change your mind? Nay. They only have the power that you give them by taking them seriously. What does it matter to the Conscious You that someone is projecting at you that you made a terrible mistake that you can never overcome? It may matter to something in your identity body, but that something is what? A subconscious self, which is made up of what? An illusion, a belief in an illusion and some mis qualified fear-based energy but nothing that is real, nothing that has longevity and endurance. That is why there is magic in identifying that what causes you to react to the fallen beings is just a subconscious self and it is not real, and it has no power over the Conscious You. Therefore, you can just look at it, separate yourself from it, look at it from the outside and say: “I am letting you die.” You do not have to prove that the serpents are wrong in what they are projecting. You do not have to go out and do something to compensate for the supposed mistake you made when you first came to earth so long ago. There is nothing you have to change or compensate for.

You have the greatest power in an unascended sphere. The serpents, those in the serpentine mind will project at you that they have a power that is greater than yours. But the reality is, you have the greatest power in an unascended sphere. And what is it? To just walk away, to turn away, to surrender it, to let it go, to say to Jesus, to Christ: “What is that to me? I will follow Thee. I am willing to lose my life, the life in my separate selves, for the sake of following Christ into the eternal life of the One mind.” That is the greatest power.

The path to self-destruction

You, the Conscious You, you have it. The fallen beings do not have it. They could reclaim it by turning around, but as long as they are in the fallen consciousness, they do not have that power, because they cannot let go. That is why those leaders in the fallen consciousness are on a path of self-destruction, because they cannot do what Lanto said, use the wisdom of the Second Ray to evaluate the effects of their use of power and adapt.

As Mother Mary also explained, they cannot adapt to changing circumstances. They must continue to power their way in the only direction they can see and their only way of looking at it is: “I have to use more power if I have not gotten the results so far.” That is why they cannot change. That is why they will become more and more imbalanced, and that is why more and more people in this coming year will see the lack of balance and they will not be able to understand why people do not believe them anymore. Putin will lose support among the Russian people, among the Russian leadership, among other countries who have so far been friendly or at least not hostile to Russia. Xi Jinping will lose support in China. He will lose, he will squander much of the so-called goodwill that China has built up over decades by investing in third world countries.

Trump on the eternal quest to raise himself up as the most important, as the greatest president in American history, will not be able to understand why the people are not supporting him. He will not be able to understand why the Republicans who declared their loyalty to him in order to get elected in 2024 are now abandoning him for the 2026 election. He will not understand why there are people in his own staff who will crack and have to leave. He will stand there and wonder: “Why do they not see me as I see myself?” Well, because you see yourself as a great leader, but you think that a great leader is one who never admits a mistake, never apologizes, never changes, but stays on the course. But a great leader is one who is flexible, who looks at reality and is able to change as conditions change. It has always been so. What will begin to emerge in this coming year is this realization that balance is more important than persistence or consistency. But what is balance? Balance is the ability and willingness to adapt to changing conditions. Therefore, really what is important is the willingness to change, to self-transcend, to grow, to become more than, instead of more of.

A perception-based economy

Do you realize that the world economy is what Saint Germain has explained a long time ago, a perception-based economy? Do you realize that the United States stock market, for example, could crash tomorrow? Well, not tomorrow since it is not open, but certainly on Monday. I am not making a prophecy here. I am just saying, do you realize that a shift in perception could crash the stock market in one day? The same in Russia, China, other nations. The economy is based on perception, a perception that the growth in the economy is unstoppable, is inevitable, and that the elite-based economy will endure, will continue growing and concentrating money in the hands of the elite. Do you realize that this entire system could crumble in one day? Not that the economy as such would crumble, people still need to eat. There will be a real economy, as Saint Germain has talked about, that will survive, but the entire artificial economy could crumble in a very short period of time and there is nothing that Trump, or Putin, or Xi, or anyone else could do to stop it if it happened. And it is more likely to happen in this coming year than in the last year since 2008. It is not inevitable, but it is certainly more likely.

Now again, does that mean the glass is half full or half empty? That depends on how you look at the economy and what is your place in the economy, whether you have tied yourself to the elite and the artificial financial instruments, or whether you have tied yourself to the real economy. Certainly, there will be a greater awareness of the importance of the economy in this coming year. You can already see this in some of the analysts that are starting to speak out. Some are, of course, speaking about doom and gloom, but I am not advocating doom and gloom. I am advocating a positive view that you will see an unprecedented change to the elitist economy, neoliberalism, and other theories of economics that are focused on the economy being driven by a small elite who somehow have superior abilities to the common person. This will be challenged in this coming year, partly by people raising their awareness, partly by events. The balance will be the more people raise their awareness, the less severe the actual events will become. The less they are willing to shift their awareness, the more severe the events will become, so that they will have to shift their awareness and can no longer ignore it.

Shattering the projection that inequality is inevitable

You see the deeper aspect of the serpentine mind here. It is based on the temporary reality that matter is more dense on earth than it was when the earth was a natural planet. Therefore, things take longer to change, and the serpentine mind then projects this inevitability. It is inevitable that the world will become more elitist, that the billionaires will acquire more and more money, and that the people will just have to accept that they get poorer than their parents. But you see, this is all a projection, a perception, and the perception could shift very quickly. And that is what you can hold the vision for, make the calls for, in this coming year, that more and more people will wake up and see that it is not inevitable that a small elite should control over 90% of the wealth, and even see that this is not a democratic economy. And as we have said before, why do we have a democratic political system and a profoundly undemocratic economic system? How does that make any sense to anybody?

Using your chakras, I am projecting this into the collective consciousness. I AM the Ascended Master MORE. I am not looking for the economy to fall apart and people to be poorer. I am looking for the economy to shift so that the people get more wealth, and so that poverty is eradicated. That is my vision for this next 11 years. Having shared this with you, I am grateful for your willingness to be part of this event, and to give me this opportunity to look back at the previous year, to look forward to the coming 11 years, and even beyond.

With this, I seal you in the Flame of More that I AM for earth. May you be more in this coming year!

Back to Becoming Wise to the Serpents

What if you are wrong?

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Maitreya through Kim Michaels, January 3, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 New Year’s webinar: Becoming Wise to the Serpents.

I AM the Ascended Master Maitreya and I will give you the first installment in our talks about the serpents.

The problem of evil

Now if you look at the history of spiritual movements on this planet, you will see that there are various movements, various teachings that talk about those who are evil, who are seeking to control and manipulate, and those who are seeking to deceive humankind. When you first hear of this concept, it can have an important impact on you in a sense that most people who are more spiritually aware are faced with a specific problem, and that problem is what has by theologians and philosophers been called the problem of evil: “Why is there evil in the world?” This is what all people will have to deal with when they become more aware of the spiritual aspects of life, because if there is a spiritual realm beyond the material, if there is some kind of spiritual being who has created the world or has an influence on the world, then most people will assume that such a spiritual being must be good. And if that is the case, why would a good spiritual being allow evil, such obvious undeniable evil, to exist on earth?

This question has been hanging over the collective consciousness since fallen beings were allowed to embody on earth. We have explained that before this happened, humankind had gone into a downward spiral that could have led to the destruction of the planet. But this was not because of evil, it was, as we said, because of this conformity, uniformity, where there was no room for creativity, for self-transcendence. There was really not at that time on earth what people saw as evil and the shift that happened with the fallen beings when they were allowed to embody here and enter the emotional, mental and identity realms was that now there were people in embodiment who started doing things that so radically, so aggressively harmed other people that suddenly the concept of evil was thrust upon the collective consciousness.

Is evil “out there”?

The question we might ask is, before there was evil on the planet in the form of the fallen beings, was there good? Before there was a concept of evil, was there a concept of good? Well, not as I am describing it here, because only after the appearance of evil was there the appearance of a concept of something good that was in opposition or opposed to evil. You see, the concepts of good and evil did not actually appear on the planet until the fallen beings appeared here. What has happened since then is that all people have had to deal with this concept of evil. Why is it here? Why is it allowed? When you first hear of a spiritual teaching that says that evil is actually perpetrated by specific beings, specific lifestreams, this will be a relief to many people, because they can now say: “Ah, evil is out there in those other people. It is not in here in me or us. We are the good people because we are not doing what the evil people are doing.”

And that means that people can now in their minds build this view that there is a fundamental difference between the evil people and the good people. Therefore, they can become open to this idea that the only way to get rid of evil from earth is to get rid of the evil people and if we just get rid of the evil people, we will solve all our problems and get rid of evil.

You might say, if you step back, that we of the ascended masters have given you exactly the kind of teaching I just described. We have said evil did not come to earth until specific beings, specific lifestreams, were allowed to embody here, namely the fallen beings. Therefore, are we not saying that all of the evil on the planet is caused by the fallen beings, that if we get rid of the fallen beings, we will solve all problems on earth? But that is actually not what we have said.

The serpentine consciousness

What did I just say? The planet was in a downward spiral before the fallen beings came, not because there was evil, but because there was no Christ discernment. We have given teachings about fallen angels or fallen beings through several dispensations within the last century and in each of these dispensations, some people have taken this to mean that it should be possible to identify specific groups of fallen lifestreams. When they hear about the concept of the serpent, which of course comes from Genesis, there are ascended master students who have reasoned there must be a specific group of fallen angels who are the serpents. And if we can just figure out what their characteristics are, then we can identify them and if we can identify that certain leaders are serpents, then we can avoid following them. Some have even thought it was their job to fight the serpents. Now, we are of course seeking to give you a more nuanced understanding in this dispensation, which is why I started so many years ago giving the teachings about the different spheres.

When we look at this phenomenon of the serpents, I understand that some of you would like us to give a clear-cut teaching that says the serpents are a specific group of fallen beings that fell in this, that or the next sphere, and here is what they are doing to manipulate humankind. But this is actually not what happened. You cannot go back even to the fourth sphere or the fifth or the sixth and isolate a specific group of lifestreams who fell in that sphere and who are embodying the serpentine consciousness. You cannot identify a specific group and say these are the serpents as opposed to the Satans or the Nephilim or other groups of fallen beings that have been named in previous dispensations. It is not that simple. Why is it not that simple? Well, because the serpent in Genesis, in the Garden of Eden, is a symbol, as we have explained before for a specific state of consciousness, namely the duality consciousness.

Now, it is perfectly true that the duality consciousness is a diffuse concept. It has many aspects, many expressions, and you can say that within the overall umbrella of the duality consciousness, there is a specific state of consciousness that we could call the serpentine mindset or the serpentine logic. And this is, of course, what we aim to give some teachings about. But you see what I am saying here. It is important to let go of this idea that there is a specific group of fallen beings who are “the serpents” and that they could be identified by certain characteristics. This is not constructive when you have the teachings we have given in this dispensation. It is, for that matter, never constructive.

The deeper understanding here is that the serpents or the serpent is a symbol for a specific state of consciousness that uses a specific form of logic to manipulate people. And this logic is, of course, part of the duality consciousness, which means that any fallen being has the potential to use the serpentine consciousness. And many fallen beings will use it sometimes and not other times. They will, so to speak, go in and out of the serpentine consciousness. Some are able to do this deliberately when they feel that in order to deceive a specific person or specific group of people, the serpentine consciousness would be better than other aspects of the duality consciousness. Others are just using it without really being aware of it. And then there are a few who have embodied, so to speak, they have used the serpentine consciousness so much that they are in it all the time. But this still does not mean that there is a specific group that can be identified based on characteristics in the material realm, not even characteristics in the emotional, mental and identity realms.

Do you grasp what I am saying here? What I am saying is that in order to expose the serpents, you cannot put the cart before the horse. You cannot say: “Ah, I want to expose the serpents. I have to figure out who they are and where they came from and how they started, what characteristics they have. And when I know this, like I can identify the Jews are like this, then I can expose the serpents.” But that will not help you. You need to make the switch and realize the serpentine consciousness is a state of consciousness. It is not exclusive to a specific group of lifestreams. A lifestream was not created as a serpent. It was created as a co-creator and after it fell, it can take on the serpentine consciousness. It can go into it. It can become completely absorbed in it, but it can potentially take it off again. There is this tendency among students of previous generations to think that, well, a fallen being will always be a fallen being, or even that they were created as evil, that God created certain lifestreams as serpents or as evil and that is not the case. It is always the result of a free will choice, and therefore, it can be undone by a free will choice.

The primordial division into the good and evil

Now, duality, as I said, is like this umbrella organization. Many different facets, many different aspects. What specifically is the serpentine consciousness? Well, you cannot actually explain this as a separate phenomenon, because you need to understand something about the overall workings of the duality consciousness. Let us, as a symbol for this, just as a symbol, talk about the Garden of Eden and the forbidden fruit, the knowledge of good and evil. As the serpent said: “Ye shall not surely die if you eat the forbidden fruit. You shall become as Gods, knowing good and evil.” But this was not the serpentine consciousness as such, good and evil is not the serpentine consciousness. Good and evil is the primordial outcome of the duality consciousness.

One way to explain this is by referring to the Christ consciousness. It is undivided. It is indivisible. It is the unifying consciousness that unifies the Creator with all self-aware extensions of itself. Therefore, it cannot be divided. If you take what Lanto said, as a new co-creator, you do not have to evaluate your efforts based on an evaluation, was it right or wrong? Good or bad? Because in the Christ consciousness, there is no standard with two opposites. Only in duality can there be a standard with two opposites. This is the beginning of duality. Instead of the undivided Christ mind, you go into a mind that is divided because there are always two opposites that are pulling you in opposite directions. We have said before that when the fallen beings came to earth, they only had to do one thing to create chaos on earth. That was to project that there is a standard of right and wrong, good and bad, that you must live up to.

The basic element of the duality consciousness is there is a division into two. But it is not just a division. It is a value judgment because one is good, one is bad, one is right, one is wrong. And this was, of course, very easy for the fallen beings to project into the collective consciousness because they themselves, the ones in embodiment, started doing all these things that were so shocking to the people on earth that they very easily became persuaded into seeing this as evil and they became persuaded into seeing themselves as good because they were not doing these evil things.

You see how the fallen beings forced this upon humankind, so to speak. The basic aspect of duality is the division into two opposite polarities with an inherent inescapable value judgment. But how do you explain that people can believe in this? As I said before the fallen beings came to earth, there was not really that concept of good and evil with a value judgment. There was still a standard for how our society is, how it functions, how it looks at the world, how you are supposed to behave in order to be a good member of our society. There was already a standard on earth, but it was not good and evil.

The standard vs. the epic standard

But why are people susceptible to believing in this? Because they are already in the consciousness of separation. Take care here. This is subtle. The basic property of the duality consciousness, as I said, is there is division into polarities. There is a value judgment but there are many of these value judgments. There are many of these polarizations. They do not all have to be good or evil, right or wrong. They can be: “This is what it means to be a good Christian. This is our standard for being a good Christian and this is different from being a good Christian.” You can say: “We strive to be good Christians, we are not condemning or wanting to kill others who have a different religion.” That is why you had societies on earth that defined that a harmonious society functions when all people find their place and live within these boundaries defined. It was not that people who do this are good and people who do not do it are evil. But there was still a polarization with a value judgment.

It just was not the extreme of good and evil. People had already a division into polarities based on a certain value judgment. But what came in with the fallen beings was what we could call an epic standard, an epic value judgment of something absolutely good, absolutely evil. The absolutely good is God. The absolutely evil is the devil. But you see, as we have explained so many times now, in duality, there is no absolute this or that, because everything is relative. Everything is relative to you as a separate being. When you see yourself as a connected being, everything is relative to the Christ mind, which is beyond your mind. In separation, everything is relative to your mind, you as a separate being, and other beings in separation. Therefore, in separation, there is no reality to relate to. There is only the opposite dualistic polarity. Here come the fallen beings, and they take whatever standards were already on earth, but now they are projecting there is an absolute standard. And there are many ramifications of this, but one of them is that suddenly you have this epic mindset, the ends can justify the means.

The epic mindset

Before the fallen beings came, societies were very, very intent on getting everyone to follow the established standard of society. But there were no societies that were willing to kill those who did not. But after the fallen beings came, it suddenly became acceptable to kill those who are seen as evil or representing evil. What you have now with the fallen beings is this. As Lanto explained, you start out your co-creative efforts on the First Ray by experimenting. There is no standard, there is no right and wrong, there is just an evaluation of the consequences. And you can say: “Well, I did not like those consequences for myself, and I do not want more of them.” Or you can say: “Well, I see that my exercise of power had consequences for other people, and I do not like that because I see that was not what they liked, and I do not want to harm other people.” That is an evaluation of consequences, because you are observing what actually happened.

But when you go into duality, you are not evaluating consequences by neutrally observing them. You are evaluating consequences based on a standard created in the mind, a dualistic standard. That is why when you are neutral, you can say: “I exercised power, but it harmed other people. I do not want to do that.” When you are in duality, you can say: “I exercised power, and it killed other people, but it was okay to do this because they are evil, and I am working for good.” You see, it is not that you cannot see their consequences. It is not that you cannot see that your actions led to the death of other people. But you are not evaluating this neutrally. You have an overlay in the mind of the epic mindset that it is justified to kill other people when they are evil, and when they are opposing your good cause. There are, of course, many, many subtle versions of this. I am giving you the most extreme. But there are many other ways where you can suddenly see that the consequences for other people, they are okay, they are justifiable, they are excusable. You can even see that the consequences for you are not really bad consequences. It is just the way it is, or it is necessary, or it is maybe even good after all.

You see here, what happens is that in duality, you cannot avoid evaluating the consequences of your actions. But you can color the evaluation based on a certain mindset of right and wrong. And that means you can actually either explain away or even completely ignore or deny that your actions had negative consequences for other people or yourself, because it all serves some greater cause. Yes, I became a soldier fighting for this emperor, and I died in the process. I really did not want to die but because I was fighting this noble cause, I am sure to go to heaven afterwards. Denial of actual consequences. What have you now? You now have that instead of neutrally observing and evaluating the consequences of your actions based on the wisdom of the Second Ray, you have now an artificial concept, construct, an overlay, a perception filter that has been put in between you and the consequences.

You also have that instead of your actions just being experiments that led to certain consequences that you evaluated, whether you want more of this or more than it, your actions could now be right or wrong. Because of course, it follows that if other people’s actions are wrong, yours could potentially also be and you can cover this over by saying: “No, but I belong on the side of good, and therefore, my actions are good and it is those other people who belong on the side of evil, their actions are evil” even though you are actually doing the same actions. They are killing some of your people, that is evil. You are killing some of theirs, that is good. This is what you can do with duality. But this still is not the serpentine mind because when you believe in these, the epic mindset, you are believing that you are on the side of good, and therefore, you could not do anything really wrong. In fact, you could not do anything wrong.

The serpentine mindset

What is the serpentine mindset? It is that somebody uses a specific aspect of duality consciousness to project into your mind that doubt, what if you are wrong? You could be wrong and if you are wrong, you will be epically wrong. It is that element of doubt that is the essence of the serpentine consciousness. The goal of the serpentine consciousness, and those who have entered into it, is to create doubt in your mind. And as I said, you look at the world’s population, you look how many times there have been conflicts, such as wars, where both sides have been convinced that they were fighting on the side of good, and therefore, it was not wrong that they killed the enemy. But what the enemy did to them, that was evil. People can be convinced that what they are doing is good, and they have no doubt about it.

What has happened many, many times is that groups of people have been persuaded by a particular fallen being as a leader to fight for his cause that he defined as good, and to kill the enemy that he defined as evil. And they have felt fully justified, had no doubt about that this was right for them to do. But then comes another fallen being in the serpentine mindset, and projects into their minds: “What if you are wrong after all?” Because if you were wrong, and what you did was not good, but was actually evil, you would be absolutely wrong. That element of doubt is the serpentine mindset. And many, many people, well, I should say all people on earth have been exposed to it, either in this or previous lifetimes. Now what happens?

Living up to God’s standard

Well, what happens is that once you have been exposed to this doubt, you are traumatized. It puts you in such a state of panic and shock: What if I am absolutely wrong? What if I am evil? That is unbearable.” What do you do? You are saying: “I never want to experience this again.” Now you are creating a subconscious self meant to suppress this doubt, to suppress all doubt and for some this works for a time until they are again exposed to the serpentine logic that makes them doubt. For others, it works for a long time. But what is the consequence of it? You are stuck. You cannot grow because you have now been put in a mindset where you think that growth carries a risk that you could be wrong and therefore, you do not dare to reconsider your beliefs, your worldview. But what is the very foundation for growth? It is that you come to see that you have come to believe in an illusion. You see that it is an illusion and how can you see an illusion? Only by seeing the higher reality, the Christ reality, that exposes the illusion. But if you are afraid to acknowledge or even consider that you might not have the highest possible view, you cannot connect to the Christ mind and therefore, once you are stuck in duality, the goal of the serpentine mind is to keep you trapped in duality indefinitely. And it does this by projecting upon you that your co-creative efforts are not just an experiment, they have epic importance because God has created this epic standard. And if you live up to it, you will go to heaven and live forever in happiness and if you do not live up to God’s standard, you will go to hell and suffer for all eternity.

Therefore, it is now projected at you that you cannot be wrong and in order to avoid being wrong, you need to stick to what the fallen beings have defined as the absolute truth. You cannot reconsider. You cannot entertain the idea: “Could what the fallen beings are telling me be an illusion?” Because what would that mean? If you say: “I was brought up in this religion that says I was created as a sinner. If I were to admit that this was wrong, what would that mean? Well, I would have been wrong for believing this illusion. And that would make me wrong with God. And that would cause God to condemn me. I better stick to the belief that what they are telling me is the truth.”

Losing innocence

You see the mechanism? When you are innocent, when you have not been exposed to the fallen consciousness or the serpentine mind, you are experimenting, you are happily experimenting and you are just evaluating the feedback that comes back from the reality simulator. And when you see that this is not something you want more of, you change what you are doing, you change what you are projecting out because you know this is the way to get something different back. There is no evaluation of right and wrong: “I am just experimenting. Oh, I did not like that. I want something different.” But when you go into duality and are exposed to the serpentine mindset, you are thinking that your experiments, the outcome of your experiments needs to be evaluated based on this standard. Is it right or wrong? Is it good or bad? Is it good or evil? And if you did something that was evil, you would be absolutely wrong and condemned by God to an eternity of suffering in hell. How can you then evaluate neutrally the consequences of your experiments? How can you even see them as an experiment? It is all or nothing. It is heaven or hell.

Experimenting with separation

But now comes the even more subtle point here. Because even though the Garden of Eden story is an allegory, is an illustration and should not be taken completely literally, there is some reality to it. In a sense that, as we have explained, in the beginning as a new co-creator, you are in an environment where you are innocently experimenting. You are not exposed to the fallen consciousness or even duality. But as you become more mature, as you expand your sense of self from being a point like, localized, but being a broader sense of self, you will need to experiment with what you can do with free will and what you can do with the mind and therefore, you will need to experiment with the duality consciousness.

Why? As we have explained many times now, because you have two options for exercising free will. You can see yourself as a connected being or as a separate being. And you need to experiment with separation so that you know what it is, because in order to ascend, you must give up experimenting with free will as a separate being and you can only do this consciously. You must know and grasp what separation and duality is, in order to give it up so that you only exercise your free will as a connected being. That is the difference between an ascended master and an unascended being. The ascended master gives up voluntarily and freely the desire to experiment with free will as a separate being, to see itself as a separate being. That is why an ascended master, once it has ascended, cannot fall. That is why a being in heaven cannot fall. An angel in heaven cannot fall if with heaven you mean the ascended realm. That is what was missing from all previous ascended master teachings about fallen angels or fallen beings, the explanation of how an angel in heaven can fall, but it was a being in an unascended sphere.

Defining vs. discovering reality

You need to experiment with the duality consciousness. What is it you do in duality? You are defining what is good and evil, right and wrong, in your own mind, instead of having the Christ mind as your frame of reference. When you see yourself as a connected being, you are not defining what is real and unreal. You are discovering ever-transcending layers of reality but in the separate mind, in duality, you are defining what is real and unreal, what is good and bad, what you want, what you do not want, based on seeing yourself as a separate being.

We can say that there are beings, there are fallen beings, who have gone into the serpentine mind and who are seeking to deceive you. Yes, but did you go into duality and get stuck in duality because of the fallen beings?

Well, you did if you are one of the original inhabitants of the earth or if you are an avatar who came to earth from a natural planet after the fallen beings came here. Then you were exposed to the fallen beings. But now, go back a little bit at what we explained to you. In the first three spheres no being had fallen. What happened was that the beings in those spheres, they also had to experiment with the duality consciousness in order to ascend. And in the fourth sphere, those who fell in the fourth sphere, they fell without being exposed to other fallen beings, beings who had already fallen. So why did the beings in the first three spheres not fall? And why did those in the fourth sphere fall? What I am saying here is, it is very convenient to say: “Oh, I only fell because the fallen beings tricked me.” But that is not the full story and if you think that the fallen beings tricked you into going into duality, how will you free yourself as long as you are on earth where there are fallen beings? How could any of us have ascended from earth? We were all tricked by the fallen beings.

The explanation here is that you need to recognize that the serpentine mind, the fallen consciousness, the duality consciousness, is not something that comes from without. It is an element of your own mind. You can be exposed to it from an external source, yes, but you still have to deal with it in your own mind because you have to experiment with the consciousness that says: “I can define what is real and unreal instead of discovering it. Instead of continuing my process of discovering how the Creator’s creation works, I can go into this state of consciousness where I can experiment with defining how I think the world should work.”

Is it wrong to fall?

This is just part of growth. Those in the first three spheres, they did the same. They also experimented with duality, partly because the spheres were not as dense, but partly because they put more emphasis on remaining connected to the Christ mind. They did not fall. They did not go into duality and get trapped in duality. But in the fourth sphere, some beings became trapped in duality and that is why when the sphere ascended, they fell into the next.

My point here is all of us, all of us who started out as self-aware beings, we all have to experiment with a connected mind and a separate mind. Here comes the next evaluation. Is it wrong for you to go so deeply into separation that you get trapped in it? Is it wrong? The fallen beings who fell in the fourth sphere, was it wrong that they fell? Did they do something wrong?

They just experimented with what you can do with free will and the mind, the conceptual mind. They just experimented. It was not wrong to go into duality. It was not wrong to fall in the fourth sphere, in the fifth, in the sixth. The Christ mind does not contain the concepts of right and wrong, good and evil. They can only exist in duality. Why was it not wrong to go into duality? Because you go into duality by making choices and you can never make a choice that suspends your ability to make a different choice. You can at any moment, no matter how long you have been in duality, you can awaken and decide to start the process of going out of duality by resolving or dissolving one separate self at a time.

There is nothing wrong there, but the fallen beings have reasoned that it is wrong. But they have not acknowledged that they were the one who made the choice. They have projected that it was God and the ascended masters who forced them to fall. Therefore, as long as they will not admit that they are in their present state because of choices they made, and that they can only get out of it by them making choices, they have to keep projecting that they were not wrong. And they want to pull everybody on earth into validating their belief by believing in whatever ideology or religion they define. In order to get people to go into accepting their worldview and to prevent people from challenging it or going out of it, they are using that serpentine mind to project doubt.

Believing in illusion is NOT wrong

You see, for you, here you are. Let’s say you grew up in a Christian religion and you believed that you are a sinner. Now you find the ascended master teachings that we are giving in this dispensation, and you realize this was completely wrong. It was just a lie that you were brought up with. But you actually believed this. Does that mean you were wrong for believing this? You see what I am saying? When you are trapped, and you are not trapped in this anymore, but many Catholics are still trapped, or many Christians are still trapped in this belief that they are sinners. Why will they not reconsider it? Why would they, when they saw these teachings were given, say: “Oh, this is of the devil”? Because they are afraid to admit that they could have been wrong. You have some opening to realizing that perhaps you were brought up with some wrong beliefs. But are you really acknowledging that you were not wrong for having those beliefs?

Have you really acknowledged the teaching we have given now for so many years, that the core of your being is the Conscious You, and that the Conscious You cannot be affected by anything that has happened to you on earth? It is, always has been, always will be, until it reunites with the I AM Presence, pure or neutral awareness. It is like water. You can pound on water with a hammer, and it may make a big splash, but then the water just calms down, and it is again flat. That is the Conscious You. It may make a splash that you are exposed to something on earth, but once you tune in to who you are, it is all untouched. What does that mean? It means the Conscious You could never be wrong. No matter what you have done or have not done on earth, you are not wrong. For that matter, what you have done was not wrong either. It was an experiment that turned out a certain way. You are projecting the contents of your identity, mental, emotional bodies on the Ma-ter light. That is what an experiment is.

If you do not like what comes back from the cosmic mirror, there is only one way to change what comes back. That is to change what you are projecting out. But in order to change what you are projecting out, you have to be willing to look at yourself and say: “Oh, I projected through a perception filter based on an illusion” and you have to be willing to reach for the Christ mind, so you can overcome the illusion, let the self die and be free, go back to being the neutral Conscious You. But how can you do this? Well, first of all, you have to be willing in your outer mind to entertain the possibility that you could have believed in an illusion but then you have to be willing to challenge the serpentine lie that this makes you wrong. Because what does that serpentine lie do? It means you think, but because the serpentine lie is projecting at you, that it is the Christ mind that defines the standard for what is right and wrong and therefore, if you reach for the Christ mind and ask the Christ to expose your illusion, the Christ will see that you were wrong. Better continue to hide from the Christ mind, so you do not have to face this condemnation from the Christ mind. You see what the serpentine mind wants to do? It wants to block you from reaching for the one thing that can get you out of duality, the Christ mind.

Projections of doubt in your mind

How many times have we said there is no standard in the Christ mind? Have you really grasped this? Have you really acknowledged that if there is a doubt in you about this, if you maybe do not believe it, if you argue against it, this comes from separate selves. It does not come from the Christ mind. If you have experienced the Christ mind, you have experienced the reality of this, there is no condemnation in the Christ mind. There is only unconditional love and acceptance. If you have not experienced it, then the serpentine mind has an inroad into your consciousness.

Why have you not experienced it? Because you have not dared to open yourself up to the experience, because you still have this doubt inserted by the serpent, the serpentine mind, the serpentine logic, which will argue with what I am saying here, try and find fault with it, try and say this cannot be so because of so and so and so. If you sense that there is this argumentation in your mind, this projection in your mind, this is the serpentine mind, possibly some fallen beings in the serpentine mind who are seeing themselves as you are their personal project to keep you from attaining the Christ unity. But nevertheless, they can only affect you because you have subconscious selves that believe in this, that are based on this illusion.

Dropping separation and accepting oneness

You see why we talk about a catch-22? The only way out of your current state of mind is to reach for the Christ mind but the serpentine mind is doing everything it can with its subtle logic to prevent you from reaching for the Christ mind, desperately thinking there is another way to be saved, to enter heaven. But there is no other way. There is only one way back to oneness, and that is the One mind, the undivided indivisible mind. How else could you get back to oneness? You just have to drop separation. Oneness is the original reality, the deeper reality, the only reality. Separation is an illusion. You do not have to do anything in the separate mind, through the separate mind, to get back to oneness. You just have to drop separation and accept oneness. But the serpentine mindset, the serpentine logic, will do everything it can think of, and it can think of quite a lot, to prevent you from acknowledging this simple fact.

The Christ mind is not what keeps you out of heaven, the kingdom of God. It is the dualistic mind, the serpentine mind, the separate mind, that keeps you from accepting that you are worthy to be in heaven. You were created worthy. You were not created as a sinner. You were created as a co-creator, as an extension of God’s being. How could an extension of God’s being be unworthy to be in God’s kingdom? But you see, you have to choose to be in the kingdom and in order to make that conscious choice to ascend, you have to experiment with what it means to be outside the kingdom. You need to come to see this, that you just experimented with this. You have experimented for a long time. You have had enough of it and therefore, you do not have to do anything to qualify. You have to stop doing through the separate mind and just accept that you are qualified by who you are. You see how many spiritual people, how many religious people are trapped? They feel they are suffering, they feel they are outside the kingdom, they feel they are separated. But they are separated because of duality. They are not separated in reality, but only in illusion. But they think that from the mindset of duality they need to define a path back to oneness. You are seeking to overcome a problem created by the duality consciousness by using a stairway to heaven defined by the duality consciousness. It cannot be done. Nobody has ever done it and no one ever will.

The power of letting go

This was the overall perspective on the serpents. But there are, of course, many other aspects of the serpentine consciousness that can keep you trapped in various beliefs that prevent you from that final acceptance. And you might say: “Well, if I have been in duality for many lifetimes, and I have been on earth for many lifetimes and exposed to these traumas and I have created all of these subconscious selves, could I just accept right now that I am in the kingdom?” No, you cannot, because you have to resolve those selves and that is why you need to understand other aspects of the serpentine logic and the serpentine mindset, which, of course, we will talk more about in coming dictations. But I wanted to give you this overall view first, because it sort of puts everything else in perspective.

The magic of the teaching we are giving about the subconscious selves is there is nothing you have to do defined by the self in order to overcome the self. You just have to see the illusion and let go of whatever the self defined that you had to do. Once you get this, it is pure magic. The serpents have no defense against this. They cannot trick you once you grasp the power of letting go, of surrendering. But they will, of course, do everything they can to prevent you from getting to that point and that will be our next task, to expose some of this. We cannot expose all of it, because it is almost unlimited, the lies they have come up with. Because one lie leads to the next, and it spreads into several other lies. It is almost like a drop of water that hits the hard surface and splatters into several smaller drops. The lies just keep spawning off each other. But at least once you get a certain understanding of the dynamics of how the duality consciousness and the serpentine consciousness works, you can begin to unravel how you personally have been affected by these lies. For it will, of course, be different for each one of you.

We look forward to giving you more teachings about this, and for now, I thank you for your kind attention and your willingness to endure this rather long discourse. But as you study it and embody it in the time to come, you will find that it will help you approach that moment where you can just accept that you are inherently worthy to be in your Father’s Kingdom.

Back to Becoming Wise to the Serpents

What is your equilibrium based on?

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Lanto through Kim Michaels, January 3, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 New Year’s webinar: Becoming Wise to the Serpents.

I AM the Ascended Master Lanto. The Second Ray of Wisdom, what is the significance of it? Well, let us begin by looking at what we have told you about you being co-creators with God.

A point-like sense of self

Here you are. You originate in a certain sphere. Just for the sake of example, let us take this sphere. You originate in this sphere. You start out with a very localized, we have called it a point-like sense of self. And what are you meant to do? Well, you can say: “What is the you we are talking about?” Your I AM Presence is, as we have explained, a very complex structure with a complex, multi-layered individuality, but it cannot take embodiment in an unascended sphere. Therefore, it sends an extension of itself, the Conscious You.

Does the I AM Presence have a point-like localized sense of self? No, it does not. But it still has a localized sense of self in the sense that it has no experience with the sphere in which it is created. What has a point-like sense of self is the Conscious You. The Conscious You now descends, as we have explained. You take on, in order to embody on earth, you take on the illusion at the 144th level, then at the 143rd and so forth, until the 48th level. You are now a new lifestream here, whether you are one of the original inhabitants or an avatar who descended for the first time. Even as an avatar, you start out with a point-like sense of the Conscious You here on this planet.

Here you are. You have a limited view of the environment you are in. You are not, so to speak, completely thrust into the environment because you are born as a baby and you grow up in a certain environment. And as you grow up, you sort of get your bearings. You learn what kind of environment you are in from your family to your physical environment, your society, and you get a certain experience, a certain knowledge, a certain understanding of what you can and cannot do in that environment.

But still, there comes a point where you, as an individual self-aware being, have to start experimenting with your co-creative abilities. Now, this may just be that you do something in your particular environment. It could be at school. It could be on the playground. It could be for some people when they get older, when you start approaching adulthood. But at some point, you have to dare to do something. But you can only do something based on the limited awareness you have. This is all you can do as a new co-creator.

A journey to Creator consciousness

Is there anything wrong with this? No, absolutely not. That is the whole point! As we have explained many times, the universe with the seven spheres is basically an educational institution designed to educate other Creators. To take self-aware extensions of the Creator, have them start out in a certain environment. Have them transcend the sense of self they start out with until they can ascend to the spiritual realm. Continue their journey until they reach the Creator consciousness. This is the entire purpose.

Why do you go through this process of starting with this localized sense of self and gradually expanding? Because how can you be a Creator? Do you think that our Creator, who created this world of form that we are in, could predict everything that was going to happen in this world of form? Do you think that the Creator knew from the beginning everything that was going to happen? Nay. How could it when it created self-aware extensions of itself and gave them free will? Look what the Buddha has told you. The interdependent originations. The Creator knows that everything it creates is created out of its own being, out of the One mind, the Christ mind. And therefore, everything is interdependent.

Interdependent originations

What does that mean? It means that everything will be affected by the choices made by all self-aware beings. And given that free will is as free as people’s consciousness, how can free will be predicted? Now, this may seem like a contradiction when I tell you why you need to start out with a localized sense of self and work your way up. It is because by working your way up in this world of form, you gain direct experience from the lowest level to the highest level of how to deal with the unfoldment of a world of form. But you see, if your Creator started in another world of form, worked its way up to the Creator consciousness, and therefore, has all this experience from another world of form, should not your Creator be able to predict everything that is going to happen? As I said: “No, because of free will.”

But what the Creator can do is it has the experience of how to respond as its world of form unfolds. How to respond to new conditions so that the world of form not only does not self-destruct but follows the vision that your Creator had when it set out to create this world of form. We can say that the Creator has an overall vision of where its world of form is going. But as the world unfolds, due to the free-will choices of all the self-aware extensions of the Creator, the Creator is constantly reacting and responding to this in order to have local conditions, especially in the unascended spheres, conform to, adapt to, the overall vision of the Creator. And of course, also to prevent an entire sphere from self-destructing, for example.

You see what I have just told you here would be considered blasphemy by most of the religions on earth. Why? Because they have this view that God, however they define it and name it, must be perfect, must be all-knowing, all-powerful. But as we have said before If the Creator was all-powerful, why would it give us, who are extensions of the Creator, free will? If it was all-knowing, why would it give us free will? How can it predict what choices we are going to make? For you to understand what the Second Ray really is about, you need to understand this, you need to grasp this, that the Creator has not created a perfect creation where everything is predefined. The Creator has created an experimental environment. What drives the unfoldment of an unascended sphere—and even the ascended spheres, but in a different way—is experimentation.

Experimentation in exercising your co-creative abilities

As I said: “You start out as a new being here on earth with a localized sense of awareness, with whatever you received as you were growing up, and you are meant to experiment.” But what does that really mean? Well, it means that you cannot do anything wrong. Your choices are limited based on your sense of awareness—if it is your first embodiment, for example—and the impressions you received as you were growing up in your particular environment. There may be many choices you could make, but based on your level of consciousness— whether you are at the 48th level, for example—and your environment, there are only certain choices you can see. But within the choices you can see, there are no wrong choices. Why? Because the purpose of life on earth is not, N-O-T, not to produce a specific physical result. The purpose of life is your growth in consciousness.

Making a choice

How can you grow in awareness? By exercising your co-creative abilities. And how do you exercise your co-creative abilities? Well, when you are a new lifestream, you start with the First Ray. At some point, you have to dare to exercise whatever power you can see yourself as having in your particular environment. You make a choice. You do something. And since this might be the first time on earth you are exercising power, well, is it necessarily going to be the perfect choice or the highest possible choice? Of course not. But that is not the point. The point is you are making a choice and you are getting a feedback on your choice. It may very well be physical feedback. It may be the reactions of other people. It may be an inner reaction in yourself, where you find yourself having an emotional reaction to the outcome or the lack of outcome of your effort. But you are sending something out. And the material universe, the reality simulator of earth, is sending something back to you.

Evaluating feedback

What are you meant to do? You are meant to evaluate what comes back by using the Second Ray. It has been called the Ray of Wisdom, but it could be described in many other ways. It is really just a way of evaluating the feedback you get from the material world and deciding: “Was this what I wanted? Was this what I envisioned? Do I want to repeat what I did? Do I want to get more of this feedback?” If yes, you keep doing the same thing. You might do it more powerfully. You might do it in a slightly different way. But you are essentially continuing to use power the same way you did in your first choice.

But if you come to a point where you feel like: “This is not really what I wanted, I do not really want more of this. I want more than this” then, you use the Second Ray to evaluate: “How might I get a different response back from my co-creative efforts?”

You see, it is a constant two-way process that you are meant to engage in. Naturally, you will also, as you grow, use the other five rays. But that is not my topic here. My topic is to show you that the first stage of your co-creative experimentation is to simply use power, as you can see it. But then, the second phase is to use the Second Ray of Wisdom to evaluate what you are getting back from the cosmic mirror as a result of you exercising power. And the only consideration here really is: “Do I want more of this? Do I want more than this?”

Now, how are you using the Second Ray of Wisdom? Well, as we have explained many times, you start your experimentation here on earth at the 48th level. And at the 48th level, you have an intuitive connection to something outside your own mind. You may not clearly see what that is. In fact, you will not at the 48th level, but you have some sense. And if you use that intuitive connection, that is how you tune in to the Second Ray and get, not the ultimate feedback on your co-creative efforts, but you get some feedback. If you say, for example, you want more than what came back, you get some intuitive sense of how you can change what you direct out and get something else back. Again, this will not be the perfect intuitive insight you get. It will simply give you a different feedback so you get another experience. And by gradually experimenting, having more and more experiences, you eventually build some sense of how you exercise power in a way that gives you more of the results you want than the results you do not want.

2025: a year of experimentation with power

Now, you can say—when you take the teaching we have given about the 144 levels—you can say that as you experiment at the 48th level of consciousness and use the Second Ray, you will go to the 49th level. And then, as you keep experimenting, you can eventually grow to higher levels of consciousness, start using the other rays. But my point for this long explanation is that this gives you an understanding of the 12-year cycle that we have initiated. 2025 was dominated by the First Ray. It was, in a sense, a year of experimentation with the exercise of power.

You can look at what happened during this past year, the most obvious example being Donald Trump in the United States, who was sworn in as president on the 20th of January. And he has, if you look at it neutrally, experimented with the power of the presidency. And he has done it in a way that no other president has done before. He has tested the limits of his constitutionally appointed power, what he could do, what he could get away with, what he could not get away with. He has continued throughout this year to experiment. There has been some evaluation in his mind, some adaptation, like first imposing tariffs, then drawing back, not imposing tariffs, delaying them, going back and forth like this. But if you see, look at his psychology personally, there has been very little evaluation.

It has been more testing the limits of what he can get away with. And if you look at the reaction to him, both internationally, but especially in the United States, including the Republican Party, the Democratic Party, the press and media, you can see that most people have been sort of stunned, taken aback. Because he has done things that no other president has done and the American nation has not really known how to deal with it. Nor has, for that matter, internationally nations known how to deal with this. In a sense, you could say that what Trump has had during this year has been a free rein to experiment with power. And as I said: “You are meant to experiment and there is nothing wrong with it.” However, this goes when you are a new lifestream.

As you become a more experienced lifestream—which, of course, most people are on earth and including Donald Trump—then, the question now becomes, not whether it is wrong or not wrong, but: what are the consequences? And obviously, when you are an individual person exercising power that affects mostly your own life, the consequences are somewhat limited. When you are president of the United States, which is a big, powerful nation in the world, the consequences are, of course, more widespread. But still, you can say: “There is not anything wrong with what Trump has done. He has just experimented with the power of the presidency: What can you do? What can you not do?”

And because last year was the year dominated by the First Ray, very few people have gone beyond responding to his use of power with the First Ray. There was an exercise of power based on the First Ray. There was a response to the exercise of power based on the First Ray. And when you respond to the exercise of power based on the First Ray of Power, it is a different evaluation of the use of power, which is why many people have not really known how to react to this.

You can see in the United States that many people would have preferred that Trump had not done certain things. There are many people who have said: “Well, we heard him say he would deport the immigrants, but we thought he would only deport criminals, not people who are integrated in our community and not our neighbors.” And many other examples like this. There was a certain expectation that even though he had the power of the presidency, he would exercise it in a way that people were familiar with. And Trump has gone beyond this. People have not known how to react to this. Because when you are reacting to the use of the First Ray of Power based on the First Ray, how can you say that the exercise of power is wrong? It is just an exercise of power. It is really just an experiment. Therefore, you could look at Trump’s presidency during 2025 and say it has just been one big, big experiment.

The shift in 2026

I know, of course, that his experiments have had consequences. But I am trying to show you here why the reaction to Trump has been the way it was in 2025, because this leads up to you being able to understand what will shift in 2026. And what will shift is that now everybody will begin to evaluate Trump’s use of power—not everybody, but most people—through the Second Ray of Wisdom. And that is a fundamental shift. And you will see this starting already now with his latest exercise of power in Venezuela. And you will see that the reaction this year will be different not only to Trump but to the abuse of power in general, including Putin and Ukraine and including China and Taiwan and other issues.

What you will see is that in 2025, many people were sort of stunned by the use of power, not only from Trump but other leaders. But that this will shift in 2026. People will suddenly wake up, so to speak, from this daze, this almost hypnotic state that some have been in. And it will be very difficult for them to ignore the consequences of the abuse of power. What will happen in 2026 is that people in general and certainly the more aware people in society will begin to look at Trump’s exercise of power, Putin’s exercise of power, Xi Jinping’s exercise of power through the Second Ray of Wisdom. And suddenly they will not be able to ignore the consequences. And they will not be able to ignore the question which they have been able to dodge last year: “Do we want more of this or do we want something better than this?”

And the real question that will begin to emerge is: “What is the trend?” When you look at, for example, Trump’s use of power and you see he repeats a certain pattern, you can project there is a trend. And where is it going to end up? Where is it going to go? What are the consequences if you keep doing more of the same thing? If you keep exercising power in a more and more unbalanced manner. If you keep pushing harder and harder. If you, for example, keep pushing harder and harder with tariffs, because you believe this will solve all of America’s economic issues, what will then be the consequences?

The evaluation and adaptation phase

You can say that Donald Trump got a kind of a free rein for this last year where he was allowed to experiment. The question now becomes for him personally: Will he be willing to use the Second Ray of Wisdom to evaluate the outcomes of his experiments so far and to look at the trends? Will it actually solve a problem that you keep pushing harder and harder in the same direction? The question for him personally is: Will he be willing to evaluate the results of his exercise of power and look at those results and adapt his exercise of power in 2026 based on this evaluation? Not only his personal one but also from his advisors, from the media, from the people and so forth.

Will he be willing to evaluate and adjust his exercise of power based on the evaluation? As I said there has been some level of evaluation during this past year, but there will need to be much more next year. Because if he does not make this evaluation, there is only one outcome. He will become more and more extreme in his exercise of power and the consequences will become more and more obvious. And since most people will shift into the Second Ray of Wisdom, he will not be able to hide them.

The same thing will happen with Putin. He has also had, in a sense, a certain free reign since 2022, when the invasion of Ukraine started, because the Russian people have not been willing to really evaluate. What you saw in 2025 is that the Russian armed forces kept pushing harder and harder and harder. More attacks on civilians, more attacks on infrastructure, more attacks at the front. Never mind how many soldiers were killed. Never mind that you sent crippled, wounded soldiers to the front to be mowed down by machine guns. Never mind the effect on the economy, because you had to keep going in that direction so you could win on the battlefield.

And during 2025, again, the Russian people were sort of stunned by the exercise of power. But this will shift even for the Russian people in 2026. How much this will be seen publicly is, of course, a difficult question because we know how difficult it is for the Russian people to express themselves. But still, even internationally, there will be a different evaluation where it will become much more clear that the consequences of the war for the Russian people and for the Russian economy are much more severe than even Putin realizes. The question is, will he be willing to evaluate how he has exercised power so far and adapt? And if not, well, he can only continue to push harder and harder until something breaks.

Breaking an established equilibrium

You see, there is, in every situation, there is a certain equilibrium. It shifts all the time, but there is a certain equilibrium. You take the United States. So far, every president seen in modern times has exercised his power largely within the confines defined in the Constitution. Trump was really the first president to, in a very obvious way, go beyond that and push the boundaries for how much power the president has. You can say that when Trump was sworn in, there was a certain equilibrium in the United States based on previous presidents, what was expected of a president. And Trump broke that equilibrium, but it has not caught up with him yet because, as I said, many people were stunned by him going beyond the equilibrium.

Likewise, in Russia, there was a certain equilibrium in the Russian people which Putin broke when he invaded Ukraine. And he has continued to push it harder and harder. But in 2026, this will shift so that it will be more clearly seen how this is an abuse of power: “This has gone beyond the equilibrium of what we actually can accept for our nations”. And if the leaders do not adapt to this, the support from the people will go down. But not only that, you see, when I am talking about equilibrium, you need to understand something about this.

Take the United States again. There are still members of the Republican Party, Republican voters, who voted for Trump because they have voted Republican their entire lives. If Mickey Mouse had been nominated as the presidential candidate for the Republican Party, they would have voted for him because they always vote Republican. They have a certain equilibrium of what it means to be a Republican. And Trump has gone beyond that for most Republicans, but many have not acknowledged it yet because the equilibrium has a certain ability to stretch.

It is like you take a glass of water, you fill it up to the brim, and then you keep pouring very slowly water into it. And the water starts bulging beyond the rim of the glass. There is actually more water in the glass than it can hold, but because of the surface tension, it does not run over. But there comes a point where that last drop causes the water to run over. And it is the same thing with a leader exercising power. He can exercise power for a while. Like, for example, you have seen Putin exercise the power of the Ukraine war without a breakdown in the Russian economy. You have seen Trump with his trade war without causing an obvious breakdown, such as a crash in the stock market.

But if leaders keep pushing because they will not evaluate the results of their use of power and they will not adapt to reality, the feedback they are getting, then something will break. As Mother Mary said whatever breaks in 2026 is not really that important. But a prediction that can be made with a very high degree of probability is that things will begin to break down. Any unbalanced use of power will cause things to break down. And this we are saying, not to give some dire prophecy, but we are saying it so that you who are the spiritual people can realize this is simply what needs to happen so that people can receive these shocks, these hard knocks from the School of Hard Knocks that causes them to wake up and say: “This is enough!”

Making inequality and elitism obvious

In the United States, one of the main lessons that people need to learn right now is that United States is not a country that lives up to its own constitution. It is not a government of the people, by the people, for the people. It is a government of the elite, by the elite, for the elite. And Trump out-pictures that more clearly than any other president, even though all presidents for a long time have been affected by this, because you cannot get elected unless you have the backing of the super-rich. But this is what the American people need to learn over these next few years. And Trump has already taken major steps to make this so obvious.

Is there anyone in his administration who is not a millionaire or billionaire? Has there ever been an administration that has such an influence from billionaires? Whatever hard knocks come with the U.S. economy—the stock market crash, the selling off of government bonds, the value of the dollar, American industries and companies closing down, farmers going bankrupt, whatever may come there, it is a matter of how hard do the knocks have to become before people wake up, use the wisdom of the Second Ray to evaluate the exercise of power from Trump and say: “Stop! Stop! This is not what we want for the future of our country. We do not want an elitist country.”

You see what I am saying? It is not a matter of whether you have a Republican or Democratic president. It is a matter of do you have a president who does what the president is meant to do according to the Constitution, being the president for all people, not for a small elite? The same essentially is the question in Russia and in China and in many other countries. What is really behind Putin’s government? It is the oligarchy, that there is a small elite that has all the power and all the privileges. And the Russian people are just the slaves of this elite, essentially. It is a recreation of the situation with the Tsars, where the Tsars and the noble class had all power over the people. They were serfs. Well, the Russian people are serfs today. Some of them have more money, but they are still serfs. Is this what you want to continue or do you want a government that recognizes the rights of the people?

What Putin did by invading Ukraine, was that he set in motion a process that will expose this inequality in Russian society more than it has ever been done before. The question is, how many people will see this, will use the wisdom of the Second Ray in 2026 to speak out about this? Or will it have to be so severe that something breaks? The stock market could crash. The banking system could fail. The ruble is already almost worthless. The military could break down. The state finances could fall apart, like they did in 1999. All of these things.

The same in China. The government has again created an unequal system with a small elite that has control of both the government and the financial system. And they claim to still be a communist system that is the worker’s paradise. And again, most Chinese are the slaves of an elite. What will have to break in China this coming year? Will they start some military incursion against Taiwan? Or will it be another real estate crisis, a banking crisis, companies going bankrupt right and left? What will it be? Something will break in 2026.

Avoiding panic in 2026

Now, I may sound serious here because it is a serious topic that unfortunately will affect all people on earth, basically. But I am trying to forewarn you so that you who are the spiritual people can make the transition in your minds where you do not evaluate these events where power, the exercise of power, breaks something through the First Ray of Power, but through the Second Ray of Wisdom. You can see that this is simply what is necessary for us to more quickly move towards the Golden Age. Whatever has happened in 2025 will ultimately bring the planet closer to Saint Germain’s Golden Age. Whatever will happen in 2026 will ultimately bring the planet closer to Saint Germain’s Golden Age. If you can make the shift, tune in to the Second Ray and see this, you can avoid being disturbed, being depressed. You can avoid panicking in 2026. And that is, of course, what we would like to see for all of you who are students, for all spiritual people, all of the more aware people on the planet.

Because, as we said last year the most important point during these 12 years is to not give in to the projections from the dark forces that earth is in a negative spiral, everything is going bad, nothing can stop it.

The fall of the power elite

Earth is in an upward spiral. But you see, you may have a river that is frozen in winter and the ice is totally smooth. And then, what happens in the spring? The snow melts, the ice starts melting, becoming soft, and sooner or later, something breaks in the ice. And now, there are big flakes of ice being forced up and it all looks chaotic. The smooth ice is no longer smooth. It is all chaotic. And it breaks up and there is a big rumbling. And suddenly, it starts moving downstream. That is what you are seeing.

The hold that the power elite, worldwide, has had on earth is beginning to soften. And it will, in the coming years, begin to break up. And as it does, people whose equilibrium was based on that power structure will be disturbed. The smooth ice that gave them a sense of security will buckle. But if you see that this is a sign of spring, why would you be disturbed by something you know is temporary and leads to the point where the River of Life can again begin to flow? The River of Life that has been frozen in many societies, because the power elite has had this hold on the power and the economic system, taken it away from the people.

You have the neoliberal dream or slogan that the rising tide lifts all boats. But in the coming years, the rising tide will capsize all of the big yachts, whereas the small boats will survive. Why? Because they are more flexible. They can flow with the current, move with the waves. Whereas the big yachts have become so unwieldy, they cannot steer. They cannot turn, they cannot adapt, so they must crash against the rocks. I am not here making specific predictions. I am not saying that the stock markets worldwide will crash.

I am only saying it is a likely occurrence, because it is not likely that those in the power elite will be willing to use the Second Ray to evaluate where is our society going? Is it going the same way as the feudal societies of the Middle Ages, as the Tsars of Russia, as the big industrialists in the 1800s, as the Roman Empire, the Catholic church? Is it all going the same way because we have created this colossus that will topple under its own weight? And therefore, it is likely, as I said, that those who seek to maintain their equilibrium by exercising power will become so unbalanced in their exercise of power that something will break that shatters the equilibrium.

If you look at it historically, the most dramatic events in history were brought about in empires that thought they would last forever. And if you again look at history, you will see that even though this had some consequences for the people, in the long run, it brought about an upward movement.

Was the fall of the Roman Empire really a tragedy for the people of the world? Was the fall of Communism a tragedy on a worldwide scale? Was it even a tragedy for the Russian people? Or was it an opportunity? You may say: ”Have people taken advantage of these opportunities?” Well, but according to the law of free will, the opportunities were still given. And even when people do not take advantage of an opportunity, they still have to deal with that in their minds. And this, when they become open to the Second Ray of Wisdom, will bring both the people, societies and the planet forward.

Shifting your equilibrium

If there is one overall theme for this coming year, it will be equilibriums will be disturbed. Look at yourself. What is your equilibrium based on? Is it based on the things of this world? Is it based on the power structure of the financial elite? Is your retirement depending on the stock market? Or is your equilibrium based on something beyond this world? Your I AM Presence, your connection to the ascended masters. If you want to make it easier for yourself to navigate 2026, then shift your sense of equilibrium away from the things of this world towards the things of the spirit. Many of you have done so. Some of you have not. Many of you have not done it as much as you could do. But basically, you want to make yourself independent of the power elites of this world, so that when their equilibrium is disturbed, yours will not be disturbed.

We have, of course, more to say about the Second Ray and how you can use the Second Ray. Perhaps what I have given you here seems like a very somber message. But is it? Is it really a negative downward message that the ice is about to break up and the river will start flowing again? Or is it really a positive message that shows you that winter will not last forever? The winter that the fallen beings and the power elites have created for the people.

In this coming year, be willing to tune in to the Second Ray and ask yourself: ”What is my equilibrium, my personal equilibrium based on?” I am not talking about outer things so much as I am talking about your state of mind. What is your inner peace based on? How dependent is it upon outer things? How dependent is it upon other people? How dependent is it upon something beyond the material world? Or rather, how independent is it of the world? Because you can only become independent of the world by tuning in to the spirit. Really, what is happening in these 12 years is that people are, so to speak, being forced to face the choice. Will they shift their equilibrium from the material to the spiritual? Or will they become severely disturbed by what happens in the material? That is the essential question. To be spiritual or not to be spiritual?

Back to Becoming Wise to the Serpents

Understanding that understanding is not everything

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, January 3, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 New Year’s webinar: Becoming Wise to the Serpents.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary, and it is my great joy to welcome you to this New Year’s Webinar 2026. Let us begin by taking a look at the year that just passed, 2025.

2025—Year of Power

I know that some of you have found it a difficult year, others have found it as most other years. What is the difference? What is it that makes up your experience of a particular year? Well, it is of course always something in your psychology, but specifically for 2025 it will be, it will have been something about power, the First Ray of Power. If there were things you had not quite resolved, then this would make 2025 a difficult year to deal with, because as we explained at the beginning of last year, it was a year where you saw the expression of power in an unbalanced way.

For some of you, many of you in fact, it has not been that you have a tendency to express power in an unbalanced way, but that you have a tendency to look at power being expressed in an unbalanced way and have a reaction to this. Now, I am in no way blaming you for this. It is a normal reaction on a planet like earth where you see power being expressed in so many unbalanced ways. However, as we have explained many times before, this is an unnatural planet where there are many imbalances. There are imbalances of all seven rays. It is not realistic to expect that power should always be expressed in a balanced way on earth. And as we said at the beginning of last year, it is especially not realistic to expect it in the year 2025, which marks the first year of this 12-year cycle.

If you have found this to be a difficult year, if you have found, for example, that you reacted to the unbalanced expressions of power wherever you particularly noticed them, then you can benefit from taking a look at this. What is it you have not accepted in our teachings about an unnatural planet and about the outplaying of free will? You see, as we have expressed many times, the entire purpose of earth is the growth in consciousness of the beings embodying on this planet. Earth is currently an unnatural planet where most people are in the School of Hard Knocks. How will people learn to use power in a balanced way? Well, part of it is that they must see certain leaders express power in an unbalanced manner so that they themselves can come to the inner resolution of deciding: “We have had enough of this unbalanced use of power, we want a more balanced society.” This is essentially the lesson that humankind has been facing since the fallen beings were allowed to embody on earth because they have, from the moment they came here, used and expressed power in an unbalanced way.

The false wisdom created on earth

We have, of course, explained why that was necessary to turn around the downward spiral that humankind was in because of conformity. We are not talking about a balanced society where everybody agrees, everybody believes the same, everybody accepts the same. We are talking about a balanced society where there is diversity because diversity is not seen as a threat to the peace of mind of the people in the society. You can look at society in various ways, but one of the ways you can look at it is, do the members of that society have peace of mind? And you can go and say the original, or rather not the original, but the societies were found here before the fallen beings came, many people had a certain peace of mind because nothing really challenged their worldview. They had adopted a certain worldview, everybody in society pretty much shared it, and therefore, they had a certain peace of mind. But it was not truly an inner peace of mind.

Why not? Because they did not have the wisdom of the Mother. It was a society, a worldview based on the false wisdom created on earth. And what do I mean with the false wisdom? I mean the wisdom that looks at conditions as they currently are on earth and projects based on what you see on earth, how the universe as an entirety works. Not only the physical universe, but the spiritual universe. This is, as we have said before, when people fell into the duality consciousness, they started creating gods in their own image and after their own likeness. This is the unbalanced human wisdom. Why is it unbalanced? Why is it disconnected from reality? Because what have we explained? You are co-creators. You have co-creative abilities. That means you can project your mental images upon the Ma-ter light, and to some degree the Ma-ter light will conform to those images, it will take on the form of the images in the collective mind of humankind but that conformity on earth does not change the reality of how the entire universe works.

It is going back to this belief held by many even up through the Middle Ages, that the earth was the center of the universe. But as you know today from these images from the space telescopes, the universe is incredibly large and to believe that earth, this little speck of dust, is the center of the universe is not realistic. But you see, because the Ma-ter light takes on the images projected upon it by humankind, people can look at the matter realm and they can conclude that what they see in the matter realm can tell them something about how the universe works. This is essentially what materialistic science has been trying to do now for centuries. Have they solved all of the questions, all of the enigmas of how the universe works? No, they have not. Why not? Because it can never be done by taking that approach, you see?

Co-creating the downward spiral on earth

What is it that happens here? What happens is simply this. You are a co-creator. You co-create through the mind. You have, as we have explained many times, two options. You can see yourself as connected to something outside your own mind, your higher self, the ascended masters, the Christ mind. Or you can go into separation and duality, where you use the duality consciousness to build a false, unrealistic worldview, seeing yourself as a separate being. When an entire planet, when the majority of the beings on the planet go into separation, they now start projecting images based on the illusions of separation upon the Ma-ter light. The Ma-ter light will to some degree take on these images, for example, by densifying matter so that the lifespan becomes shorter, the body is exposed to disease, making a physical living becomes harder, you have to work at the sweat of your brow instead of picking fruits off the trees, metaphorically speaking. And then, when you are in separation, listen carefully my beloved, when you are in separation, you forget that you are a co-creator. You simply forget that these conditions that you now see were created by you collectively.

Humankind, after they went into separation, forgot that the conditions they saw manifest physically on earth were co-created by them. And therefore, they now started, after time had passed and generations had passed, they now started looking at conditions on earth and believing that this was what God had created and therefore, God had created a limited planet with limited resources and right there, you have the beginning of suffering on earth. You are suffering because there are limited resources. But you believe you can do nothing about this because God has mandated that this is how the world is. What do you then do? Well, by projecting this mental image of lack and limitation upon the Ma-ter light, you are intensifying the lack, are you not? You are densifying matter. The more dense the matter, the more difficult it is to work out a physical living. The shorter the lifespan, the more diseases, the more natural disasters, all of these limitations. But you do not see how you can do anything about it because you think this is how the world is.

In these societies we are talking about before the fallen beings came here, they believed that God had created it that way. They were not open to materialism at the time. But materialism is essentially the same. This is how nature is. This is how the laws of nature are. They can be no other way. They certainly have no connection between our minds and the physical conditions we are facing. You see, this is the essence of the conditions you found on earth before the fallen beings were allowed to embody here. The people on earth saw no connection between the physical material conditions they were facing and their own minds. This is what creates the downward spiral. The more they see it as inevitable that the world is limited, the more dense matter becomes because this is the images they are projecting upon the Ma-ter light. The spiral just keeps spiraling downwards. So here comes the fallen beings that we are allowing to embody on earth, and what do they immediately do?

Breaking up conformity

Well, first of all, they challenge the conformity, the conformist mindset. They are coming out with all kinds of conflicting theories about the origin of the earth and the god they were worshipping at the time. They claimed there were other gods that were stronger than this god and so forth. But really what the fallen beings did was also, they started hoarding power and resources to themselves. You see, the societies that were there before, they were very egalitarian in the sense that resources were distributed evenly among all people. This of course is a society that fallen beings have little patience for because they always want to set themselves up in privileged positions. They quickly started hoarding resources and power to themselves and therefore, they broke up the conformity, the egalitarian societies and therefore, slowly slowed down the downward spiral. Now, this was not just the fallen beings who did this, it was also the fact that many avatars embodied to hold a spiritual balance.

But my point is, even though the earth was in a downward spiral, the fallen beings broke it up because they wanted to hoard resources, power, privilege to themselves. They also challenged the worldview that the people had at the time because they always think they know better than anybody else. Various fallen beings attempted to set themselves up as the leaders who could define a worldview. All of a sudden you now had, instead of a planet that had a one worldview, you now had the emergence of different areas, different groupings that had conflicting worldviews. As we have explained with the duality consciousness, of course, the fallen beings used duality. One fallen being takes one dualistic polarity, another fallen being takes another one and there you have capitalism, communism, this and that, dualistic polarity. This is what started happening there and the uniform societies were broken up.

Longing back to uniformity

Now you see, the misunderstanding that is still hanging over earth as a black cloud is that uniformity is the only way to solve humankind’s problems. You see, there are people on earth still who have no conscious memory, but a certain longing back to this society that was there before the fallen beings came. Now as we said, this society would have destroyed the entire planet but the people, of course, did not acknowledge this. Here you see people who are longing back to this egalitarian uniform society, and they become trapped by fallen beings who are using power in an unbalanced way and who are using the false wisdom and so they blindly follow these fallen beings. And what are the fallen beings doing? Well, they are first of all abusing power, seeking to set themselves up as the undisputed leader. Then they are using wisdom in an unbalanced way by saying: “I am the only one who knows what is true and false, right and wrong, real and unreal. My worldview is the ultimate worldview.”

Of course, the fallen being who does this, it is all centered around that being, him or her, in most cases a him, but in some cases also a her and so now you are again in [the mindset] earth is the center of the universe or rather, this fallen being is the center of the universe. And the promise made by the fallen being is: “If you all follow me, and if you help eradicate those who will not follow me, then we will come back to this Edenic state where we have a uniform egalitarian society and you are all going to feel that you are on top of the world. You will get rich, you will feel powerful, you will be respected by the world, you will be saving the world,” whatever it may be that they promise.

Seeing diversity as a problem

You see that still a large group of the original inhabitants of the earth are susceptible to this claim that diversity is the problem because diversity is the source of conflict and therefore, eradicating diversity, making everyone follow the same religion, believe in the same political leader or the same political party, that is the way to overcome all problems. And unfortunately, there are even avatars who are caught up in this mentality because on a natural planet you do not have the dualistic conflicts and that means that if an avatar has not fathomed consciously what duality is, it might also believe that uniformity and conformity is the way to create an ideal society. That is why even avatars can come to believe in this claim of a strong man that can solve all problems.

In other words, what I am saying here is this, there is a belief that diversity is the source of conflict held by many among the original inhabitants but also some avatars. What is the problem with this belief? Well, if you are an ascended master student, you have heard about this concept that we have talked about a few times called the seven spiritual rays. You have heard that planet earth was created by the seven Elohim, each Elohim representing a specific spiritual ray. The seven spiritual rays are an existential, an essential, a basic diversification. You could not create the earth or any planet from just one ray. You cannot create a planet from just one spiritual ray. You must use all seven. It cannot be done with one ray but essentially this conformist anti-diversification mindset is based on an unwritten assumption that it could be done, because in order to eradicate diversity you would have to eradicate the other six rays and just have one ray be left and try to create a planet based on that ray or a society based on that ray.

Balancing all seven rays through One mind

You could attempt to create a society based entirely on the expression of power, a society that was entirely dedicated to wisdom, one that was completely dedicated to love, one that was focused on purity, one that focused on vision, one that focused on peace, one that focused on freedom. But each of these societies would be so unbalanced that they could not be sustained over time even if they could be created, which they could not. And why would you want to create a society based on one spiritual ray when there are seven? Of course, this you cannot see from the duality consciousness. Why can you not see this? Because you do not have a conscious recognition of the one unifying mind, the Christ mind, the Buddha Nature. The seven spiritual rays are not different. They are different expressions of the One mind, diversified expressions of the One mind and when you have a connection to the One mind, you do not see the diversification of the seven rays as differences that create conflict. You see them as complementing each other. And you see that nothing could be created without using them all in a balanced manner.

Certainly, there can be times where one ray is stronger, for example, in a particular society or a particular branch of society than the others. But the others must be there to balance because only that which is balanced can be sustained over time and can grow. You could say that balance is the most important consideration because only when there is balance can a society be sustained over time and only when there is balance between the seven rays can it transcend itself and grow in an upward spiral. When there is not balance between the seven rays, the society will enter a downward spiral. Societies were unbalanced before the fallen beings came here, the fallen beings increased that imbalance, but they still broke up the conformity, allowing the avatars and the ascended masters to pull the planet into an upward spiral.

It was a very slow process because the downward spiral first had to be stopped and then very slowly the upward spiral started moving, but it has accelerated over time, especially during the Piscean Age and it can accelerate even faster in the Aquarian Age. But this can only be achieved through balance because when you have balance, the balance of the Christ mind, the One mind, the undivided, the indivisible mind, you can look at diversity without seeing it as a threat, but seeing it as a source of creativity and progress.

The conformist mindset of the Catholic church

Look at history. Look at, as we have talked about before, the feudal societies of medieval Europe. Here you have a country, take a small country in Europe, does not matter which one, pick one that had the feudal system. It had a limited amount of land. The primary resource for securing people’s survival was agricultural land, where you could grow food. You had a certain amount of land. You had a specific agricultural technology and knowledge that allowed you to grow a certain amount of crops for each unit of land, a very closed system. What could sustain such a society? Well, nothing. It was sustained for a certain amount of time, yes, but you also saw that there was very little progress, very little innovation in these societies. What you eventually saw was that through the very slow progression of knowledge, more children survived, adults lived longer, some diseases were prevented, and the population grew. And when the population grew beyond a certain level, the land could not produce enough food for all of the people and that was what broke up the feudal system, because when people are faced with starvation or rebellion against the common order, well, they are more likely to rebel than to simply sit around and starve to death.T here was various upheavals. There was immigration to, first of all, America and so forth.

But my point is this, you look at this very stagnant society and you can see that it was not sustainable over time. But what could change it? Only innovation. Why was there no innovation? Because everybody or most people had this very conformist mindset that was programmed into them by the Catholic church, holding society in a certain very limited worldview. Why was this? Well, because the Catholic church was, from its inception, an expression of the first ray of power in a very unbalanced way. It was an attempt to create a society that was conformist. Everybody accepted what the Catholic church said was doctrine, the worldview: “This is how the world was created and how it functioned.” And it was inevitable that there were some people that were the leaders and the elite, and most people were the slaves of the elite. Difficult to find in the words of Jesus, but nevertheless, since nobody in Catholic societies could read the words of Jesus themselves, the Catholic church had a monopoly.

Diversity as a source of creativity and progress

My point here is, you had created a closed system. It was not sustainable. What could bring society to a more sustainable level? Only diversification. New ideas, new thoughts, a new worldview, new inventions. What brought forth these ideas? Individual human beings who were attuned to the ascended masters and who received one idea here, one idea there, and gradually, very slowly, the Catholic worldview began to be challenged by what is usually called the early scientists, although they would not have seen themselves as materialistic scientists as people see themselves today. They were very much spiritual scientists. You can see that what drives progress is diversity. What drives progress is diversity because diversity comes from the seven rays. What drives diversity? New ideas. Where do new ideas come from? The ascended realm.

Listen carefully, my beloved. I am giving you an essential insight. I know many of you have seen it, but I am speaking into the collective consciousness as well and most people, even most spiritual people on earth, have not grasped this. What did I say earlier? What was the situation on earth before the fallen beings were allowed to come here? They had the false wisdom that comes from observing the conditions in the material universe and using current conditions to make conclusions about where the world came from, how it was created and how it functions. But you see, the current conditions were co-created by humankind based on the illusion that they are separate beings. Therefore, current conditions on earth were temporarily allowed to be out of touch with the reality of how the universe works so that free will could outplay itself.

A separate limited world with limited resources

Do you see why this is false wisdom? Humankind is co-creating conditions that are out of touch with the reality of how the universe works, but now they forget this, they look at the conditions they have co-created and then they make the grand conclusion that this is how the universe actually works. God has really created a limited world with limited resources because the physical realm is not a projection from consciousness. It exists independently of consciousness. This is the essence of the false wisdom. The material realm exists independently of the consciousness of human beings and of the consciousness of beings who are beyond the human level. Perhaps there are not even any beings beyond that level as if the intelligence you see on earth would be the highest intelligence in the universe.

How then would the universe have been sustainable if all beings in the universe were as intelligent as human beings? How could the universe have been sustained for 13.5 billion years or whatever the current lifespan is that scientists claim? You see, the fact that the universe exists, that it does function, has functioned for a very long time, should show you there must be an intelligence beyond the human level.

The way out of duality

How will we escape the quagmire, the suffering that we are in? Two ways. First of all, acknowledging the material world is a projection of consciousness, therefore, the current conditions we see are co-created by humankind. They have [been] co-created because we have allowed ourselves to have a limited worldview. How do we overcome that worldview? We must get a better worldview, but where is it going to come from? Not from inside our minds, even our collective minds, because if it could be found there, we would already have found it.

So, if we are to have a higher worldview, we must reach beyond the collective consciousness and our individual minds. And what is beyond? Well, the ascended realm. Why? Because the ascended masters created the earth. The idea that there are no intelligent beings beyond earth can only exist in the mind of separation. The mind of separation can only create problems, suffering, downward spirals, self-destruction. How do you reach beyond it? Well, you must reach to the only thing there is beyond the human level, the ascended masters. Now you can say there are also beings in the emotional, mental, identity realms that you can reach beyond the human level but that is not really beyond the human level because it is not beyond the level of duality.

Beyond one ultimate truth

You see here, the wisdom of the Mother has two aspects. The physical conditions you see are projection of consciousness, the consciousness of humankind collectively, and everything in the material world is an expression of spiritual energies, seven spiritual energies. Yes, there are more rays, but we will focus on the seven here. Therefore, the only way to get out of the quagmire that humankind is in is to reach for ideas from the ascended realm. They will come through the seven rays and the ascended masters who are working with these seven rays. Various people are able to tune into one of the seven rays. Many people are able to tune into one. Fewer people are able to tune into more than one, few people to all seven. But the point is this. If you can tune into one ray, you need to use the wisdom of the Mother to realize the fact that there is one spiritual energy beyond the material, means there could be more than one.

Therefore, you cannot allow yourself to think this is the ultimate truth that I received from this one ray. In fact, you need to overcome this idea that the way to overcome problems, the way to destroy diversity and threats is to have everybody accept this one truth. Just look at recent history, recorded history and see how many times this idea that our group has the highest or the only truth has created conflict. You need to be realistic and accept you are able to tune into one spiritual ray, but it is only one out of seven and therefore, the ideas you can receive through the one ray are not the ultimate truth because even if an ultimate truth could be expressed on earth, which of course we have explained many times, it cannot be expressed through words. But even if it could, it would have to encompass all seven rays.

Understanding is not everything

What could you do, to first of all make it easier for yourself to deal with the difficulties you felt during 2025, but also to set yourself up so you do not have the same or even worse difficulties in 2026? What could you do as a spiritual person? You could look at yourself and see whether you have some subconscious selves based on this illusion that diversity is a threat and that if only everybody agreed with you, you could overcome all problems on earth. You could start looking at how you interact with each other as ascended master students in your forums, in your personal interactions. Do you see diversity as a threat? Do you think everybody should agree? Then use our tools to expose these subconscious selves and let them go.

Why am I saying this at the beginning of 2026? Because 2026 is dominated by the Second Ray of Wisdom and the highest wisdom is that wisdom is just one among seven rays. And even though it is said in the Bible, and even in this rosary you gave, that: “Wisdom is the principal thing, with all thy getting get understanding.” Yeah, but the highest understanding is that understanding is not everything. You also need power. You need love. You need purity. You need vision. You need peace. You need freedom. There is a concept floating around out there of a Renaissance man. Why it has to be a man is beyond my comprehension, but nevertheless, a Renaissance person. Well, a Renaissance person would be one who realizes the validity, the importance of all seven rays and seeks to embody them in a balanced manifestation. Now again, you can have a person who is stronger on one ray. That is not a problem as long as you recognize the others.

You see, the challenge here in this coming year will be, you think you can understand everything. You think that the reason why there are problems on earth is that you or humanity does not have the highest understanding.

What you will see being outplayed in this coming year, there will be many things, but one of the things you will see outplayed is that the intellectuals, the analytical people in all areas of society will step forward and parade their understanding and they will all do it with this attitude that: “I have the highest, we have the highest understanding and if only everybody agrees with us, then we can overcome the conflicts we see building on a world scale. It is understanding that is necessary.” But understanding must recognize the validity of diversity of the seven spiritual qualities, because if you are only using the intellectual linear analytical mind, you will not gain understanding.

Why? Because what is the analytical mind? It is a comparative mind. That means what? It must have a foundation to compare everything to and that foundation has traditionally been, and you can see this in almost all belief systems, worldviews, an understanding that people believe is the ultimate understanding: “This is the way it is. This we do not need to question and therefore, we can use the analytical mind to compare everything to this unquestionable truth.” But that is exactly what they did in the medieval feudal societies. The unquestionable truth was Catholic doctrine, not even Jesus’ teachings, not even the Scriptures. Catholic doctrine. That was the unquestionable truth, everything else had to be compared to this. What did you see during communism? Not even Marxist writings, but the Russian communist party’s doctrines. That was the unquestionable truth. Everything else had to be compared to that and if anything contradicted or went beyond, it was rejected. But what did I say was the only thing that could bring a closed society out of the downward spiral? New ideas.

Well, a new idea must go beyond the existing worldview, or it is not a new idea. If every new idea is automatically rejected, how is the society ever going to progress? This is what you will see outplayed on a large scale in 2026. These intellectual people will come out: “We have the highest understanding. If everybody else accepts this, we can overcome all problems.” But you cannot. Even if it was possible to make everybody accept one particular understanding, you will not overcome all problems.

No conflict in the diversification

Again, what can you, ascended master students, do? Look at this in yourself. Most of you are avatars. Do you still have some belief carried with you from a natural planet that if we can just overcome diversity, we can solve all problems?

You see, the fallen beings do not represent diversity. In duality, the duality consciousness, there are conflicts. There can only be conflicts. But what have we explained about duality? There will always be two opposite polarities. Therefore, you can never, ever overcome diversity through the duality consciousness. You cannot either overcome diversity through the Christ consciousness, because the Christ consciousness sees that all the spiritual rays are expressions of the One. The Christ consciousness has no desire to overcome diversity because it sees the need for diversity, that nothing could be created without diversity of the seven rays. But precisely because the Christ consciousness is the One mind and sees all the rays as expressions of the One mind, there is no conflict in the diversification into different rays.

This is what you can ponder during this year and if you can grasp it, embody it, overcome the subconscious selves that will oppose it, you can deal with the initiations of this year. If you do not ponder it, if you do not overcome these subconscious selves, it will be a more difficult year than 2025, partly because the unbalanced expression of power will of course continue in 2026 and it will become worse and worse. But also, because if you do not grasp what I am saying here, you will be caught up in this thinking you have to understand what is going on in the world, and why power is being expressed in such unbalanced manner and you will not be able to understand it and therefore, you will become more and more frustrated. Now monitor yourself here. When I say diversity is not a problem, can you sense that there are some subconscious selves that are screaming at you: “Do not accept this, this is a false teaching, this cannot be true, this cannot be the way it is, there is only one God.”

But you see my beloved, yeah there is only one God, but this one God, this one Creator decided to create a world of form. How do you create forms? Well, it must be a diversification, a circle must be different from a square and so for the Creator, diversification is not a problem. Diversification is the source of all creativity but, of course, as we have said the Creator knew it was going to give individual expressions of itself free will, they had the option to go into duality and separation. Therefore, everything is created out of One mind, without it was not anything made that was made. But again, no world of form without diversification! It is as these modern non-dual teachers who think that only Brahman is real and the world is an illusion and they think that any diversification is duality. But no, diversification is not duality, duality is a state of mind that exists only when you go into separation.

What you will see in this coming year is that those who are trapped in the dualistic mind will become more and more unbalanced in claiming: “We have the only truth and that only by getting everyone to accept our truth can we solve these serious problems we see on earth right now.” They will also claim that things are getting worse and worse on earth, there is the threat of a large-scale war, there is the threat of a large-scale economic collapse, there is this and that threat. Oh yes, the environment, global warming, this and that, threats here, threats there and they will only get worse unless you all accept our truth. But it is precisely this attitude that has created the problems, the conflicts. You see, you can create conflicts in two ways, through unification, conformity, as the inhabitants had done before the fallen beings came or through the mindset of the fallen beings that always want to be superior. Whether you seek to make everyone the same or make some people superior to others, you will create a downward spiral.

Reaching beyond the outer mind

An upward spiral is created, not by eradicating diversity, not by elevating one spiritual ray to be the superior one, or one group of people to be the superior people but by seeing that the Christ is in everything, without it was not anything or any being made that was made and therefore, the Christ is in all seven rays. Even if a person can only tune into one spiritual ray, that is still an expression of the Christ, but not the only possible one, not the highest one. You have to, if you want to harmoniously pass through 2026, acknowledge your own individuality and the individuality of others but you have to overcome this idea that what you can see is the highest truth.

This messenger overcame that idea some time ago. If he had not done so, he would not still be a messenger for the ascended masters. You cannot be a messenger unless you can connect to the mind of the ascended masters, the being of the ascended masters. You cannot connect if you think your outer mind has the highest truth, for no matter how sophisticated of a mind or truth or worldview you might have here on earth, it is, as I have now explained several times, based on the imbalanced conditions currently found on earth, therefore, it cannot be the highest wisdom. And if you and your mind think you have the highest understanding, you cannot connect to us.

Many of you want to connect to us and you are, in your minds, you are having this question whether you acknowledge it or not, you are having this question: “Why am I not connecting?” Because your mind is not open, because you are clinging to an ego-based view that is what we have explained so many times, the ego’s insatiable need for security. You see the challenge? Last year brought the release of the First Ray of Power, an unbalanced use of power. You may have focused on this, you may have been very disturbed by it, this or that expression does not matter. You were disturbed by this, what you saw in this last year: “When is this going to end?” You are seeking to understand it, but you cannot understand it. It is not a matter of understanding, this is one of the challenges of this coming year, is to realize you cannot grasp what is going on here on earth in these years through the outer analytical mind.

You must reach beyond that mind, but in order to reach beyond, you must consciously acknowledge you do not understand everything, you do not know everything, you do not have the highest possible view. You must be willing to experience a higher reality than what you can see through the outer mind and what you will ever be able to see through the outer mind. It is not a matter of coming to a more sophisticated understanding in the outer mind, it is a matter of reaching beyond the outer mind. And some of you are not able to do this, even though you know about ascended masters. Why? Because you are afraid of letting go of the ego’s sense that it is in control. How does this messenger receive this dictation from an ascended being? By giving up the desire to be in control. How will you make contact with an ascended being? By giving up your ego’s desire to be in control.

The challange of experiencing the Ascended Masters’ Presence

Some of you have prayed to me: “Mother Mary, just show me your being, connect to me.” But you see, I cannot connect to you if you have the attitude that you want me to affirm your ego’s sense of security. If you experience my being as the messenger is experiencing my being right now, it cannot happen within your ego’s worldview. If you experience my presence, it is a complete challenge to your ego’s worldview because I am an ascended being and your ego is not and will never be. It is as if you have been living in a dark cave and your eyes are completely used to the darkness and suddenly you step outside in the bright sun and you look at the sun and your eyes are blinded.

Whatever is the belief you have right now that gives your ego its sense of security, its sense of being in control, its sense of knowing how the world works, that is what prevents you from connecting to me, from experiencing my presence directly because my presence would blow that away. Many of you are right there, very, very close to connecting to me but you cannot let go of that desire to be in control and therefore, I cannot approach you because it would be too much for you. You have to find a way, and we have given the teachings over and over again, to gradually challenge that sense that you are in control, to come to the point where you can be neutral, open to an experience that is beyond the outer mind.

I am an ascended being, I am beyond time and space, I am always with you, I am always ready for you to experience my being, but I will not violate your free will. I will not blow you away with something you cannot handle and so I will keep speaking through a messenger so you hear the words physically, whereas I could as easily speak to you in your own mind and heart. Not that I would tell you what to do in your life. This is another misunderstanding that keeps many people from connecting to me. This messenger has never asked me to tell him what to do with his life. This may seem contradictory, as he has allowed his entire life to revolve around taking messages from us but it is not that we have told him as an external force. It is coming from within and it can for you as well, so you can discover, as it is said in this invocation, the specifics of your Divine plan, not all at once, but little by little.

It has been my great joy to share my presence with you. Many more things can of course be said about this coming year. Many things will be said by other masters but the most important thing to watch out for is not the outer events. Is there going to be a war, more wars, fewer wars? Is there going to be an economic collapse or an economic downturn? This or that? These are just circumstantial. I know that if you are directly affected by it, like people in Ukraine and Russia are affected by the war there, it may not seem that way and I understand this. But on a world scale, what will really define this coming year is how people use the false wisdom to claim that this is the only way to overcome the threats. They will magnify the threats and make them seem as threatening as possible. They will make it seem like there is only one solution, it is ours. Or they will make it seem like there is no solution. But there is always a solution, and it is to reach for the Christ mind and a balanced expression of all seven rays.

With this, I seal you in the joy of my heart and I hope you will consider how to step beyond that outer mind, so you can experience my presence directly within your own being for there I am, as much as I am everywhere else. For I am the Divine Mother for earth. How could I not be everywhere? How could there be any place on earth where the Divine Mother is not? For everything is made out of the Ma-ter light. Without Him, the Christ mind, was not anything made that was made. But without Her, the Divine Mother, was not anything made that was made, and the Divine Mother I AM.

Back to Becoming Wise to the Serpents

Christhood is about coming into resonance

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. If the Christians of this world were to hear this, they would say: “What does the Buddha have to do with Christ and the path to Christhood?” Well, we shall see, shall we not? What is the difference between the path to Christhood and the Eightfold Path? I will now tell you. [Silence]

Yes, the difference is nothing. Just the outer form. Is the outer form what is important, or is it the end result? Ahh, now we see the division between those who have ascended and those who have not. Those who have not ascended have become attached to the outer form. Those who have ascended have gone beyond that attachment and realized that all that matters is the end result.

The primary serpentine lie

Those who are attached to the outer form of the teaching, be they Buddhists, Christians, Hindus, Muslims or this or that, what are they believing? They are believing the serpentine lie that a teaching that has a specific form on Earth can get them to heaven, and that only this one teaching can get people to heaven. This is a lie, not even a clever lie. It seems real only to the ego, which is attempting to secure its salvation by using the things of this world.

What is the path to Christhood, the path to Buddhahood, the path to any higher awareness, the path beyond Earth? It is to transcend the forms on Earth so that you reconnect to the reality that you did not come from Earth. You are not a product of Earth. You are a spiritual being who descended to Earth and took on the form of your physical body, your four lower bodies. You have not become that outer clothing. It is precisely because you have not become the form, that you can attain freedom from form. If you have not become the form that you have taken on here on Earth, and if the only way to enter the higher realm is to transcend the form on Earth, what sense does it make that the form that you have on Earth needs an outer teaching of a specific form in order for you to be free from form?

You see, you are trying to escape the form of your four lower bodies by using another form in the four levels of the material universe. Can you not see that this will never work? I am speaking into the collective consciousness, of course. Now, you may say: “Well, is it not futile to speak this into the collective consciousness when you always say the collective consciousness is so low?” Yes, that was the temptation I faced when I had entered Nirvana and decided to come back to Earth and teach: “You have reached such a high level of consciousness that no one on Earth will understand.” My reply was: “Some will understand,” or rather some will resonate with the teaching.

Does the Christ consciousness have form?

What is the Christ consciousness? Truly, what is the Christ consciousness? What have we explained here? When people first hear about the concept of the Christ consciousness, they project images upon it based on what they see on Earth, based on their own egos and the coloring and the false teachings they believe in. What are they doing when they are projecting these images upon the Christ consciousness? They are projecting a form onto the Christ consciousness. Does the Christ consciousness have a form? Does the Buddha Nature have a form? Nay. Yes, all forms are made out of the Christ consciousness or the Buddha Nature, but does the Christ consciousness itself have a form? No. It is beyond form—and that is why it is the only thing that can take you beyond form.

Now, due to the mechanics of the material universe, the Christ consciousness cannot be expressed in its pure form on an unnatural planet like Earth. For that matter, it cannot be expressed in its pure form anywhere. It must be individualized. It must take on form. That is the whole idea of the incarnation of Christ. This means that if Christ does not incarnate, then people who are trapped in duality and separation do not get the opportunity to see that it is possible to transcend the separate consciousness, the death consciousness, the duality consciousness.

The incarnation of Christ, the incarnation of Buddha, is giving the opportunity. Most people are not willing to change, and therefore, what will they do? Well, they may follow a religion or movement that is based on a true incarnation, but they will focus on the outer form instead of seeing that the outer form is not important. It is what is expressed through that outer form that is important. The way to transcendence, to life, eternal life, is to look beyond the form. Look at what is expressed, the formless that is expressed through the form and follow that formless to the Christ consciousness, or the Buddha Nature, or whatever you want to call it.

Interpreting the outer form of the teaching

Instead, those who are not willing to transcend themselves, they focus on the outer form. Now, they start interpreting the teaching. Oh, how they can interpret the teaching! Jesus challenged the scribes and the Pharisees. I encountered the Hindu Brahmins—and oh, did they interpret! Now, look what happened to Buddhism, how it split into different factions. Why? Because they interpreted and they interpreted and they interpreted, endlessly arguing about this or that word. Did it mean this? Did it mean that? What did the Buddha mean when he denied that there is a permanent self? Did he mean there is no self? And on and on and on.

You might say: “Well, that’s just the game that people are playing on Earth to postpone that day where they have to make the choice to transcend form or to die permanently.” Then again, do people understand what they are doing when they are playing this game? Nay, for the game itself obscures the reality that there is no life outside the Christ consciousness. The game presents that it could go on indefinitely, but it cannot. The ego, the fallen beings, have an expiration date that can be extended through people’s free will, but it cannot be extended indefinitely. How many incarnations can come to Earth before people’s opportunity runs out? Well, that is an open question, but do not think it is an infinite number.

The purpose of the incarnation of Christ

What is the purpose of the incarnation of Christ? Was it so that when I was born, I was in a higher state of awareness already, I was in the Buddhic consciousness already? Was it so that when Jesus was born, he was already in the Christ consciousness? As we have explained many times, it was not so. We both had to follow a path. Therefore, what is the incarnation of Christ or the incarnation of Buddha? It is that a human being, or rather a spiritual being in a human body, reaches that critical level of consciousness where the Christ can begin to express itself through that outer form. When you pass that initiation at the 96th level, you become the incarnation of Christ. You do not have the fullness of Christhood, but you become the incarnation.

In other words, the incarnation of Christ is not something that you are before you incarnate. It is something you can attain by raising your consciousness. What is the purpose of this incarnation? Well, it is, of course, to give people a choice they did not have when they had not encountered the possibility that a human being in embodiment can attain a fundamentally higher state of consciousness than the one they have. If they have not seen that there is something called the Christ consciousness or the Buddha Nature, they do not have the choice, do they?

For free will to outplay itself, people must be allowed to go into duality. As we have explained, the consequence of going into duality is that there is a clock that starts ticking. At some point, that clock is going to run out. Before that clock runs out, people must have been presented with the possibility of escaping the separate state of consciousness. They can only be presented with this by someone becoming the incarnation, thereby demonstrating a higher level of consciousness. The most important aspect of the incarnation is to demonstrate that higher state of consciousness. That is, so to speak, the alpha aspect of the incarnation.

What is then the omega aspect of the incarnation? Well, it is that the teaches. Teaching is, of course, a word that, as others have mentioned, has been misinterpreted by human beings on Earth and by the false teachers. Because it is really not that the Christ seeks to give an outer teaching that will automatically and mechanically awaken people. It is more that the Christ seeks to give a living teaching, and this is a realization that few people throughout the ages have had.

The Christ gives a living teaching

You see, when I sat there 2,500 years ago in the lotus position – which this messenger cannot attain – I gave a living teaching. I spoke words, yes, but those words were imbued with the flow of Spirit, the flow of the Buddha Nature, the flow of the Christ mind—as the words that the messenger is speaking are imbued by my living Spirit. Then, the followers that I had attracted, after I left embodiment, they created this oral teaching where they tried to memorize my words.

Later, of course, the words were written down, translated into other languages. Those words were not the living word. They were not necessarily dead words, for you can take a written teaching and you can study it and you can use the outer teaching to attempt to connect to the spiritual being behind the teaching, that gave the teaching. Therefore, you can feel the flow of the Spirit as you are studying an outer teaching.

It is so easy for people not to do this, but to focus on the outer teaching, thinking that if they understand it intellectually, or if they learn it by heart, or if they come up with an interpretation that they think was what the living being actually meant when it gave the teaching, then they have done enough. Then, the outer teaching itself now becomes the vehicle for their salvation, their enlightenment. If just you study the Buddha’s teachings long enough and practice certain practices long enough, then you will reach enlightenment. Maybe not in this lifetime, but surely after this lifetime. It can never work. As we have said, there is no guaranteed path.

It is only if you look beyond the form of the outer teaching and connect to the living Spirit of the being who gave the teaching, that the teaching will bring you to enlightenment or Christhood. No form can help you transcend form. Only Spirit can help you transcend form. Nevertheless, those of you who attain the levels of Christhood that start at the 96th level and above (for some of you, not all of you, but for some of you) it will be part of your Divine Plan to teach. Well, you could say that for all of you, it will be part of your Divine Plan to teach, but not necessarily in the way you normally look at teaching.

Your calling to teach

For some of you, you will teach in your everyday life when you interact with others, just in normal situations: children, family, co-workers, whatever it may be. You will sometimes feel inspired to say something that is imbued with the living Spirit. This is teaching, even if you are not formally teaching them, even if you are not referring to an ascended master teaching, even if you are not having an intention of teaching them anything. When there is that flow, you are teaching. Others will have, as part of your Divine Plan, to teach in a more normal, formal way, where you present yourself and a teaching to others in whatever form it may take.

Now, throughout the ages, we have seen many ascended master students who have found the teaching, realized that it could be part of their Divine Plan to teach, and they have then forced themselves with the outer mind to start teaching. It is, so to speak, a yoke, a burden they have taken on. I therefore, encourage you to look at yourself. Look at your reaction to the idea that you might teach. See if your outer mind takes this very seriously. See if your outer mind has some epic outlook on teaching. See if your outer mind has this sense that you could be successful or you could fail.

If you feel this, then I am giving you permission to decide that you will postpone teaching. You will not seek to teach in an outer way. Instead, you will use the tools for discovering and uncovering the subconscious selves that you have in relation to teaching. It is only these selves that can cause you to be so serious about it, to be obsessive-compulsive about it, to feel that it is something you have to do.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

Christ is the destroyer of illusions

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Shiva through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Shiva. I hope that was not a surprise. I wish to say a few words here about the Hindu trinity, Brahma, Vishnu, Shiva. Brahma the Creator, Vishnu the sustainer, Shiva the destroyer. Yes, perhaps there are a few more deeper teachings that can be given here.

Deeper teaching about the Hindu trinity

What is Brahma the Creator? It is not the ultimate Creator, Brahman—if Brahman really is the ultimate Creator in Hindu mythology, where they have a different view of Brahman than what we have given you about the Creator. Set that aside for now. What is the creative element in the world of form? Well, it is first the Creator, but more so the ascended beings after the first spheres were created. In your unascended sphere – you may say our unascended sphere – the creative element was first of all the ascended masters in the Sixth Sphere. For Earth, it was the Elohim who created the Earth. The self-aware beings with free will, such as you, the co-creators, are also part of Brahma.

What is the sustaining element? Well, it is indeed the ascended masters who created this unascended sphere because they are holding the vision that sustains it. You, the co-creators, are also part of the element that sustains the current form. Humankind, with their lower consciousness, are the ones who took Earth below the original blueprint of the Elohim, and who are sustaining Earth in that lower state by not being willing to transcend your consciousness.

What is the destroyer? Well, it is the Christ consciousness. The Christ consciousness that in its universal form is unmoved, immovable, but in its manifest form, in its expressed form, takes the form of beings who take embodiment on Earth. They rise to a higher level of consciousness than the average, thereby demonstrating the path to Christhood: Jesus, the Buddha, many others, yourselves hopefully included.

What is the destroyer, really?

What you see here is that the Hindu view of Shiva is not the highest possible. Many think that I am some god up there, and one day I will come and destroy the Earth or destroy those people that they do not like. If I were to do this as an ascended being, that would violate free will. What is the destroying element on Earth? Well, it is those who have attained the higher levels of Christ consciousness and therefore, become the open door for the judgment of Christ and the challenge of Christ.

What does it really mean to destroy? What am I destroying as an ascended master, as an expression of the Christ consciousness, as the being who holds that flame, which Hindus have called destruction, but which is not really destruction, it is transcendence. Nevertheless, what am I destroying? Am I destroying people? Am I destroying the entire Earth? Nay, I am destroying illusions, because what has manifested the current conditions on Earth? The illusions that human beings have projected upon the Ma-ter light through their identity, mental and emotional bodies, and the actions they have taken with their physical bodies.

What can change this? Well, only that the vision, the images, the selves they hold in their four lower bodies are changed. Since those are based on illusions, well, the illusions must be challenged, the illusions must be destroyed. Now, there are many students who have come to ascended master teachings and they have heard about the path to Christhood and they have thought: “Ah yes, when I become the Christ, I can go out and challenge people. I can force them to see the error of their ways. I can even go into society and challenge the leaders, challenge the power elite, challenge the fallen beings.” They become very obsessive-compulsive about this. Some have tried to do it and have then been hammered down by the fallen beings, as the saying goes, and found that it is not quite that easy. That is because they have not attained a sufficient level of Christhood before they did it, so they did it with the coloring of the ego that has the ambition of setting itself up as an authority who can do this important work.

When you overcome all of this, when you go through these phases that other masters have described and reach those higher levels of Christhood, you are not challenging the illusions on Earth. The ascended masters may, through your open door, challenge. This does not mean that all of you have that as part of your Divine Plan. Your Divine Plans are individual. Some of you may be more focused on the creative aspect, some of you even on the maintaining aspect, but some of you are more focused on Shiva, the destroyer of illusions.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

Overcoming the tendency to be too serious

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Sanat Kumara through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Sanat Kumara. Some have called me the Ancient of Days. Some have called me the Eternal Youth. Well, which is it? Can you be both? Well, in the eyes of humans, you can. Of course, you can say that I am not a new lifestream. On the other hand, I ascended from this sphere, so I am not as ancient as some of the ascended masters who ascended before me. On the other hand, I am the eternal youth because how did I ascend? I ascended by embodying an aspect of the Christ consciousness and it is the aspect that makes everything new.

Christ makes everything new

Now, you take Jesus who said: “Unless you become as little children, you shall in no wise enter the kingdom.” The meaning is, of course, that for children everything is new, everything is exciting. I focused on that aspect of the Christ consciousness before I ascended. I embodied it, and that was what carried me through to the ascended state. I was always open to something new and I avoided the opposite quality where you become sophisticated: You know everything. You have it all figured out. There is nothing new under the sun. I have this under control. This is what the fallen beings feel. They have it all figured out. As Maitreya said: “It is all an illusion created in the mind.” It seems real only to that mind, which has so disconnected from the Christ mind that it is not even looking for anything new, because it values control above all else.

How are you going to ascend? Well, it may seem as if these later dictations we are giving have transcended the purpose of this conference of being the Christ in everyday life. We admit that what Maitreya gave you was a teaching that may not have much practical applications in your everyday life, so I will endeavor to make my teaching a little more practical. It could basically be said to be this: Stop taking yourself so seriously.

Taking the path and yourself too seriously

You see, there comes a point on the path of Christhood where you need to step back and say: “What is the path all about? How have I approached the path so far?” Many of you will see that you found the teachings, you locked in to what the teachings are about, at least as you could see it at the time. Then you made a decision to dedicate yourself to the path. Now, as happened to this messenger, you became almost obsessive-compulsive about doing everything right, as you could see it. You wanted to do all the decrees and invocations. You wanted to read all the dictations. You wanted to go to conferences. You wanted to study all of these things and at the same time, you have an everyday life.

You cannot just focus all your life and all your attention on the teachings, at least not for most of you. Many of you have children. You have jobs. You have obligations. So, you build this tension that spiritual people have experienced throughout the ages, and which has become this tradition in the East, that in order to be really spiritual, you have to forsake the world and withdraw from the world. Again, we are not blaming anyone.

When we look back through the ages on planet Earth, we can see, and we have experienced (those of us who have been in embodiment on Earth or on other planets) that it is very difficult on an unnatural planet to balance spiritual growth and everyday life. It is an enormous challenge. We also see that in the Aquarian Age, we are moving into an age where it is not the ideal that most spiritual people withdraw from the world. On the contrary, the ideal is that people stay in the world, at least most of them, and they express their spirituality in their everyday life. They do not separate the two. How can this be achieved?

Well, what you can see in yourselves, for many of you, is that after you dedicated yourself to the path, you experienced this tension. That is part of why, as others have talked about, that you became more stressed after you dedicated yourself to the path. You were pulled in two different directions and you felt there was this tension between everyday life and spiritual growth. What was the result of this stress? It was that many of you started taking yourself and the path very seriously. Again, we are not blaming you. Take care what we are always saying: “Those of us who have been in embodiment on Earth have experienced what you are experiencing.” We all, at a certain point, became too serious about spiritual growth.

Now you can say that as you are moving from the 48th to the 96th level, you need to have enough dedication that you can pull yourself above the collective consciousness, and therefore you need to have a certain dedication, a certain focus, a certain discipline. You need to have certain priorities set so that you realize what is more important to you in life. Because in a sense, when you set your priorities, it becomes easier to say: “Well, these are my obligations in everyday life, and these are my spiritual activities and I have decided on a certain balance between them, and I maintain that.” Nevertheless, the effect for most people is that you take yourself very seriously. You take the spiritual path very seriously, but this is also an inroad for the ego to color your view of the path.

The ego is very serious about itself

The more seriously you take yourself and the path, the more the ego can influence you. For that matter, even the fallen beings have a certain ability to project something into your mind when you take yourself very seriously. They, of course, are the ultimate examples of beings who take themselves so seriously that you could not even really imagine. Most of you have not encountered the lowest consciousness fallen beings and you do not need to. I am just telling you that if you could see their consciousness, you would not believe how serious they are about themselves, how important they feel they are, how epically significant they are. They think that even God himself is watching them and tiptoeing around them, and is concerned about their power. This is what they believe—that they have achieved a power here on Earth, and that God is afraid that their power will be bigger than his. It is probably true for the false God that they have created. He might be worried about them, but the real Creator is, of course, not.

There comes that point, certainly as you move beyond that 96th level, but it will even help you to realize this before you get to the 96th level, where you need to look at this and say: “Am I too serious? Why am I so serious?” Well, it is because you have assigned some epic importance to the spiritual path in general and to your personal progress on that path. You have defined a goal for your spiritual growth that has some epic significance to you at least. You might even think that it has epic significance to the ascended masters. This is actually one of the primary reasons why people can reach the 96th level, fail the initiation to let go of the focus on self, and therefore, start going down again where they now seek to elevate the separate self to some ultimate spiritual status.

You just take yourself so seriously, or rather, the separate self takes itself so seriously, because again, what is the Conscious You? Well, it is pure awareness, neutral awareness. Is there any room in pure awareness to be more or less serious? Where would that room be? Being serious can only be in a self. It may not be a dualistic self. It may be the spiritual self that has taken you close to the 96th level. If that self begins to take itself too seriously, then it cannot see that it was just a vehicle, like the bottom part of a rocket, meant to take you to a certain altitude, and then it is supposed to fall away so you can rise higher. If that spiritual self is not willing to fall away, fade away, then it can have such a pull on the Conscious You—if the Conscious You does not realize the need to stop being so serious.

The fallen beings are very serious

Master MORE had a previous embodiment where he coined the phrase: “The devil, the proud spirit, cannot endure to be mocked.” You laugh at the devil and he goes away. There is a profound truth here. The fallen beings are so prideful. They take themselves so seriously. They expect that everyone else is going to take them as seriously as they take themselves. When they encounter someone who does not take them seriously, who is laughing at them, or who is demonstrating that he will not submit to them, he will not be disturbed by them, he will not fight them, then they do not know what to do.

You need to come to that point where you do not take the fallen beings seriously anymore. How can you come to that point if you take yourself seriously? Because then you think that it is so important that you grow, so you can do something epically important for the masters to free the planet from the fallen beings, or whatever you may think.

There are innumerable ways that spiritual people can define some epic importance to their path. As the messenger explained, he came to a point where he saw that his approach to the spiritual path had been colored by the ego and part of it was that he had taken himself so seriously. He thought it had some epic importance for the future of the planet and for the cause of the ascended masters that he made progress on the path. He came to see this, the futility, the vanity of this and he partly realized this because he had had enough inner experiences with an ascended master’s consciousness that he realized that an ascended master is like the rock of Christ.

Your ego does not influence ascended masters

You can, with your outer mind, with your ego, project all kinds of things on the ascended masters: That you are doing this epically important thing and that you are making all these sacrifices for the masters’ sake and therefore, the masters surely must one day recognize you. Yet it has no influence on us as ascended beings. We are the rock of Christ. We will not be moved by your egos, no matter what your egos think. When you are willing to experience this, to acknowledge this, you can see the futility of thinking that your ego can build up some sense of importance that we are going to respect—and then you can let it go. You can, as the messenger described, really encounter the Presence of ascended masters. You might actually get a vision of what you really can do for us, when you are not doing it from the ego, depending on what is in your individual Divine plan.

What you see here is that, as we have said before, many spiritual students have a fairly good vision of “what” needs to be accomplished in their lives, but they are lacking in the vision of “how” it can be accomplished. You may actually have a correct vision that in this lifetime you have the potential to do something in society or do something for the ascended masters, but your ego has colored how you think this is going to happen because you think you can do it through the outer mind and the ego. You can let that fall away, when you realize it cannot be done through the ego, in fact, you cannot do it, because as Jesus said: “I can of my own self do nothing. The father within me is the doer.”

Who is the father within? Well, it is the Christ mind. It is your I AM Presence. It is the ascended masters. That is the father within. Then you realize: I can of my own self do nothing, nothing that is worthwhile, nothing that will bring the Earth higher in consciousness, for everything I do that is colored by the ego only serves to reinforce the consciousness that is keeping the planet trapped. It is only when I let go of this sense that I, as a separate self, can do something valuable in a spiritual sense. Then, you can really begin fulfilling your Divine plan because you are not the one doing it, although you are the one doing it from another perspective. The outer self, the outer you, is not doing it but the Conscious You is being the open door by being neutral. If you are neutral, can you take yourself seriously? Can you be serious? Cannot be done. I am not here saying that you need to say: “Oh, I am going to start cracking jokes all the time. I am going to start having fun. I am going to start doing all these things that are fun so I can soften up.” Not really necessary for all of you. It may be for some of you.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

Christhood is all about oneness

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Maitreya through Kim Michaels, June 8, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Maitreya. What does Christhood mean from my perspective, as holding the office of the Cosmic Christ for Earth? Well, in previous dispensations it was said that Lord Maitreya was what was referred to as “God” in the story of the Garden of Eden. Now this, of course, was a statement that needs to be understood at a deeper level.

It needs to be understood that Lord Maitreya is a title that can be held by different ascended masters, not just one. The being that I am today, holding this title, is not the one that was there in the Garden of Eden, even though, of course, there was no physical Garden of Eden exactly as it is described in Genesis. Again, everything in these scriptures need to be taken as a symbol, not as a literal reality.

What is a spiritual teacher?

Nevertheless, given that I am now holding this office of the Cosmic Christ, what is this office? Well, you might say that the Cosmic Christ represents the concept of spiritual teachers. I say “represents” because, again, spiritual teachers can be understood at different levels.

Yet, when you look at how our world of form was created, you can say that from the very beginning was built into the design of this world the concept of teachers. In the first sphere, the self-aware extensions of the Creator had a teacher, which was the Creator. In the second sphere, the ascended masters from the first sphere became the teachers of the unascended beings in the second, and so on. That is why the ascended masters of the sixth sphere were the original spiritual teachers for the unascended beings in this seventh sphere.

I started as a being, an unascended being, in this seventh sphere as you all did. I originally had spiritual teachers from the sixth sphere, but then, when I ascended, I took up this office of the Cosmic Christ for Earth and therefore, I now represent this concept, this lineage of spiritual teachers.

Now, you may say: “What is the purpose of a spiritual teacher?” When people first hear about a spiritual path that leads to higher levels of consciousness, and hear about the concept that it is beneficial or even necessary to have a teacher, then they project a certain image on it based on how they are looking at teachers on Earth. Most people on Earth have, of course, gone to some form of school where they sit there passively and they are receiving teachings from a teacher that stands at the head of the class or on some kind of podium, and he is teaching them outer knowledge.

Many people, when they first hear about the spiritual path, they think that a spiritual teacher is supposed to teach them some kind of outer knowledge that then helps them walk the spiritual path. Sometimes, even more than that, there are many students that think that a spiritual teacher is supposed to impart to them some kind of secret knowledge, some kind of esoteric knowledge, that will help them make swift and easy progress on the spiritual path. These people think that making spiritual progress is a matter of knowing something about the spiritual realm, but also about this process that leads to spiritual growth. What many people also project on the concept of a spiritual teacher is that he is supposed to give them a breakdown of what the spiritual path entails.

The spiritual path is not a linear process

In other words, a systematic linear process like you, for example, see in the schools where you learn mathematics in a gradual way by starting with simple counting, then addition, subtraction, multiplication, then more advanced forms of math. Or as you learn for example in an engineering school where you learn to make certain calculations of how you can create a new technological device, for example. What this causes many people to project upon a spiritual teacher is this idea that the spiritual path can be reduced to a linear process that is mechanical in nature.

When I say mechanical, what I mean is that people project that the spiritual teacher has some knowledge, some formulas, some ability. This means that anybody who puts themselves down in front of the teacher and listens to the teacher’s imparting of knowledge is guaranteed to achieve the defined result, be it a higher state of consciousness, Christhood, the mastery of mind over matter, the ascension or whatever it may be that people desire as a result of walking the spiritual path. In other words, many people find a spiritual teaching or guru (or even hear about the concept of a spiritual guru) and they project that this guru should give them some mechanical way to raise their consciousness, a way that is guaranteed to work if they just follow the teacher’s instructions.

Now, where does this entire idea come from? Did it come from the ascended realm? Did it come from the Christ mind? What have other masters so carefully explained about the Christ mind? It does seek to unify you with your source, with your Creator, but it does so within the Law of Free Will. What does that mean? It means that in order to come into unity with the Christ mind, you must make choices, conscious choices, aware choices.

What does this mean? It means that you can have two people who are both listening to the same instructions from the same teacher, but there is no guarantee that the two people will make the same choices to take in, to internalize and to apply the teaching. This means that a true spiritual teacher is not teaching a mechanical path. A true spiritual teacher cannot guarantee the results. There is no guarantee that you will receive specific results if you follow a true spiritual teacher, for it depends on the choices you make, and what are those choices? Well, the real choice is, or the real decisive factor, is: Will you apply the teachings and be willing to look at yourself, your own psychology?

Why the path is not mechanical

The student that makes the most progress on the true path is the one who is willing to look at the beam in his or her own eye. There may be another student who is less willing to do so, or not willing to do so at all, because that student is expecting the mechanical, guaranteed results. There may be students who can listen to a valid teacher, a true spiritual teacher, without getting any results.

Where does the concept of a mechanical, guaranteed path come from? Well, it, of course, is based on the ego, which as we have so carefully explained, is always seeking to compensate by achieving some ultimate status in this world. In the physical realm on planet Earth, you do indeed see that there is a certain mechanical aspect of how matter works. Look for example at modern technology. Look at science, which in its quest for objectivity, has attempted to reduce the universe to a kind of machine. If you know a certain formula, if you apply a certain technology, then anybody who applies that formula can create a toaster that is guaranteed to work and toast bread.

The ego then reasons that since the physical world has mechanical properties, the spiritual world should also be mechanical, and therefore, there should be a mechanical path. Now of course, the concept of a teacher who can guarantee results also comes from the fallen beings, but even before the fallen beings came to Earth, there was a certain belief in the collective consciousness that if we could only get everyone to conform to the world view that was promoted by society at the time, then the results would be guaranteed. The planet would survive and there would be an ideal society for a thousand years.

What is a false teacher?

As we have explained, this had put the Earth into a self-destructive spiral and that is why the fallen beings, along with avatars, were allowed to embody here to break up the uniformity. The fallen beings, of course, did break up the uniformity, and part of the way they did this was that they set themselves up as teachers. They claimed to be true teachers and what they did was: They looked at the people on Earth, they looked at their state of consciousness and they said: “Our goal is to get people to blindly follow us. How can we best do this? Well, we must look at what people want to believe and then tell them that we can help them achieve the goals they want to achieve and then they will follow us.”

You see here, the fallen beings have a specific goal. Their goal is not to raise up human beings. Their goal is to make human beings submit to the fallen beings, so they first of all give them energy, but so that they also blindly obey them. The fallen beings are not concerned about teaching something that is true or valid. They are in fact concerned about: How can we best deceive people so we achieve our goals? They saw that there was this tendency to believe in this mechanical workings of the universe, and they said: “Ah, we will construct the idea that there is a spiritual path that leads beyond suffering to higher levels of awareness, and we will present it as a mechanical path where if people blindly follow us as the teachers, we will guarantee results.”

They created what we might call false mystery schools, and they snared many people into believing this, following this path. They did this partly because the fallen beings in previous spheres, some even before they fell, had learned to take advantage of certain mechanical properties of matter so that they could have a certain control over matter. This meant that they could impress people with these, what we might call party tricks, that they could perform.

This was another factor that attracted people to think that: “But these people can produce these phenomena, so therefore, their teachings must be valid and if I follow this path, I too will have this mastery over matter that people desire, that the ego desires.” Because what is it the ego desires? Ultimately, it would like to have control over matter. You see here, again, there is no blame from our side. We are simply pointing out that: You are living on a planet called Earth, it is an unnatural planet, there is a very dense collective consciousness. There are fallen beings here who have for a long time projected a false path, so it is inevitable that you have been affected by this (in this lifetime or previous lifetimes, does not matter). When you find the teachings of the ascended masters, you carry with you this programming, we might say, that the spiritual path should have certain mechanical aspects. What we have carefully done through this messenger, almost from the very beginning, is to gently challenge this view, gently and gradually, because we saw the need to be gentle and gradual about this.

Challenging the image of a mechanical path

For example, we saw in previous dispensations where most people believed that if they just gave enough Violet Flame, that alone would qualify them for their ascension. Giving decrees has a certain mechanical aspect, in the sense that giving the decree produces a certain effect. Giving the decree from the heart and with a greater flow of the Holy Spirit through the decrees produces a bigger effect. Nevertheless, if you give the decrees, it does produce an effect. It balances karma, it transforms fear-based energy in your three higher bodies, and this does help you grow on the path. As we have also explained so many times through this messenger, unless you also resolve psychology, there is a limit to how high you can go. We have for a very long time presented the path in a different light, namely that it is not mechanical, because the decisive factor for your progress is your willingness to apply the teachings to yourself, look into your subconscious mind, and resolve what we now call the subconscious selves.

We started out by calling this the ego, but I have now given you more advanced teachings so that the ego is not this big amorphous entity that can be very hard to see and relate to, whereas it is easier to look at one specific self and overcome that. Nevertheless, what I am working towards is this realization that there has for a very long time on Earth, certainly since the fallen beings were allowed to embody here, been two different paths presented on Earth. A mechanical, which we have also called the outer path, and a mystical inner path.

This gives you now a frame of reference for evaluating what spiritual teachings or movements or gurus you have encountered in this lifetime. Why would you need to do this, if you have now left some of these movements behind and moved on to an ascended master teaching? Well, because there was a reason that you found those spiritual movements and teachings. You were attracted to it because it was part of your Divine Plan and there can be various reasons for this. One of the reasons that applies to most of you is that you actually needed to have a certain experience with different spiritual teachings, and most of you needed to have the experience of at least one teaching that was more the mechanical, outer path.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

Overcoming the illusion of right and wrong choices

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master the Divine Director through Kim Michaels, June 8, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master the Divine Director. What I come to offer you is a, we might say, practical tool for how you can increase your attunement with the Christ mind, with your I AM Presence and with whichever ascended master is closest to you.

A practical tool for seeing your psychology

Now, I have already given this tool before, in the sense that it is a novena where you can give my decree nine times and then you sit with a notepad and you write down whatever comes to you. What I want to emphasize here is that you can do such a novena for the specific purpose of coming to see the elements of your psychology that you need to see at this present level of your path. In other words, it is not about getting some vision about how to deal with your outer situation, how to deal with the practical aspects of life. The purpose of this is to see the blocks in your psychology that you are facing right now at your present level, and that you need to see in order to rise to the next level up.

You do not have to use my decree for this. I know that all of you have a certain master you are closer to than others. If you know who that master is, then you take that master’s decree, give it nine times, then write down. If you do not know a specific master you are closer to, then use my decree. [You can also use the invocation that follows this dictation.] The important point here is: You do the preamble, you dedicate this to your desire to see what it is, what subconscious self, what illusion you are working with at your present level. Then you give the decree nine times and then, without reflecting, without analyzing, without anticipating, you simply write down what comes to you. Whatever it is, you write it down. After you are done with this, you might put it aside or you might read it again right away. In the beginning, there may be some influence from your ego, from the subconscious selves, that give you an impetus of what you should do or how you are special and what your role might be and what you might do for the planet in the future. Such vision of outer things, this you completely ignore, for the purpose of this ritual is only psychology.

Whatever is focused on your psychology, that you can then take, you can try to understand it, try to come to see what you do not see. You might, if there is a particular issue, try to find some books on psychology that talk about it, try to find our teachings that talk about this, and then you work on it. You use the tools from the Healing Your Spiritual Traumas books to come to get a clear vision of this. You give your decrees to consume the energy and then, when you feel you have worked through a specific issue, you can continue the novena if you so want. You can also give the novena the next day to gain clarity on this specific issue, so you do not move on to another issue before you feel you have resolved the first one.

Now it may be that you do not get anything about your psychology. Then, you keep doing the novena and anything that does not relate to psychology that you write down, you just ignore it. Give the novena the next day and you keep doing it until you get something about unresolved psychology, because I assure you that if you are open and willing, you will at some point get something.

Divine direction and Christhood

I also wish to give you some teachings about Christhood. My title is the Divine Director and it signals, of course, divine direction. I am supposed to give people divine direction. Many people have over the decades thought that as you walk the path of Christhood, you gain more and more divine direction and you gain a more and more clear divine direction.

Is that true? Well, yes and no, because it depends on your view of divine direction. The ego wants to present the view that divine direction should be infallible, that divine direction, if you follow it, should give you what the ego wants: the security that it can never be wrong. As other masters have talked about, there are problems on Earth created by the duality consciousness, where the Christ mind has no solution to them because the only solution is to transcend the consciousness that created the problem. Many ascended master students have thought: “Oh, I am facing a particular situation in my life, I don’t know what to do, I don’t want to do the wrong thing, I want to do the right thing, so I am going to do a novena to the Great Divine Director and surely he will tell me what is the right thing to do in this situation.” If people are so focused on the outer situation and getting outer results, I have nothing to give to them. I cannot give them direction, I cannot tell them: “You should do this,” because no matter what they do from their present level of consciousness, it will not lead to the result they desire.

This is partly because the result they desire is unrealistic anyway because it is based on the vision of the ego. It is also because whatever they could do, would not resolve the situation because many situations on Earth, especially conflicts between people, have no ideal solution. There is no ultimate outcome. Well, you could say the ultimate outcome is that you use the situation as a tool for transcending a specific subconscious self that is causing you to react the way you do to the situation. That is not what people are looking for when they are looking for divine direction and see it as something coming to them from outside themselves that will enable them to always be victorious.

Divine direction and free will

You see, divine direction does not interfere with people’s free will. Divine direction does not seek to solve the problems created by the duality consciousness, for divine direction sees they have no solution. What does divine direction do? Helps you see the illusions in your own psychology so you can rise to the next level up, for that is in a sense the victory of Christ: every time you rise to a higher level of consciousness.

You see again, many people have found an ascended master teaching, heard about the path to Christhood and they think it is a matter of surrendering to the Christ, to the ascended masters, having them tell me what to do, how to live my life. Yes, we have talked about surrender. This messenger has talked about surrender. Yes, it is essential to surrender, but what are you surrendering: your illusions, your subconscious self.

You are not surrendering your willingness to make choices. You are not surrendering your willingness to take responsibility for your life and make the choices that need to be made in specific situations. Some people have come to the path and they have felt: “I am willing to surrender my outer will, just tell me what to do and I will do it.” You see, surrender does not mean surrendering your free will. You cannot surrender your free will to Christ or the ascended masters. You can surrender your free will to the ego or to other people or to external dark forces, and they will tell you how to make choices, or they will make choices for you.

Christ is the defender of free will and, therefore, will not allow you to surrender your free will. I can assure you that if I, as an ascended master, who is at an even higher level than the Chohans, if I were to tell you how to live your life, I can assure you this would not lead you to your ascension. Why would I do it? Of course, I would not, but I am saying: Give up this illusion that you can qualify for your ascension by surrendering your free will. No, it is by embracing your free will that you qualify for your ascension. It is by embracing your free will that you walk the path of Christhood. What is the path of Christhood about? As we have now explained so many times, it is about coming to see an illusion (that you are holding on to) that is the foundation for a separate self and then consciously making the choice to give up that illusion. Consciously. If you do not do it consciously, how is it integrated in your causal body? How does your I AM Presence grow? How does your sense of self grow? Conscious choices are the foundation for rising to the next level on the path.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

Giving up the desire to hide from Christ

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Jesus Christ through Kim Michaels, June 8, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Jesus Christ. What do I have to say about Christhood? Well, naturally, all of the masters who have spoken before me have focused on specific aspects of Christhood, and so therefore, I will also focus on a specific aspect, and it is that of winning or victory.

When you look back throughout the ages, to the Christian movement and the Christian churches, you see that many, many Christian people, whether from this or that church or denomination, have had various visions of Christ returning to Earth in some undeniable victorious manifestation. I would conquer all the dark forces, smite all the dark forces, and conquer all opposition to the manifestation of God’s kingdom on Earth, which for most of these Christians meant that I, the Christ, would come and conquer all those people that the Christians did not like. A theme you see over and over again even in today’s Christians. You look to the United States of how many people think that they were winning in the election, they are now winning, and one day soon Christ will come back, and they, in their particular denomination, will be elevated as the ones who really were the true followers of Christ.

The fantasy of the victorious Christ

May I please ask you to consider a simple question: “What in the story of my life supports this fantasy of the victorious Christ that conquers all?” Do you realize how most of my disciples, most of the people who had followed me, felt after I died on the cross? Do you realize that most of them felt completely distraught, completely defeated? Because they also had a certain fantasy that I would not die on the cross, but that somehow God would save me, and I would emerge victorious. For that matter, I had a certain twinge of that fantasy, and it was only when I was hanging on the cross that I fully realized and acknowledged that: “Yes, my body would die on the cross, and God would not come and save me.” Therefore, I had to give up that ghost, that last separate self, that had this fantasy that Christ is going to be victorious in this world. How could Christ be victorious on an unnatural planet like Earth when Christ is the very foundation for the exercise of free will? The teachings we have given you explain this in a deeper way than has ever been explained before.

The Christ mind was defined by the Creator because the Creator knew that in order to explore the fullness of free will, some beings would go into duality. The Christ mind, therefore, is what gives people the opportunity to come back to oneness, but this must happen within the Law of Free Will. If Christ was to appear in some undeniable manifestation and smite the enemies of God and forcefully establish God’s kingdom on Earth, would that not be a violation of the Law of Free Will established by the Creator? Indeed, it would.

What is Christ? Oh yes, the unifying element between the Creator and its creation. If Christ was to appear and force the kingdom of God upon the people of Earth, then Christ itself would go against God’s intention, the Creator’s intention. Christ could never do that because Christ is defined by the Creator to unify through free will. The Creator does not want the extensions of itself to come into oneness with the Creator out of force, but only through their free-will choices. Christ will forever respect that. It cannot do anything else.

Christhood will not make you victorious in everything you do

Now you who are direct students of the Ascended Master Jesus Christ, not the idolatrous view promoted by Christian churches, you can ask: “Well, how does this apply to our everyday lives?” Many ascended master students over the last decades have thought that: “When I walk the path of Christhood and attain a level of Christ consciousness, this means I will be victorious in everything I do.” Just as one example: “If I have Christ’s truth, I will be able to win every argument with other people because I will have the truth, and they will not.” Even ascended master students have created various fantasies of what abilities, what special abilities, they would acquire as they walk the path of Christhood. Where do these fantasies come from? Well, as I have said, they cannot come from the mind of Christ, so they must come from the mind of anti-christ, the separate mind, the duality consciousness. What is it we have explained about the ego? It wants to become immortal, but on the immediate level, it wants to feel secure. How will it feel secure? If it can establish its dualistic viewpoint as the ultimate truth, that will be the ultimate victory for the ego.

When you find the path to Christhood, hear about the concept of Christhood, what can you do other than allow your view of this, your understanding of this, to be colored by the ego? Therefore, it is easy to think that when you walk the path to Christhood, you will have the validation for your spiritual worldview, or the validation of ascended master teachings, and that the world will somehow recognize your teaching as the superior one, as the Christians dream about the world recognizing their church as the only true church of Christ. Again, we are not blaming anyone, we are just pointing out the phase that most ascended master students go through.

What you see here is that you go through a certain stage on the spiritual path where you are thinking, perhaps not consciously, but it is there right below the level of conscious awareness, that somehow Christ will validate your current view of the world and of yourself. As we have explained, if Christ were to validate your current view, what would happen? You would become even more trapped in that view, and your current view is not the ultimate view, it is colored by the ego. How could Christ validate it?

What the ego does no want you to realize

That is why some people find an ascended master teaching, apply themselves eagerly to it, feel like they are making great progress, and then they come to a point where they feel like: “Ah, things are not as exciting as they used to be, things are not as new as they used to be.” They feel like they are not making the progress they thought they would be making, they have not really broken through and gotten the results. The mechanism here is very simple. The purpose of walking the path to Christhood is, as we have now explained – how many times, dozens of times – to resolve psychology. Your ego does not want you to realize this, so the ego paints this picture that by doing all the outer things, you will achieve outer results because it wants to distract you from looking at your psychology.

Now, when you find the spiritual path, you are given a certain grace period. We do release a certain light to you, so you feel that you are really making progress. If you do not lock in to the inner path and consciously acknowledge the need to resolve psychology, then there comes a point when we must withdraw that light. In other words, the Christ is there for you in the beginning, there with you, but if you do not go to the inner path and start resolving psychology, the Christ must withdraw from you because otherwise the Christ would validate your view of the outer path being sufficient, and that the Christ will not do. If you feel like you have stagnated a little bit, there is only one way out of it, and it is to start looking at the psychology, really looking at the beam in your own eye.

Shocking experiences on the path to Christhood

Now there is a phenomenon on the path that I wish to bring to your attention. To give you an example of this, take those of my disciples and followers who were there for my trial, who followed me as I walked the Via Dolorosa through the streets of Jerusalem, carrying that cross beam of the cross. They were standing there, watching me being crucified, hoping for a miracle, and then seeing me give up the ghost, draw my last breath, see the lance being stuck into my side and coming to that realization: “Jesus is dead, he died on the cross.” This is what you call a rude awakening. Some call it a hitting the concrete experience, where you hit your head against the concrete and realize that the concrete is not going to give in. Here is an undeniable physical manifestation that shatters your mental view of what should and should not happen. It is a shocking experience.

It is not absolutely unavoidable that you have such shocking experiences on the path to Christhood. Not all people have them, but most people will have some of these shocking experiences because what happens is that your expectations, your mental images, meet the reality of the Christ mind. Now in some cases, this happens because your expectations meet the reality of the physical octave, the physical circumstances, but that is not really what I am talking about here.

What I am talking about is that you have a certain expectation, and now you connect to the Christ mind. The Christ mind gives you a frame of reference that allows you to see that your expectation or your view, your mental image was out of touch with the reality of Christ. You can have this experience that you see the unreality of your mental image because the Conscious You, by encountering the Christ mind, steps outside the mental image and looks at it from the outside. It sees the fantasy. It sees the unreality. What happens to many people in the beginning, when they first have these kinds of experiences, is that the Conscious You steps outside of one particular subconscious self and sees the unreality of the view projected by that self. The Conscious You is still colored by another subconscious self, and this often causes students to see that they had held on to an illusion, that they had believed a lie, but they are colored by another self that now condemns you for having believed in the lie.

You feel the entire experience as a very rude awakening where you are encountering the reality of Christ to see one illusion, but you are still colored by another illusion, and therefore, you condemn yourself for having believed in that illusion. There are also, throughout the ages, Christians who have sincerely striven to embody the teachings of Christ who have had these experiences. Some have come to see themselves as sinners: Oh I am a miserable sinner because I saw this one illusion, and I do not see that my reaction is colored by another illusion.

Switching away from the focus on self at the 96th level

Some of you can recognize these situations, and some of you cannot. The reason for me bringing this up is that what I would ideally like to see is that you come to a point where encountering the reality of Christ is not a shock, and it does not cause you to condemn yourself. Now, while you are walking that path from the 48th to the 96th level, you are encountering the reality of Christ, but often you do not have this rude awakening because you are just given enough to help you step up from one level to the next. As you get closer to the 96th level (and in order to go beyond the 96th level), you must encounter the Christ mind in its unfiltered reality. If you still have a subconscious self that judges yourself, that criticizes yourself, that puts yourself down for not being perfect, then this can be a very unpleasant experience.

If you can work on these selves, then it does not have to be an unpleasant experience. Ideally, as you go beyond that 96th level, you will encounter the Christ in a more and more pure manifestation, but it will not cause you to put yourself down. You will simply look at the illusion you have, use that frame of reference of the Christ mind to let go of the illusion and instead of putting yourself down for having had the illusion, you feel the joy that you have transcended the illusion.

How can you make that transition? Well, you need to look at the subconscious selves that cause you to condemn yourself, but you also, with the conscious mind, need to make a switch that we have mentioned before. It is a difficult switch to make because what you really have to come to is this realization that: “It is not about me.” You need to overcome that focus on self because what is the focus on self? Well, when you talk about the ego being born out of separation, you can say that even as you reconnect, and you walk the path from the 48th to the 96th level, you are still carrying elements of that separate self with you. In order to pass the initiation at the 96th level, you have to let that go. In other words, the ego is still trying to color your path, thinking that it will get something out of it, that you will get something out of it as a separate self.

Up until the 96th level, you can actually believe that you are walking the path of Christhood as a separate being, and that you can attain Christhood as a separate being, and therefore, do something as a separate being, even win a victory as a separate being. That gives you a focus on self, but it also gives you the inevitable duality where there is winning, but there is also losing because in duality there cannot be winning without losing. When you encounter that the Christ mind shows you an illusion you had, well then you might feel like you have lost, and that is what gives the shock and the unpleasantness.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

Becoming free in everyday life

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, June 8, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain, and I want to start by thanking you for giving this magnificent session of decrees that allowed me to release this waterfall of violet flame energy. My task, my joy, for this release is to give you the Seventh Ray perspective on Christhood.

Now, it has been said by a famous philosopher: “Man is born free but everywhere he is in chains.” That was, of course, said a long time ago when it could not be said that women are born free because they were born into a certain role. Nevertheless, we can look at the world today and say: “Are human beings born free?” Is it even realistic to say in today’s age that everyone is born free? Are many people not born into a very limited life, a very limited opportunity?

Are we born free?

When I look from the perspective of the Chohan of the Seventh Ray upon humankind, what do I see? Yes, I do indeed see that everywhere human beings are in chains. I also see that the vast majority of human beings were not born free, at least not in this lifetime. I can of course go back and trace the history of a lifestream and see that yes, originally that lifestream was born free but it was also born with a point-like sense of self. Now it was born free, in the sense that there were no outer chains that limited the lifestream originally. It did not have total freedom to co-create anything it wanted because it could only co-create what it could envision, what it could conceptualize—and that, of course, depended on its sense of self.

Freedom is not something you are born into, at least not total freedom. Freedom is something you grow into by transcending your sense of self. Did you hear what I just said? Freedom is something you grow into by transcending your sense of self, expanding your sense of self, letting your sense of self become more.

When we look at humankind today, can we say that even though most of the people who currently embody on this planet have a very long history (either having embodied on this planet for multiple lifetimes or having come from other planets), can we say that they have grown towards becoming more free? Nay, we cannot. You look at humankind, and the vast majority of people are in chains. Now you can, of course, look at their physical outer conditions and see that many people are limited by these physical outer conditions. They are not free. They are not free to speak. They are not free to move. They are not free to pursue opportunities. They are born into a certain station in life, perhaps poverty, perhaps political oppression, perhaps other forms of thralldom.

Yet when I, as the Chohan of the Seventh Ray, speak of freedom, I am not primarily speaking about physical, material freedom, for where are the chains that bind human beings? They are not in the physical octave. They are in the emotional, mental and identity octaves. They are in the mind. What binds you are the chains in your mind.

Reversing the process that took your freedom

Now, not many people today have grown up in the countryside around domestic animals and therefore, very few people have actually seen a bull. You will know perhaps that a bull is a very big and strong animal, but that you put, at a young age, an iron ring in the nose of the bull. The reason is that the nose is very sensitive, so even a human being who is not as strong, when you have a rope tied to this iron ring, you can pull the bull along. What you do with a bull is, you put a chain into the ring in its nose, you tie that chain to a stake, you pound the stake into the ground and now the bull has a circle where it can graze. What can happen to a bull is that it keeps going in the same direction and so it wraps the chain around the stake until it has wrapped it so tightly that it cannot move. Now, the bull stands there and it might be pawing at the ground and it might be blowing air through its nose and it might be making a lot of noise because it feels restricted by the chain. Is it really restricted by the chain? Nay, because it could just walk in the opposite direction and unwind the chain, but the bull cannot do this, it cannot think to do this. Some of you may have seen a dog do the same thing. At that level of consciousness there is not enough awareness to think: “Could I reverse the process that made me so restricted and therefore, be free?”

Unfortunately, what you see in most human beings on Earth is that they are as unfree as the bull who has wrapped the chain around the stake. Just like the bull, they cannot step back and think: “What if I reverse the process that caused me to be so trapped? Could I then become more free?”

What is the work of the ascended masters throughout the ages? It is essentially to help people become free. But how do you become free? Only by looking at the conditions in your mind that are making you unfree, that are imprisoning you. You must unwind the chain in your own psyche, in your own subconscious mind and in your conscious mind that keeps you trapped. How many people have grasped this, even after we have taught for a very long time? Did not Jesus tell people that the Kingdom of God is within? Did not the Buddha talk about resolving psychology, even though he did not use those words at the time? Is not the Eightfold Path the path of unwrapping, unwinding the chains in your mind? Do not the Vedic teachings talk about something similar, again with different words and context? The teachings have been given for a long time, but very few people have locked in to it.

The prison is in your mind

I would have, of course, liked to see this changed because, what is it that causes people to be physically limited, physically imprisoned? Well, how can a dictator imprison millions of people? How can one man bend millions of people to his will? Only by using the conditions in these people’s psychology that make them willing to submit to the dictator, because they are not willing to think for themselves and take responsibility for themselves and make their own decisions. They want the dictator to make decisions for them and then tell them that if they blindly follow the dictator, everything will be wonderful in the end, whatever the promise may be. The Third Reich, or making America great again, or restoring Russia’s greatness, whatever the promise may be, people believe in it because it gives them an excuse for not unwinding the chain in their minds.

I would like to see more and more people awaken to the reality that what binds you is in the psychology, because the physical conditions you face are simply a reflection of what is projected upon the Ma-ter light from your identity, mental and emotional minds. This goes for one human being, it goes for a large population in a large country and it goes for humanity as a whole. The physical conditions you see on Earth are only projections of what is in the minds, the emotional, mental and identity minds of humankind.

Does Christhood restrict your freedom?

What is Christhood? Christhood is the process of becoming free from the shackles of the anti-christ mind, the duality consciousness, the sense of separation. Now, there are those in the fallen mindset, in the serpentine mindset, who will say: “Well, Saint Germain, this is not true. I was limited by these moral restrictions of feeling I was a connected being where I had to think about the effect of my actions on the whole. It was only when I rebelled against this god up there in the sky and decided to do my own thing regardless of consequences that I became truly free.” This is what some actually believe. Others do not believe it but they want human beings to believe it, so they promote the lie even though they know it is a lie.

Why is it a lie? Well, you look at conditions on Earth. So many religious people have this image that they should evaluate their actions based on a certain moral code defined by their religion, because supposedly this moral code comes from God himself. It was inscribed on tablets of stone when Moses went to the mountain: “Thou shalt not…” And if thou does not do that, God will punish you by an eternity in hell. The fallen beings, the serpentine mind, will point to this and say: “See, this is not being free because you are restricted by this moral code of this angry, judgmental, punishing God in the sky. And it was only when we rebelled against that God and his moral code that we became truly free, that we could really exercise our free will.”

What they fail to ask is: “Who created the God in the sky?” The reality is that the fallen beings created the angry and punishing God in the sky because they wanted to use that image of God to control human beings. Other fallen beings created the image of a devil who is opposing the God in the sky because they also wanted to control human beings. Now human beings are trapped between the angry God in the sky and the angry devil below, and does it really make sense that you gain freedom by submitting to the devil who is just as angry as the God in the sky? This is what they want you to believe.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

Attaining peace in your everyday life

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Nada through Kim Michaels, June 7, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Nada, and from my perspective on the Sixth Ray, Christhood is all about service. Other masters have talked about coming to that point where you need to start serving, but what Serapis Bey and Hilarion were talking about was a phase where you are actually focusing on service as a way to trick your mind away from the self-service of the ego. That is why you focus on some kind of cause that is beyond yourself.

As you get beyond this phase and mature in your view of service, you get to the higher level of integration with the Christ mind, where service is not something you decide to take on. Service is an expression of who you are at this level of consciousness. As you go even a little bit beyond the 96th level and begin to attune to the Christ mind, you are seeing yourself as a connected being, as an expression of the Christ mind. Then you begin to see that other people are also expressions of the Christ mind, because you experience that the Christ mind is your source, and truly that means the Christ mind is the source of everyone else. Therefore, it simply becomes natural for you to focus on serving other people as an expression of who you are.

Serving from a self-centered perspective

How do you get to that point where you can serve from the level of the Christ and not be colored by some of the desires of the ego? Naturally, the ego can take the concept of service and use it to glorify itself. You can look at many people throughout the world, throughout the ages, and see that some people have dedicated their lives to what seems like a selfless form of service. They are serving some cause, serving other people, they are engaged in charity work or whatever it may be, and so they are providing a service to society and to other people. If you look into the psychology of some of these people, you will see that they actually have an often unconscious, subconscious, unrecognized ambition where they think that they will get something for themselves by doing service.

Many religious people, for example, think that by engaging in service they will somehow balance karma, gain favor with God, be looked upon favorably by Christ, and therefore, their salvation is guaranteed. Others have a sense that they have been great sinners in the past and they are seeking to compensate for this. Others think that somehow, they will receive some recognition for their service, perhaps here on Earth or perhaps even from God or Jesus or whomever they see as their spiritual figure, their spiritual idol.

In order to reach the level that I am talking about, where service becomes a natural expression of who you are, what do you need to go through? Well, this is where the second aspect of the Sixth Ray is Peace. You need to attain a certain state of inner peace, for you will see that when people are serving from the motivation of the ego, they are not completely at peace. They may seem harmonious on the outer, but on the inner they are not at peace because they are seeking to attain something. Many of the people who seem to be selflessly serving, have a certain goal for their service. They want to see a certain result of it, and that, of course, means they are constantly at a deficit because they never really see the result they are hoping for. This means that they are under stress and therefore, not at peace.

How to attain inner peace

Now, naturally you will ask: “Well, how do I then attain this inner peace?” As always, as you well know (those who have studied our teachings over these last several years), part of the answer is: Resolve the psychology, resolve the subconscious selves that pull you out of peace. What are those subconscious selves? Well, they are the ones who are seeking to achieve some impossible task.

We have said that the ego was created when you went into separation. We have said that the ego was created out of lack and therefore has an existential lack. You might say, if you look at the ego from an energetic perspective, what is the ego at the purely energetic level? It is comparable (not exactly the same of course, but comparable) to a black hole that pulls everything into it without ever being filled. Well, that is the ego. It is constantly pulling on you, on other people, on the world, constantly seeking recognition, validation. What is the ego really seeking? It is seeking immortality. It is seeking to become an immortal being so that it does not have to die.

Now, we have from time to time talked about these non-dual teachers who claim or teach that the ultimate goal of spiritual growth is the death of any sense of self. What they are essentially saying is that somehow the undifferentiated, whether they call it Brahman or infinite awareness, manifested itself as you, as your sense of self, but the goal of this is that your self eventually dies and is no more. Well, they have this half right, but it is the ego that has to die, not the individual self.

Is the ego an individual self?

As we have explained many times, you are created as an individual self, namely your I AM Presence, with a unique individuality. The purpose of your existence is transcending your sense of self, growing in self-awareness until you reach the Creator Consciousness. The I AM Presence was not created to die and will never die, but the ego was created out of separation. It was not created by God, by the ascended masters, therefore, it is not an extension of the Creator’s Being.

You created the ego, not consciously, but you created the ego by going into separation. You might say, what is the difference between the individual self and the ego or the separate self? Well, you can say, from a certain perspective, that the individual self you have at any moment is a structure that gives you a certain experience. Therefore, you can say that your I AM Presence is an evolving self, but at any time it has a certain sense of self that gives it a certain experience. The Conscious You has created a certain sense of self in order to take embodiment and it has also created the ego as a separate self and that gives it a certain experience.

The ego was created essentially to give you a certain experience, namely as a separate being. It may seem as if, well, the ego is just like the individual self. You created the ego, but once this has come into being, it has a rudimentary consciousness, survival instinct, a sense that it exists. Why shouldn’t the ego be able to become immortal? Could you not say that by creating the ego you have just created an extension of yourself? Since you are an extension of the I AM Presence and the I AM Presence is an extension of the greatest being, why shouldn’t the ego be able to become immortal?

You see, you, the Conscious You—you have the ability to create a separate self and endow it with some consciousness, but not self-awareness. You have been given self-awareness as a gift from the Creator, an extension of the Creator’s Being, but you have not been given the ability or the authority to extend that further. You can raise up your sense of self, but you cannot create a separate self and give that life, give that self-awareness. Why? Because what gives life, self-awareness, is the Christ mind and it is the Mind of Oneness. You cannot create a separate self out of the Christ mind. You can only create a separate self outside the Christ mind.

The Christ mind and the separate self

This may again be one of these contradictions, seemingly. Have we not said: “Without him was not anything made that was made?” Any form is made out of the Christ consciousness. Yes, even the ego is made out of the Christ consciousness, but not with Christ consciousness, not with self-awareness.

The ego has a survival instinct. It wants to grow and become more powerful, for it has some sense that it wants to extend its life. Going back to my question: “What is the difference between the individual self and the ego and why could not the ego become immortal?” Is not the individual self, the I AM Presence, the Conscious You created to give you a certain experience? Is not the ego created to give you a certain experience? Yes, the ego is created to give the Conscious You the experience of what it is like to be in a state of separation. As we have said, separation cannot come into oneness, cannot be created out of oneness, and therefore, it cannot become immortal.

The purpose of allowing the Conscious You to experience separation is so that you can experience the different facets of separation that you need to experience, until you come to that point—not an outer decision but an inner realization: “I have had enough of experiencing separation.” Then you can, in full awareness of what you are doing, voluntarily give up any desire to experience separation. That is when you ascend and become an immortal being.

You see, the individual self is created to give you the experience of growing towards higher and higher levels of oneness with your Creator. The ego is created to give you the experience of separation so that you can experience the full range of what is possible with free will, and therefore, come to the point where you voluntarily and consciously decide: “I have experienced enough of separation. Now I want to focus on experiencing higher levels of oneness.” You do this voluntarily, and therefore, as an ascended master you have permanently left behind any desire to experiment with separation.

The ego is only created to give you a temporary experience, and that is why it cannot become immortal. As I said, the ego has a survival instinct, and therefore, it seeks to become immortal, it seeks to compensate for the loss of your connection to your higher self by doing, attaining, owning or controlling something in this world. Because it thinks that there is something in the unascended sphere that is the key to immortality, the fountain of youth perhaps.

The ego’s impossible quest for immortality

You see something profound. What I have just explained, you could not explain to the ego. We could say, in a certain way, that the ego thinks it can become immortal, but it thinks this based on its limited vision. It cannot grasp that immortality is only possible in oneness with Christ, because the ego cannot fathom oneness with Christ. It was created out of separation. How can it fathom oneness?

You cannot make the ego see what I have just explained. The ego will forever (or rather, as long as you allow it to exist) be on this impossible quest to attain immortality through the things of this unascended sphere in which nothing can be immortal. Why can nothing be immortal? Well, because no thing can stand still. There is immortality, yes, through the Christ Consciousness, yes, but what is the Christ Consciousness? Constant ongoing self-transcendence. Only in self-transcendence is there immortality, unless you go into the Allness where the equation is different. In a world of form that is evolving, there is immortality only in self-transcendence.

No thing can transcend itself in an unascended sphere, and the ego is not seeking to transcend itself. It is seeking to make its sense of self permanent, immortal, by stopping it once it has reached what the ego conceives as an ultimate state. The fallen beings think that they can elevate their separate selves to this ultimate status, which is always right around the corner, and has been so since they fell in the fourth sphere or the fifth or the sixth. They think that when they reach this ultimate status, God will have to grant them immortality. You cannot explain this to a fallen being, as long as they are in the fallen consciousness.

Now, the fallen being, which has a Conscious You, has the potential to switch back into oneness, but the ego does not. The ego of a fallen being, no matter how powerful and sophisticated it may seem, also cannot become immortal. The ego cannot see that it is on an impossible quest, but you, the Conscious You, can come to see it. When you come to see it, not only see it, but experience the reality of it by experiencing the life of the Christ mind, then you, the Conscious You, can let go of this impossible quest to reach an ultimate state in this world. When you let go of this impossible quest, you can attain peace of mind.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

The Christ mind is the great equalizer

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Hilarion through Kim Michaels, June 7, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Hilarion and there are many people who, when they hear about the concept of Christhood and the concept that Christhood gives you discernment, they think: “Ah, when I have Christhood, I will know ultimate truth and therefore, I can go around here on Earth and give people the ultimate truth.” The ego adds this little voice: “Yes, and when we have ultimate truth, we can beat all people into submission for they will have to submit to this ultimate truth.”

I just ask you to look back at history and see how many times groups of people, organizations, nations, ideologies have claimed that they had the ultimate truth and they attempted to beat all other people into submission. The other people refused to be beaten into submission so they beat back and all of a sudden you had a huge mess. Look how many messes have been created throughout history and look how many of them have been created because some group of people believed they had the ultimate truth.

Taking a different approach to truth

Do you really think that we of the ascended masters want our students to continue this battle of trying to prove who have the ultimate truth, or do we perhaps want you to take a different approach? What is the different approach? Well, it is not really an approach, it is to tune in to the Christ mind. You see, those who believe that the Christ mind will give you ultimate truth, that is the ego’s motivation projected upon the Christ mind and the concept of Christhood and the concept of discernment.

What have we so many times tried to explain to you about the duality consciousness? There are always two dualistic polarities, they are related to each other, they are based on separation. None of the dualistic polarities represent the ultimate truth, none of them have the truth. Is capitalism the ultimate truth? Is communism the ultimate truth? Nay, there is no ultimate truth in duality, in fact there is no truth in duality, but this is what you can only experience when you are connected to the Christ mind. Well, yes you can understand it intellectually but then you tend to take an intellectual understanding and project that onto the concept of Christhood, thinking: “Yes, maybe duality can’t give me the ultimate truth but surely Christhood can, the Christ consciousness can.” Did not Jesus say: “I am the way, the truth and the life?”

Truth is always within a context

Is Christhood, the Christ consciousness, truth or is it not? Well, my beloved, that depends on your understanding of truth. What have we described so many times, something that we could not give in previous dispensations and that hardly any spiritual teaching on the Earth encapsulates? We have described that you have the potential to start out with a point-like sense of self and expand your sense of self until you reach the Creator consciousness. What is then ultimate truth? Well, you can only answer that question within a context and so let us take as our concept this world of form created by our Creator.

What is ultimate truth in our world of form? It is that you understand the Creator, you grasp, you experience the Creator’s vision, the Creator’s decisions, the Creator’s choice of which principles to base this creation upon. That then is ultimate truth in our world of form. Of course, there are innumerable other creations that are based on slightly different principles and decisions made by other Creators and then there is the Allness which is a whole other level. So is there an ultimate, ultimate truth? Not that I am aware of from my level of consciousness as an ascended master. Therefore, it might be very prudent of you, as an unascended being, to realize that you cannot fathom an ultimate truth. Therefore, the concept of an ultimate truth is irrelevant in an unascended sphere and especially on an unnatural planet.

But Jesus said: “I am the truth” or rather the Christ consciousness through Jesus said: “I, the Christ consciousness, am the truth.” Yes, it is the truth in the sense that it is the antidote to duality because it is the way out of duality. What people tend to think, especially with the linear mind, is that if Christ is the truth, then Christ must be able to give you an answer, an explanation, a definition to any question, any conflict, any problem that will resolve it by saying: “Well, this is the truth in this matter.”

There is no ultimate truth in words

You see, as we have explained, the linear mind can ask questions for which there are no linear answers. The dualistic mind can come up with questions, problems, conflicts that cannot be resolved through words. You see, the dualistic mind will always use words in subtle ways. Just look at the story of the fall of Adam and Eve. They had been led to believe that if they ate the forbidden fruit, they would surely die. The serpent twisted the word “surely” and that was enough to confuse their minds. What does that show you? There is no truth in duality and therefore, once you are talking about words, something expressed in words, the Christ mind does not have a truth that can be expressed in words that will counteract a dualistic truth. Once it is expressed in words, it is just words and words can be interpreted.

Just look at how many Christian churches there are that interpret the same scriptures in different ways. Just look at how many Buddhist sects there are that interpret essentially the same scriptures in different ways. Once something has been expressed in words, it is no longer the truth and therefore, the statement “I am the truth” cannot be taken literally. It cannot be taken to mean that the Christ mind can come up with a worded expression that is the truth. You need to go beyond words. You need to go beyond the outer mind. You need to experience the Christ mind. Then you will experience the truth that is beyond duality. It is not the ultimate truth, as I said, because that is only the Creator’s consciousness in our world of form. It is the truth that is beyond duality because it is the truth that unifies you with your Creator and it unifies all people horizontally.

What does the ego, the dualistic mind, the serpentine mind, the fallen mind do? It divides people horizontally and only when you reach for the Christ mind and when your neighbor reaches for the Christ mind, can you be united horizontally through your individual vertical unity with the Christ mind. There is no horizontal unity that can be achieved. There is horizontal conformity through control, through force, through power, through fear, through deception.

You see that throughout history what the fallen beings have been trying to do is to make all people come to accept the same belief system, thereby thinking that they could create unity. The excuse is to create unity by everybody believing the same thing. Has it ever worked? No. Why not? Because as Abraham Lincoln was inspired to say: “You can fool some of the people all of the time and all of the people some of the time, but you cannot fool all of the people all of the time.” You cannot make all people believe that a horizontal man-made belief system will unify everyone and solve every problem. Why not? Because of the duality consciousness. Some will take one dualistic extreme, some will prefer the other. Once you create a dualistic belief system called Christianity, it will attract a dualistic opposite called Islam and then you have the Crusades.

Dealing with personal conflicts

How does this apply to you in your daily life? Well, so many times we have seen ascended master students get into conflicts with each other because two people thought they each had Christ truth. Both people thought they were right because they are tuned in to the Christ mind. They believe that through the Christ mind they have received an insight that this was the truth and this was what needed to happen in the spiritual organization. Otherwise, everything would be lost and the ascended master’s cause would be lost if that other person did not agree with the first person. This is not the Christ mind. A conflict where two people both believe they have the Christ mind and yet they disagree, none of them have the Christ mind. Does this mean that you cannot have a situation where one person has the Christ mind and the other person does not? No, of course not. That can happen. Then the person who has contact with the Christ mind does not treat the other person as an enemy and seek to prove them wrong or destroy them or get them to leave.

You take a different approach as we have said of seeking to raise up the person. If that is not possible, well then in a spiritual organization you may sometimes have to exclude people. This is not done from the level of the ego where you need to demonize the other people and make it seem like they are so wrong for doing what they are doing. You realize they have a limited vision, you realize they are disruptive to the group and then you can ask them to leave. You do not do this from a fear-based state of mind, for what would the Christ possibly fear?

You see, so many times you have people who project fear into a spiritual movement, an organization. They project that things need to be a certain way because this is how the ascended masters want it, and if not, there will be disastrous consequences. Things are not that black-and-white. When you see that there is a conflict where people are reacting based on this epic mindset, black-and-white thinking, fear-based thinking, you need to step back and look at psychology. First of all, your own, your own reactionary patterns. Resolve those selves that are causing you to react this way. Then talk to the other people. Seek to make them aware that they have selves they have not resolved and if they are willing to do this, you can come to a higher understanding, a higher unity.

You can also realize that there is not just one way things can be done here on Earth and therefore, it is sometimes necessary to compromise, to do what is practically possible in a situation. What have we said about the interdependent originations? You have a group of people who are forming a spiritual organization. These are the interdependent originations where you are all part of this particular localized whole. The interaction of all of you, all of your consciousness is what creates a certain outcome. If you can step outside of this ego-based reaction that causes the conflict, you can say: “Our meeting, our organization, is this about producing a certain outer result? Or is it about helping all of us grow and come to a higher level of unity and harmony? Is perhaps harmony more important than specific outer results? What would happen if we all focused on attaining harmony and let the outer results be secondary?”

You will see in some cases that if you could do this as a group, there might be one person who is not willing to do this, who is not willing to let go of the idea that he or she is right. Then, if the others in the group are willing to focus on harmony, you have a right to make that person aware that: You are not stepping up and that means you are not coming from the Christ level. You are not seeking the higher unity. You are not seeking to go beyond the focus on self.” Then, ultimately you can come to the point where that person has no more space in the group because the group has raised its consciousness to a higher level. A person is below that level and therefore, you have a right to say: It is time for you to go, for we have accelerated ourselves beyond that level of consciousness where we want to be right.

A Christlike approach to dealing with conflicts

You can transfer this to any situation you encounter in life: in families, at work, in friendships. You can look at yourself and see: Do I have a reactionary pattern? Do I want to be right? Is it so important for me to have the truth and make other people see the truth that I see? Then you can realize it comes from a subconscious self. It may even go back to your birth trauma where you felt rejected and put down by the fallen beings and you want to compensate for this by thinking: “Oh, if only I find the highest truth, then they must accept what I say.”

As we have said, the fallen beings will never accept what you say for they have their own dualistic truth that they believe is the ultimate truth. When someone believes they have the ultimate truth, how could you convince them otherwise? Why would they listen to anyone who does not have the truth that they have when they think theirs is the ultimate? What am I saying here? I am saying that in any situation, the question for you is: “Am I willing to reach for a higher truth, a higher vision, than what I have right now?” If you are willing to reach for that, you can grow from any situation and then it is not your concern whether the other people grow. Well, it may be your concern in a close relationship, such as a group or a family, but still when you continue to reach for the higher truth, in many cases the situation will gradually change.

Why? Because when you are interacting with other people, even two people form the interdependent originations. You accelerate yourself, you will accelerate the relationship and maybe the other people will tune in to this and be willing to change and maybe they will not. Then, you will still have moved on and your reaction to the other people will change so you have benefited from this. If you take what Serapis Bey said about coming to a point on the spiritual path where you need to start serving something other than yourself, you can say: “I am focusing on serving some greater cause, which is an impersonal cause. It is impersonal for me, but it is also impersonal for the people around me, whether it be in a personal relationship, a family, friendships or a group. I am not serving my own ego, neither am I serving other people’s egos and therefore, I am striving to depersonalize these relationships so that I am not seeking to force other people to change in order to change my own state of mind. I am willing to focus on changing my own state of mind and leaving it up to the other people’s decisions whether they will change or not.” If you do this, every situation becomes an opportunity to grow.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

Accelerating your intention

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Serapis Bey through Kim Michaels, June 7, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Serapis Bey, as you might have guessed from the linear progression, even though we are talking about things that are not linear. This is one of the enigmas of the spiritual path. It is that it has linear aspects but also non-linear aspects. The challenge of this, which you see throughout the ages, is that some people focus on the linear aspects and ignore the non-linear. While other people focus on the non-linear and ignore the linear. The challenge is to find a balance between the two.

We have talked about before that there is the linear mind, there is the conceptual mind. You use the conceptual mind to co-create because the conceptual mind allows you to form a concept of something that is not presently in physical manifestation. You can conceptualize a form that is not yet manifest and therefore bring forth something new. The linear mind, on the other hand, is based on what is there, what is already in manifestation. Coming to understand this, now you may say: Is it only the conceptual mind that you use to co-create?

Which mind is used for co-creation?

Well, that depends on what stage you are at. You see, when you are a new co-creator in an environment that is also fairly new, then you use the conceptual mind more. When you grow in awareness, when you have co-created something, both in your physical environment and in your four lower bodies, that is more sophisticated, then you start using the linear mind as well. You actually find a certain balance between the conceptual and the linear.

The way this needs to work is, of course, that when you have a planet with many people on it, with a fairly old civilization (I am talking about here a natural planet), then you cannot just envision something with the conceptual mind that is completely disconnected from what is already brought into manifestation. You see how you can start out with the conceptual mind, envisioning new things, because there is not so much in manifestation. Then, as you manifest more and more, you need to use the linear mind so that you can see a progression from what is already there to what you want to co-create, so that you build upon what is there and create a continuity.

You see that even though we often talk about the linear mind as a problem, on a natural planet in the original state, there is no problem with the linear mind. The linear mind is clearly secondary to the conceptual mind. It is, so to speak, the servant of the conceptual mind. What happens on an unnatural planet is that when a majority of the people lose contact with their higher selves, they can no longer see themselves as co-creators. Therefore, they find it very difficult to use the conceptual mind to envision something that is not already manifest.

Becoming lost in the linear mind

What is it that the conceptual mind uses to conceptualize a new form? It is the Christ mind. Now when you have an unnatural planet where people have gone into separation, they tend to become more focused on the linear mind, seeing what is there, categorizing what is there, labelling what is there, applying the value judgment of the dualistic mind to it. Now they become very trapped in what is already in form in the physical realm. They tend to think they cannot go beyond it, that either God created it that way or the laws of nature mandated that it must be that way.

They also now start using the linear mind in a way that was not intended in the original state, in the natural state. Because now they want to say: If we take the linear mind and look at what is here now, this must be the effects of unseen causes; and if we keep going back to previous causes, we must end up with the original cause. Which can either be God or the laws of nature or the Big Bang or the Great Pumpkin Man or whatever you can envision. Then they want to take the linear mind and extend it in the opposite direction, pointing to some ultimate outcome.

This is not the natural use of the linear mind. As I said, it is just a servant of the conceptual mind. You look at what is already in manifestation, you look back some time to see why the society, for example, was structured that way, what were the thoughts behind it, what were the lessons that people had learned. Then you use that to direct the conceptual mind to bring forth something that builds upon that foundation. You, of course, also look at what the Elohim brought forth on a particular planet, what was their thoughts, what was the guiding principles that they used, and then you use that to form new concepts, but still within that framework.

The devotional mind and Christhood

When you are disconnected from the conceptual mind, the intuitive mind, then people become very linear in their thinking. That is what causes most people to think they can think their way to Christhood. This, of course, cannot be done, as we have already said. There are also people who are more attuned to the intuitive aspect of the mind, and they often tend to follow what has been called in the East, a path of devotion. They become very devotional, very loving, loving a deity, loving a master, and feeling like this is all they need to do. This, although it can lead to progress, also has its limitations, because as you cannot think your way into Christhood, you cannot love your way to Christhood.

There needs to be that certain balance where even the devotional people have a certain understanding of spiritual concepts, of the purpose of existence, of why the universe even exists—that it is a learning environment, that there is a path, a gradual path. Because people who become very devotional often feel as if they have gone beyond time, progression, a linear path, and they sometimes get trapped in this loop, we might call it a time loop, where they think their devotion is enough. They do not realize that there is unresolved psychology that was created in past lifetimes, and that this psychology needs to be resolved. This requires a certain linear process, because you cannot just do it randomly, you have to start somewhere and work your way back until you reach that original birth trauma.

Your intention for walking the path

What this all revolves around, from the perspective of the Fourth Ray of course, is your intention. What is your intention for walking the spiritual path? You may talk about intention at a lower level where, as we have said, when you first hear about the path to Christhood, your ego formulates an image of what this means. The ego does this based on what it can see, which is of course seeing itself as a separate being, walking the path as a separate being, achieving some ultimate end result as a separate being—an end result defined by the ego in this world, defined by what is already here. The problem with the ego is, of course, that it cannot transcend what is here in form, because it cannot conceptualize it. The ego cannot conceptualize what Christhood really means. The ego cannot conceptualize what the spiritual realm really is. It can create images of it based on what it sees in the material world, but that, of course, is not adequate.

You can have in the beginning, in fact you will have in the beginning, an intention for walking the spiritual path that is partially based on the ego and what the ego can see. There comes that point where you need to step back, reconsider your intention: Is there a higher form of intention for walking the spiritual path? Of course there is. You, the Conscious You, can see it, whereas the ego cannot. You need to have that willingness to realize the limitations of the ego and its intentions, its vision, its way of thinking about the spiritual path. You are willing to go into that neutral state of mind of the Conscious You and reach for a higher intention from the Christ mind, from an ascended master, from your I AM Presence.

Purifying your intention is extremely important. Again, each of us as Chohans are, of course, focused on our particular ray. We tend to think that our ray is the most important step. Of course, we all recognize that you need to incorporate all seven rays in order to qualify for your ascension. It is simply my role to make you aware that there comes a point where you cannot progress unless you are willing to step back and look at your intention: “How much of my intention on the spiritual path is colored by the ego? Am I willing to step up, to accelerate my intention to a higher level that is not ego-based? And am I actually willing to continue doing that as long as I am in embodiment?”

You need to continue doing it as long as you are in embodiment, because you may say, at a certain level, say the 65th level, you can see a higher level of intention than you could at the 48th. But at the 96th level you can see an even higher, and on the 124th you can see a higher intention that you cannot grasp at the lower levels. There is no ultimate grasp of your intention, no ultimate intention other than to continue to transcend yourself and be willing to take each step up and always take the next step.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

Can you own anything in this world?

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Paul the Venetian through Kim Michaels, June 7, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Paul the Venetian. What did Jesus say 2,000 years ago about love? He said: “Greater love has no man but to lay down his life for a friend.” Well, that was of course said 2,000 years ago in a very different society where it was easier to lose your physical life than it is in many countries today, even though of course not all.

Given that we are all about progressive revelation, what might we say today? Well, we might say: “Greater love has no person but to lay down his or her ego for a friend.” There comes a point on the spiritual path where you need to make a decision and you may say: “Is it not somewhat of a contradiction to say you have to make a decision about love? For is love a decision? When you fall in love, is it a decision or does it just happen?” You see, at the lower levels of consciousness, it seems as if things just happen. As you grow higher in consciousness, you become more aware that in the interdependent originations, nothing just happens. As you become more aware of the spiritual path, you become aware that you have certain choices to make.

Making a decision about love

For example, as Lanto just explained and as we have of course explained before, between the 48th and the 96th level of consciousness, you are rising above the gravitational pull of the collective consciousness. This does not just happen. What happens if you do not make an effort to rise above, is that you are pulled along with the currents of the collective consciousness. That happens, but when you walk the spiritual path, you have to make decisions and there comes a point on the path where you have to make a conscious decision about love. What do you love more?

Do you love the ego and its control games more than the Christ, or do you love the Christ more than the ego? You cannot love both. In fact, as you contemplate this, you become aware that you do not love the ego. You cannot love the ego and the ego cannot love. This will sound contradictory because most human beings will say that they do love someone, or they do love a cause, or they do love an idea or they do love a spiritual guru. What the ego calls love is just a camouflage for a control game.

The ego seeks to get something through love. The ego, by saying “I love you” to another person, feels it has now staked a claim on that person. It has claimed ownership of that person and the person is supposed to live up to the ego’s expectations of how that person should behave because the ego has said “I love you” so you are mine. This is what the ego wants to do with everything. It wants to own. It wants to control.

Does love, Christ love, want to own and control? Why would it? What is the Christ? It is the unifying element. Without the Christ was not anything made that was made. The Christ is in everything. How could it want anything when it is everything? It is only the ego that has this existential sense of lack that it can never overcome. It will seek to use any God quality to compensate for that lack, including, as I said, using love as a way to declare your ownership of another person.

Giving up seeking ownership through love

Look at human love and consider how many people are free of this sense that they have some ownership over the people they claim to love. Then, you will see the challenge that you face as you climb the spiritual path, climb the path to Christhood. You gradually come to uncover these separate selves that are based on this love as ownership, this false love, this fear-based love, this love based on lack. As you become aware of them and let them go, what happens? What happens is that Christ love begins to shine through the fog in your four lower bodies and then you realize the ego never actually loved anything or anyone. You realize that when you claim ownership of anything in the material world, that thing that you think you own now claims ownership of you.

This is one way to interpret the old idea of selling your soul to the devil, where you are essentially saying: “I want to own something in this world. I want to experience what it is like that I, as a separate self, can own something in this world.” Now it sounds very dramatic that you are selling your soul to the devil, where you are saying: “Oh devil, if you give me this thing in this world that I want, you can have my soul forever.”

This is of course not the way it is. First of all, is there really a devil like it is portrayed in a lot of myths? There are of course the fallen beings, but they do not have the power to grant you ownership or to take your soul. What is it that happens when you make this deal with the devil? It is all in your own psychology, because think about what you are saying. You want to experience what it is like to own something in the material world. Now, can you own anything in the material world—actually? Well, you can in societies that have some law and order, where they will say: “Yes, you buy this piece of property and you own it. Yes, you marry somebody and you have certain rights defined by society or religion.”

Can you really own anything in this world, where things can happen at any minute? You may have a huge palace, but what if an earthquake wipes it out in seconds? Why is it that you cannot actually own any separate thing as a separate self? Well, because of the interdependent originations. If there really are no separate things, how can you fully own something?

What I am saying is: You do not actually own anything, but you have the experience that you own something. Where does the experience take place? Inside your mind. Why is it that the thing that you think you own has ownership over you? Because as long as you want the experience, as long as you want to experience that you own something, then that thing occupies your mind. That thing defines how you experience life. Do you see? It is all about your experience.

What do you love more: Christ or the world?

What is the decision you have to make—certainly when you approach or reach that 96th level, but you can make it before? It is: “What do I love more? Do I love more the experience of owning something on Earth, or do I love more the experience of flowing with the Christ mind, flowing with the River of Life? What do I love more? Do I love more the ego and its need for control and ownership, or do I love more the Christ and its spontaneous flowing from situation to situation without any control, without any predictability?”

Lanto talked about walking across the river, trying to work against the current, trying to hold on to your position in the river, because you think that the goal is to cross the river. He talked about surrendering into the flow, but how do you really surrender into the flow? You have to give up the ego’s desire for ownership, but how can you give up that desire? Only if there is something you love more than the experience of ownership.

You see, the outer mind of the vast majority of people on Earth projects this image that there are actual physical conditions that you face here on Earth and that those physical conditions are what determine your state of mind, your experience of life. Yes, at the lower levels of consciousness, as I said, you are flowing with the currents of the mass consciousness. The outer conditions, the physical conditions, but also the emotional, mental and identity level conditions of the mass consciousness, they do determine your life experience when you are at a lower level of consciousness. The spiritual path is about raising your level of consciousness, raising your life experience above the common life experience. There comes a point where you realize that it is not about changing the outer conditions, it is about changing your experience of the outer conditions.

Having an unascended or an ascended experience

Again, as we have said now several times, the Christ mind is not looking to manifest specific physical conditions on Earth, it is only looking to raise your life experience. What determines whether you are still in embodiment on an unnatural planet like Earth, or whether you ascend? What is it to be in embodiment? It is to have a particular life experience. What is it to be ascended? It is to have a different life experience. You may think that as an ascended master I am somehow fundamentally different from you. In reality, I am just having a different life experience from you. I am a self-aware being. I am having a life experience in the ascended realm. I used to be in embodiment on Earth. I used to have a life experience like you are having. How did I switch? By raising my life experience, not by changing any outer conditions—by raising my life experience.

Now if you look back at previous ascended master dispensations, you will see that even we at the time had to give some different imagery than I am giving you now. You can go back to the I AM movement where they had a concept that in Saint Germain’s retreat there was a specific chair, called the Atomic Accelerator, and you could sit in this chair and it would vibrate and accelerate the atoms of your four lower bodies. This was a concept that was given back then because this is what we determined that people could relate to, given the level of the collective consciousness. There was some almost physical means to accelerate your four lower bodies so that they would vibrate at the level of the ascended realm.

What have we given you in this dispensation? A progressively higher understanding. Is it about accelerating the atoms of your physical body so they suddenly vibrate at the level of the ascended realm? Nay, for this could never be done. Your physical bodies would be blown apart if the atoms were accelerated beyond a certain level. This is like some Christians who believe that they will have physical bodies in heaven much like the physical bodies they have now.

Is it about raising your emotional body, your mental and identity body to a higher level? Nay, as we have explained, those four lower bodies are vehicles for interacting with the material world. In the ascended realm you do not need that. We have given you the teachings about the Conscious You. Is the ascension a process of accelerating the vibration of the Conscious You? It is pure awareness. It is an extension of the I AM Presence. Why does it need to be accelerated? It has not been affected by anything that has happened on Earth. That effect is happening in the four lower bodies.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

Christhood is surrender into interdependent originations

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Lord Lanto through Kim Michaels, June 7, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Lord Lanto. My aim here is to give you the perspective of the Second Ray upon Christhood. The Second Ray is often associated with wisdom, and there are people who think that when you attain Christhood, you will know everything, you will have the answer to every question. As we have explained, that is not a correct view. There are questions that can be formulated not just by the dualistic mind, but even by the linear mind, that even the Christ cannot answer, for they have no answers.

You see, the linear mind wants to create a world view that the world is linear. You see this in religions. God created the world in seven days, well, strictly speaking, six, and then for some reason this Almighty God had to rest on the seventh day. You see it in science. Everything started with the Big Bang. What was before the Big Bang? Well, let us not talk about that. Everything progresses, supposedly, in this linear fashion where you can isolate a particular effect that is the result of a particular cause, and before that another cause, and before that another cause. You see how the linear mind wants to isolate a chain of one cause leading to one effect, leading to another cause and so forth.

The dualistic mind on top of the linear mind

Now, this is the linear mind. On top of that comes the dualistic mind, which takes the linear world view and imposes a value judgment upon it. You can now create a further division, not just between cause and effect, a neutral cause leading to a neutral effect, but something that is right and wrong. You can now go back in time through this cause and effect chain and say: Way back in the past, in that Garden of Eden, there was a cause that happened that should not have happened and therefore, everything has been on the wrong track since then that relates to humankind on Earth. Therefore, we need to use religion to restore what has gone wrong. Or we need to use communism to restore what has gone wrong. Or we need to use science to restore what has gone wrong. Or we need to use artificial intelligence to restore what has gone wrong.

You see, something went wrong, but this can only be thought up by a mind that thinks in isolated causes leading to isolated effects. What did the Buddha teach 2,500 years ago? Interdependent originations. In the interdependent originations, can you isolate a single cause? Nay. What is the single cause in a universe of interdependent originations? It is the whole. The entire universe is the single cause and the entire universe is the single effect. You cannot single out any single cause or any single effect. For it all moves as one interdependent whole.

It is a long process to fathom this, to integrate this. When you begin to grasp this, you see how the entire world view that most people are trapped in is out of touch with reality. You see how the world is searching, always searching for some solution that will remove the problems, that will remove what has gone wrong, that will remove the suffering. You begin to see that this quest for some ultimate solution, some ultimate explanation, some ultimate understanding, some ultimate wisdom, that it is this quest that creates the suffering, that sustains the suffering, and this quest can never end the suffering.

Christhood cannot be controlled by the mind

What have we, in a sense, been trying to explain to you now for many years? The driving force for spiritual growth is not the linear mind, but the intuitive mind. You are not thinking your way to a higher state of consciousness. You are tuning in to a higher state of consciousness. You see that when people first hear about the concept of Christhood, their thinking minds, their linear minds, their analytical minds begins to do what that mind always does. It says: “Ah, give me some teachings about Christhood, tell me the characteristics, break it down into smaller units, break it down to an ultimate cause so I can grasp it, so I can wrap my mind around it, so I can understand it, so I can categorize and label it and put it into my database so I have Christhood under control.”

You see, you cannot think your way to Christhood. You can tune in to the Christ mind, but the Christ mind is beyond the thinking mind. There are many who think, and again we are not blaming anyone, it is inevitable given the conditions on Earth, but there are many who think that they can think their way to being the Christ. They often try to use our teachings to define the characteristics of Christhood, and they think that if they can live up to these conditions with the outer mind, then they will be the Christ.

The Christ is not a matter of thinking; it is a matter of being. It is not “to think or not to think,” it is “to be or not to be.” This, of course, is not an answer that the linear mind likes, because what does it mean to be or not to be? Break it down for me, give me something I can grasp. You see, in being or non-being there is nothing to understand. You cannot think your way into being. You can either be or you cannot be.

The ego always wants a rule

This does not mean that being the Christ or not being the Christ is this one momentous decision or one momentous event, as some people want to portray it—instant enlightenment. It is a process of many, many individual choices, but the choice is to in everyday situations choose to reach for something beyond the outer mind, the thinking mind, or even the feeling mind, or even the identity mind. For when I say the thinking mind, the linear mind, this actually involves all of the subconscious selves at the emotional, mental and identity level, because they are also linear, they want to have a rule. The ego does not want to be wrong, so the ego says: Give me a rule so that if I follow that rule I am never wrong. That is not Christhood.

Take wisdom. The ego wants us to define what wisdom is. The ego would love the ascended masters to give forth one book, it can even be a thick book, but give forth one book and say: This contains all the wisdom you need to know. The ego will say: “Well, if I learn this book by heart, if I know all that is in it, then I can never be wrong.” The ego is per definition wrong, because the ego is not in oneness. Wisdom that is just acquired from without, meaning knowledge that is acquired from without and now you think this is wisdom, this is not Christhood.

You cannot define a curriculum, a book, and say if you know this, you are the Christ. Why not? Because think about everyday life, just think about everyday life. Imagine yourself getting up in the morning, you may interact with your family members, you now leave the house, you may meet people in the bus or the train or the subway, you get to work, you are interacting with people. Could you sit there in the morning while you are eating breakfast and define everything that is going to happen to you during the day? Could you do that ahead of time and then you would know that your day is going to unfold exactly the way you predicted it?

Now you see, there are scientists who would say that: Yes, theoretically you could. If you had enough knowledge of the conditions, then you could predict everything that was going to happen. This is not realistic, as there are now other scientists who are beginning to realize. You can see in your daily life, how it would be impossible to predict every situation.

Interdependent originations in everyday life

What is it actually you are facing in your daily life? I know that when we talk about this concept of the interdependent originations, it may seem somewhat theoretical, up there, somewhat vague, somewhat abstract. What are you facing in your everyday life by interacting with the people you interact with? Do you know what that person is going to say to you? When you walk down the street and there is another person, are they going to frown at you or smile at you? What exactly is going to happen to you during the day? What is it you are facing in your everyday life? The interdependent originations.

You are getting up in the morning and your day is an interaction with other people and situations that cannot be predicted. They have no fixed outcome. They are affecting you, what you do affects them. Is this not interdependence? You see, you could not break down everything that could possibly happen during your day and predict it and control it. Therefore, what good would it do you to know everything before you started your day? You still could not predict what this person is going to do or say, what that person is going to do or say.

What is true wisdom, Christ-based wisdom? It is that you are able to respond to every situation, depending on how that situation unfolds. You see again, the ego will say, Christhood should mean that I can know exactly what is the right way to behave in every situation. Give me a rule, a fixed rule that says: “If I treat every person I meet like this, I will be right. I will do the right thing.” But you see, every person is different, every situation is different. How can you treat them all the same?

Responding to every situation spontaneously

What is the wisdom of the Christ mind? It is that you intuitively tune in to the Christ mind in every situation, and use it almost spontaneously. When you really tune in and get momentum on using the Christ mind, it is spontaneous. You treat that situation in the best possible way. This does not mean that every situation will work out according to some perfect standard. It just means that here is a situation, there are certain parameters. We might say that in every situation, there is a set of interdependent factors that are affecting the situation. You may not know this with the outer mind. In fact, in most cases, you do not know with the outer mind. Let us say, just to make it simple, even though it is rarely that simple, let us say there are five possible outcomes of a situation where you meet a person at work and you have to interact with them. Five possible outcomes.

Now, there may be one outcome that is not very desirable, where you fail to communicate, fail to reach some kind of result, maybe even end up in a conflict. There may be other outcomes that are better, and there may be one that is the best possible in the situation. What does it mean to be in tune with the Christ mind in that situation? It means that, without knowing it with the outer mind, you choose what leads to the highest possible outcome. You see, that outcome is dependent on the situation.

Now you could, as many people do, as many spiritual and religious people do, you could step back and say: “Oh, but there should be a highest possible outcome, an outcome that was always right.” You see, you are on an unnatural planet. We have told you this now for several years. One of the conclusions that you can draw based on this teaching is: On an unnatural planet, there is no highest outcome, there is no ideal outcome, so, what do you see?

You see that the ego has this drive to compensate for the loss of connection. It wants to manifest ultimate security. The idea that there should be a highest possible outcome appeals to the ego. Where does it come from? From the fallen beings, of course. For the Christ mind, there is no highest possible outcome. There is just a certain scale where there could be a lower and a higher outcome, and the Christ always seeks to help people reach the highest possible, given the situation, the interdependent originations of the situation.

You take one situation where you are at work, you meet a new person that you have not interacted with before. If you are intuitively attuned to the Christ mind, you will act in a way that leads to the highest possible outcome in that situation. Now, this means that maybe some days or weeks later you interact with the same person again and now you are starting at a higher outcome at a higher point than you did in your first interaction. If you are again attuned with the Christ mind, you can again lead to a higher outcome and you may gradually build a better and better relationship with that person. If you are not attuned to the higher outcome, then it goes the other way and you may gradually build a downward spiral with that person.

The practical realism of the Christ mind

You see again, the ego wants to project that Christhood, wisdom, the wisdom of Christ, is always knowing the ideal outcome, but the Christ mind is realistic. The Christ mind does not look for the ideal outcome. It looks for how to take a particular situation with the interdependent parameters of that situation and raise it to the next level up, and then from there raise it up. This is what becomes the River of Life. So many people, when they first hear about Christhood, their egos color the concept of Christhood and say: “Ah, this is what will give me the ultimate wisdom of how to make every situation ideal, how I can always be in control of every situation, how I can always get what I want.” You see, the Christ does not want to get what it wants. Why? Because the Christ needs nothing from the matter world.

The Christ mind, as we have said, is beyond the matter world. It needs no specific outcome. The Christ mind is not looking at an outer situation, saying: Here is the ideal outcome and if these five people just do what I tell them to do, we will have the ideal physical outcome. The Christ mind, in a sense you could say, does not care about the physical outcome. The Christ mind looks at those five people in that situation of interdependent originations and it only wants to lift all of them up from their current level of consciousness to the next step up. The Christ is always seeking to raise people, not physical conditions.

This, of course, is not what the business world wants to hear, because they want to say: “Ah, but if we have the Christ mind, we should be able to generate the highest profit for our company.” Does the Christ mind care about profits? Of course not. It cares about the people who are part of the company, because for the Christ mind, the ultimate asset is people, or rather minds. The Christ always seeks to raise the minds of all people.

In contrast, what does the mind of anti-christ, the fallen beings, what do they want? They want to control all people. There are certainly some students who hear about the concept of Christhood and they think that becoming the Christ means you surrender yourself, your will, to the Christ mind, and now you are like a marionette where the Christ mind tells you what to do. The Christ mind does not want to tell you what to do. It wants you to make the highest choice in a particular situation that will take you to the next step up in consciousness.

The fallen beings, in contrast, they want to control their situation, and they think they can only control their situation by controlling all other people. What does a dictator want: To control all the people in its sphere of influence. Ideally it wants to control all people on Earth if it could, but that cannot be done because of the size and the complexity of the Earth and because of the interdependent originations.

Interdependent originations cannot be controlled

Perhaps this is a topic for some of you to ponder. How could you ever control anything, given the interdependent originations? You see that the fallen beings are using the linear mind to gain control. They want to say: “Here are the initial conditions, here are the laws that guide the unfoldment of the universe. If we know all of this, we can predict the outcome, and if we can predict the outcome, we can control it. If we can change the initial conditions a little bit, if we can change some of the parameters and the laws, we can control the outcome.” The fallen beings believe that if they can control the minds of all people on Earth, they can control the outcome on Earth. You see, the interdependent originations makes this impossible. You could not even control the minds of all people on Earth, but the Earth is not an isolated unit floating in space.

The Earth is being pulled up by all of the other planets that are in an upward spiral in this unascended sphere, and the entire unascended sphere is being pulled up by the ascended spheres before it. Nothing can control these interdependent originations. You can have the illusion for a time on an unnatural planet that you can gain control, but it is an illusion. It will always be an illusion.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

How to overcome stress on the spiritual path

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Portia through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Portia. What I wish to talk about here is a phenomenon that we have often observed among spiritual people, not only in ascended master movements, but in many, if not all, spiritual movements. It is this phenomenon that here you are, you are living your life the way you were brought up to live your life, you may have various issues, various problems you are dealing with or you may live a relatively normal life where you feel that something is missing. Then you find a spiritual teaching, a spiritual guru, a spiritual movement and you decide to join it. You decide to make an effort to really study the teaching, apply the practices, perhaps you even uproot your life, move from where you live to be in a spiritual community as many people around the world have done.

After you make this commitment to the spiritual path, you often have what we could call the honeymoon period where everything is wonderful. You are literally in love with your new spiritual focus in life, you feel excited about life, about your future, you feel that you are discovering new things all the time. You have a hope that you will one day reach whatever goal is defined in your spiritual movement and you are very optimistic about the future.

When people stress about spiritual growth

Then after some time (it may take months, it may take years, for some it takes decades) there comes a gradual shift or perhaps even a sudden shift where now you start to become more and more tense. It is like the innocence of that first period gradually fades away and now you become much more serious. In many cases, people think that this really demonstrates that they have made a higher commitment to the spiritual path, they take it more seriously, they are making more of an effort, they have a stronger commitment. What actually happens is that people become stressed.

In the beginning, your spirituality was a sense of joy, a sense of opportunity, an innocent looking forward to the future. Then, after some time you become tense, you become serious, everything seems to be so serious, there are mistakes that could be made, tests that may not be passed. You may not live up to certain demands, whether they be defined from without by the guru or the organization or whether they be defined from within. You become stressed, you start to become dissatisfied, perhaps you feel that you are not living up to the expectations, the demands or the standard, perhaps you feel that other people are not living up to it. Perhaps you feel like you are not reaching the people you think you should be reaching, you feel like you are not attracting new people to your group or your movement and suddenly there is a certain sense of stress that creeps in.

Now again, as we have said many, many times, we are not in any way blaming you for this. We are not trying to say that this should not be happening. It happens to the vast majority of spiritual people, and ascended master students are no exception. Perhaps they are in some cases worse because they think they found the highest spiritual teaching so they need to live up to the highest possible standard. What I would like to address here is why this happens.

How subconscious selves color your approach to the path

Now in a sense we have already addressed it because, as we have explained, when you first find a spiritual teaching or movement, your view of life is colored by the ego, by the subconscious selves. What happens is that in the beginning there might be so many new things that are happening to you, so many new teachings you come across, that for a little while the ego, the subconscious selves, lose their grip over your mind because you are just so excited and you are flowing with this excitement, exploring something new. It is like being in love with a person where everything is new and everything is exciting and you are optimistic about the future.

Then, after a while, gradually the selves now start finding a way to again exert influence over you and they start very subtly coloring the way you approach the spiritual path. What do the selves do? Well, they do the only thing they can do and as Mother Mary explained, the ego is on this impossible quest to compensate for the loss of connection to your higher self. It can happen that gradually you take this impossible quest of the ego, you transfer it to your spiritual teaching, your guru, your path and now you think that the movement, the teachings have defined this path, these demands that you are supposed to live up to and you are not sure that you can.

Actually, this is your intuition, not your fears. Well, it can also be your fears, but often it is your intuition that is trying to tell you that you cannot live up to these outer demands. Why? Because what is it that the ego attempts to do? It attempts to take something in this world and try to use it to compensate for the loss of connection to your I AM Presence. Since nothing in this world can replace that connection, your intuition is trying to tell you that you making this commitment to follow all the outer rules, standards and demands is not actually going to get you to where you hope you are going.

When you are trying to fulfill all of these outer requirements in order to create a feeling within yourself, namely the feeling of being connected to your I AM Presence, then you will experience, usually after some time (in a few cases after a long period of time) that you are not there. You are not living up to the demands, you are not getting the results you thought you were going to get. This then causes stress, it causes strain and many of you think that: “But then I have to apply myself even harder. I have to give more decrees, I have to get up earlier and give the decrees, I have to do all of the outer things right.” You put yourself on this treadmill where, as you know on a treadmill, you can run faster and faster, but you are still not getting anywhere.

Recognizing the cause of your stress

What is it we desire to see for our ascended master students in this dispensation? If you have gotten yourself into this state of feeling stressed, feeling dissatisfied, feeling like you are not there, you are not achieving the results you should be achieving, we desire to see you get out of that state. We desire for you to again recapture that inner sense of feeling that the path is exciting, that you are constantly moving forward, that you are constantly taking steps that are making you feel better about yourself and your path. What is the only way that this can be done? It is by resolving the subconscious selves that color your view of the path.

If you find yourself being in this position, where you do not have the joy that you used to have, then be willing to look into your subconscious mind. It is not as difficult as you might think, you just need to be willing to acknowledge: “Ah, but I have lost some of that innocence, I do feel stress, but why? What is it I really feel? What are the thoughts behind it? What is it that causes me to be in this bind, in this dilemma, in this catch-22, where I am pulled in different directions. and therefore I cannot possibly be at peace?”

You can unravel this, use the tools, use the teachings we have given about the subconscious selves, and come to this point where you can see the mechanism. Because the selves are based on duality, they first of all cannot take you to the goal, but they are also pulling you in opposite directions, and this is what causes the stress. When you see two selves that are pulling you in opposite directions, then you can look for the illusion in each self, and come to see that it is really just an illusion, that it was not real, that it was the ego trying to define the path to Christhood, but it can never happen. How do you come to that realization? Well, by reaching for the Christ mind, which is right there with you—it is not way up there. The Christ mind is not far removed from you, the Christ mind is always within you, the kingdom of God is within you, and so it does not come with observation of the outer rules, it comes with observation of the inner selves.

A black-and-white view of Christhood

There is a subtle point that may require some contemplation, because there is a tendency (more so in previous dispensations, but even in this) that students can come to see the Christ mind in this black-and-white light, of the black-and-white thinking of the ego. They think, as we have talked about: If you are the Christ, you are always right, you have the ultimate truth that will resolve any conflict.

You see, in the Christ mind, is there any stress in the Christ mind? Does the Christ mind ever get stressed? Why would it? It is experiencing oneness with the Creator, with the source, why would it feel stressed? Does the Christ mind need anything on Earth? Nay. What could the Christ mind possibly need from Earth? What could it need from form? What could it need from matter? The Christ mind is connected to the source of all life, the Creator itself. The Christ mind could never feel lack, could never feel stress. Therefore, when you begin to lock in to the Christ mind, you can gradually overcome the selves that cause you to feel stress about the spiritual path.

You can come to see that these selves, they want you to feel stressed because of two reasons. First of all, when you are stressed, when you are divided within yourself, you are qualifying energy with a fear-based vibration, and that feeds the selves. They can only absorb light below a certain vibration, and so they need you to be stressed in order to feed them. The other thing is that when you are stressed, what are you doing? You are focusing on outer things. Oh, there is this path, I have to follow it, there are all these demands, there are other people, there is a guru. There are these ascended masters up there that are making demands on me, they are looking down on me every second, seeing if I pass my tests. I must pass my tests, but I do not know what the tests are, so how can I pass them? At least if I stress about it, it might seem like I am serious, I am a serious student, more serious than those other students who are not stressed.

You see how the effect of this is—what? You are looking “out there,” you are thinking that when you find something out there, when you achieve something out there, then you will feel at peace, then you will feel fulfilled. How will that ever happen? As we have said, the ultimate fulfillment is to experience a connection to your I AM Presence, to the Christ mind, to the ascended masters. As long as you are looking outside yourself, how can you discover the Kingdom of God that is within you? How can you say to Christ: “This does not matter to me, what is that to me, I will follow thee?”

Is the Conscious You stressed?

When you see this, when you see that the selves are just trying frantically to pull your attention away from the one thing that can give you what you need, then you can begin to separate yourself, to separate the Conscious You, from them. You can ask yourself a simple question: “Where is my stress located? Is it located in the Conscious You?” Well, some people think it is, because they are so identified with the outer selves that they think that I, the Conscious You, I am such a good ascended master student, and therefore, I have to live up to these outer demands.

You see, the Conscious You—what have we said so many times? Is the Conscious You your physical body? To help you wake up: answer! Is the Conscious You your physical body? No. Is the Conscious You your emotional body? No. Is the Conscious You your mental body? No. Is the Conscious You your identity body? No. The Conscious You is more. If the Conscious You is pure awareness, neutral awareness, is not affected by anything on Earth, why would the Conscious You be stressed?

You see, the Conscious You cannot be stressed. Why are you then feeling stressed? Because the Conscious You is experiencing stress through a separate self. The self is stressed because the self is based on duality, and what have we said? There is an existential stress in the duality consciousness. No one is more stressed than the fallen beings. When you realize this, you can see that you are not stressed. You cannot be stressed. You can only experience it and when you see that stress is simply an experience, you can ask yourself: “Why did I want to have that experience?”

You have most likely never thought about it this way, and your outer mind is going to say, the selves are going to say: “Oh, but it is not that you chose to have this experience. That is just how life on Earth is. Look at all these outer conditions, look at all these problems, how could you be embodiment on Earth and not be stressed?” It is easy to believe that life on Earth, on an unnatural planet, is so difficult, that Earth is so dense, that there is so much conflict that you can only be stressed.

We recognize that we have all felt a certain stress from being on an unnatural planet, but still you do not have to be stressed. The Conscious You does not have to be stressed when you realize that nothing on Earth can touch you when you are in touch with pure awareness, neutral awareness. If you are neutral, what can stress you? What can pull you in opposite directions? What is stress? You are always pulled in opposite directions, at least two different directions, maybe even more if you have several selves that are pulling on you. You can therefore, begin to ask yourself these questions: “Is the Christ mind ever stressed? Is my I AM Presence ever stressed? Why would the Conscious You be stressed?” You can realize that it is not.

Are ascended masters stressed?

Now there will be, perhaps, for some of you an outer self that says: “But are not the ascended masters stressed? Do they not want Earth to become a natural planet? Do they not want the manifestation of Saint Germain’s Golden Age? Do they not want me to manifest Christhood, to give all these decrees, to help raise the collective consciousness?” We have seen in previous dispensations how ascended master students could become so focused on changing the world that they actually thought that their stress came from us, that we were the ones who were putting this stress upon them, wanting them to do all these things, wanting them to do more than could possibly be done. This is not a reality.

Ask yourself: “Why would an ascended master be stressed?” You have ascended by leaving behind all attachments to anything on Earth. What does this mean? It means that we are not in our minds looking at Earth and thinking there is a huge deficit, there is a huge gap. Look at conditions, how they are. Look at what Saint Germain’s Golden Age will be like. Look at the huge difference and look at these people, especially our own students, who will not give all these decrees that we want them to give so we can close the gap. You think this is how we think, but this is not how we think, because if we thought that way, we would not have ascended, we would be in embodiment like you. You see, yes, of course we want Earth to become a natural planet. Yes, of course we want Saint Germain’s Golden Age to be manifest. But we are not wanting this from a sense of deficit, but from a sense of flowing with the River of Life. There is a huge difference, and the difference is, as we have now talked about, in vibration, reading the vibration, as Master MORE said.

When you are coming from this deficit approach, there is a specific vibration. It is fear-based, it causes stress, it causes you to feel obsessive-compulsive, for example about decreeing or studying the teachings. You can learn to read that vibration. You can realize that this kind of vibration does not come from the Christ mind. Then, as you tune in to the Christ mind, after working on the selves, you will experience the difference in vibration between the Christ mind and this lower vibration. You can come to experience the vibration of an ascended master, as Master MORE talked about with the unconditional love, because we all have unconditional love. I can assure you that unconditional love is unconditional. Master MORE’s unconditional love is not more unconditional than my unconditional love, for there can, of course, be no gradations, no comparisons in the unconditional. It is more than the love you know on Earth and when you experience that, you can begin to free yourself from this sense of stress.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

The Christ is always MORE

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master MORE through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master MORE, and I am always MORE I AM.

What is the essence of the Christ? The Christ is always more. In any situation on Earth, whatever you may encounter, the question always is: “Do I want to be more, or do I want to conform to what is?” There is always a temptation from the prince of this world, from the demons of Mara, to conform to what is.

The subtle message is: “What is cannot be more, must not be more, does not need to be more. It is impossible to be more than what is.” You will even see those who have glorified this, saying: “Ah, what is, is just what is, and there is no point in trying to be more. You just have to accept what is, and in that you are free, you are awakened. You are enlightened when you are not striving to be more.” Well, my beloved, where did this nonsense come from? Certainly not from my mind, and certainly not from the Christ mind.

The Christ mind and the purpose of creation

What is the function of the Christ mind? You might say: “To unify the Creator with its creation.” Yes, but that is not all, there is more. For what is the purpose of the Creator creating a creation, creating a world of form? It is to send extensions of itself, of its own Being, into the world of form, where they may start out with this point-like sense of self, and gradually expand it by becoming more. What is the purpose of this? To draw those sparks, those spirit sparks of the Creator’s Being, not really back into the Creator’s being, but to draw them towards the Creator consciousness, so that they become creators in their own right.

What does it take for a spirit spark with a point-like sense of identity to reach the Creator consciousness? It must strive for more, and then more, and then more, and continue to strive for more, until it reaches that level of the Creator consciousness. Even then, there is still more, but that is still such a long way off that it is something neither you or I need to worry about in the present moment.

Now, you see what we have said: This is the Christ mind. In any situation where there is an opening for the Christ mind to be expressed, what does it seek to do? It does not, as Kuan Yin so carefully explained, seek to make one person right, the other person wrong, one argument right, one ideology, one religion right. Nay. It seeks to show everyone that in any situation on Earth there is more, and when you reach for the more, you can transcend what is, for Earth is, of course, an unnatural planet.

How to escape suffering

Why is there suffering on Earth? Because of the duality consciousness. When you come and say: “What is is what is, and it cannot be more,” what are you actually saying? You are saying the Earth can never be free of suffering. This is, of course, the fallen beings’ dream. They can take a planet into an unnatural state, and nothing can free it from it. Once it is there, it is trapped indefinitely, and they can rule the planet and milk the inhabitants of their energy. This is the fallen consciousness. It wants to lower something below the level of a natural planet and keep it there indefinitely.

What is the only thing that can counteract this? The Christ mind, but how does it do it? By always showing that there is more than what is. If what is cannot become more, where is the possibility of escaping suffering that the Buddha talked about, that Jesus talked about, that many spiritual and mystical traditions have talked about?

What is the purpose of a higher state of consciousness if it is not to escape suffering? You look at the false gurus who are parading their wares out there, where they are saying: “Oh, you must come to a point where you just accept what is.” Where does it come from? Well, it comes from these traditions that the false gurus have created, especially in the East, where they say: “Only Brahman is real, the world is an illusion. And spiritual growth means that you come to a point where you have transcended all sense of self, and you accept what is, you accept conditions as they are on Earth, you do not strive to improve them, to make them better, you just accept what is, and in that you are supposedly awakened or enlightened.”

The lie of accepting what is

Well, my beloved, if that is the definition of awakening, then I am not awakened. If that is the definition of enlightenment, then I am not enlightened. Yet I am an ascended master, so I am beyond what human beings define as awakening or enlightenment, for I am more than any definition that could be given on Earth.

As I said, the idea that you should accept what is for what it is, and not strive to be more, is a denial of the very purpose of life. This is what in Eastern traditions often is not asked. If Brahman, the undifferentiated, was all that existed before the world of form, that means Brahman must have decided to create the world, and Brahman must have created the world out of itself, for what else was there? This must mean that Brahman had a purpose for creating the world. So many times in the East, they do not ask that question, because they have been trapped in this idea that the ultimate goal of spiritual growth is to return to Brahman, the undifferentiated, whereby the self ceases to exist.

Why was the self created? It was created to become more. Why was the world created? Out of Brahman’s, the Creator’s, desire to become more. The desire to become more is the driving force, not only behind this world of form, but behind innumerable worlds of form, far more than you could possibly fathom, far more than I could even fathom as an ascended master.

I can at least fathom what I cannot fathom, which is progress compared to the fallen beings who think they can fathom and define everything. What is it they have done? They have defined an entire false teaching, and they have then projected that this is the ultimate spiritual understanding, the ultimate spiritual teaching. What is the function of the Christ? To show that this is not the ultimate spiritual teaching because there is more to understand, more to grasp, more to experience.

That is always the purpose of the Christ: to show that there is more. This is not a simple point to get. We have seen over the many, many years we have given teachings about Christhood, how students have come, they have understood that there is this concept called Christhood, but they think it means you reach some ultimate state. Some even think that the ascension means reaching some ultimate state. The reality is that it is never the goal of the Christ mind to define or to prove some ultimate truth. It is only the goal of the Christ mind to, in any situation, demonstrate there is more.

The Christ does not seek to prove anything on Earth

You see how this ties in with Kuan Yin’s talk about wanting to be right, by having some ultimate proof that this is the superior argument, this is the highest idea, this is the highest teaching. It is truly not the goal of the Christ to prove anything on Earth. It is the goal of the Christ to always show that there is more. Take a situation where you have this personal conflict between two people. They each want to be right, each want their egos to be proven ultimately right, and in the mind of the ego this means that the other person must be proven wrong.

What do they both do? They go into this state of mind where you are seeking to prove the other wrong in order to prove yourself right. What is it that Christ wants to do? It does not want to prove any of them wrong or put any of them down. It wants to raise up both of them. If both of them are seeking to put the other down, how can either of them be open to the Christ expressing itself through them? One of the saddest situations you can see on the path is where two people both believe they have attained a certain level of Christhood, but now because of some conflict that springs from unresolved psychology, the subconscious selves, they are trying to prove the other wrong, they are trying to prove each other wrong. They think it has some epic importance that they prove themselves right, because otherwise terrible things are going to happen, whether it be to themselves or their spiritual movement or whatever it may be.

What is the only solution? Well, ultimately it is that both come to the realization: I want to be more. But at least if you can come to that realization, you can free yourself from this never-ending unresolvable conflict. You see, if you are trying to prove other people wrong, you cannot be more, for you are seeking to attain something in this world, and being more means reaching beyond this world. This, of course, the ego cannot fathom, this, of course, the fallen beings cannot fathom, because they are seeking to reach an ultimate state in this world by using the things of this world. It is the Tower of Babel, building a tower that reaches into the heavens by using the things on Earth.

What will happen? It will collapse under its own weight, and for some only such a collapse has a chance of awakening them to again reach for more. Not everyone needs to go through this process, for many have the potential to see the futility of it, the vanity of it.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

The Christ will not win every argument

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Kuan Yin through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Kuan Yin. What I wish to discourse on here is another element of how the ego can use Christhood to attain another ego goal. There are many, many students over the decades, where we have given direct teachings through various dispensations, who have come upon the concept of Christhood. Without realizing what was happening, they allowed their egos to project an image into their minds that when you have Christhood, it means you are always right. You can always win an argument, because surely Christhood must be the ultimate truth, the ultimate reality, and when you have the ultimate truth, surely you will always be right.

This is the line of reasoning that does not come particularly from ascended master students or even spiritual students. It actually comes from the fallen beings and the serpentine mindset. In order to understand this, we need to step back and look at the serpentine mindset. Now, as we have explained very carefully, the ego is on the impossible quest of seeking to attain an ultimate state by using the things of this world.

How the ego seeks to be right

When I say the things of this world, what does this mean in this specific context? Well, it actually means the duality, consciousness. The ego is seeking to attain whatever ultimate goal it sets by using the duality consciousness. What we have explained many times, and what this messenger has explained in many of his YouTube videos, is that the duality consciousness has this characteristic: There are always two opposite polarities.

This means that when the ego seeks to be ultimately right, the ego goes into one polarity. It sees this polarity as being the ultimate one and the opposite polarity as also being ultimate but being ultimately wrong. One polarity is ultimately right, it is the truth, the other is ultimately wrong, it is the lie. However, as we have also explained, in the duality consciousness you can actually prove both of the two polarities as being right, because what do you do in the duality consciousness? You add a value judgment, and when you add the value judgment, it means that you now create a filter. You say: “This is ultimately right,” that is the value judgment. The filter that is created is: Any argument that supports this viewpoint is valid. Any argument that questions it is invalid.

You see, it is inevitable that you will have some people who do exactly the same to the other dualistic polarity, saying this dualistic polarity is right. They just add a different value judgment, and now they create the opposite filter, saying anything that validates this dualistic polarity is right, anything that questions it is wrong. To give you a historical example we have used before, some people say capitalism is the ultimate economic system. Any argument that supports capitalism is valid, any argument that questions it is invalid. Other people say communism is the ultimate economic system, the value judgment, any argument that validates that is right, any argument coming from the other side, from the capitalists, is wrong, and therefore, you can ignore it.

When you understand this dynamic, can you not see what happens when the ego of a person who is trapped in this mindset hears about the concept of Christhood? The ego of this person believes: “Ah, when I attain Christhood, I will be ultimately right.” Meaning that the ego believes that the Christ will validate the dualistic polarity that the ego has chosen as the ultimate one. Therefore, the Christ will invalidate or banish from the Earth the opposite and the people who believe in the opposite.

The irony of how the ego sees Christ

Can you begin to see the irony? The ego is trapped in the dualistic mindset. What is the function of the Christ? To set people free from the dualistic mindset, from separation. Now people hear about the concept of Christhood but they allow their egos to project into their minds that when they attain Christhood, it means that their dualistic polarity will be validated by the Christ mind as the ultimate truth.

Look at Christians for example. Most Christians, of course, do not believe that they can attain Christhood, but you will see some people who have opened their minds to the idea that other people than Jesus could attain a higher state of consciousness. They think this means that when they attain Christhood, Christianity will be validated by the Christ mind as the ultimate religion and any other religion will be invalidated and put down by the Christ mind. Can you begin to see why this can never be?

Can you, my beloved, begin to see this? Yes or no? I am merely asking for a response to help you stay awake. If you fall asleep again, I will have to ask you more questions. This by the way is how the Christ expression can adapt itself to the realities of the physical octave. You can see then how this dynamic has outplayed itself throughout the ages in many different contexts, in many different spiritual traditions where people come into a spiritual tradition. They may have come from no spiritual tradition or they may have grown up in another spiritual tradition, but now they go through an awakening or conversion process and they become convinced that now they have found the ultimate spiritual teaching or tradition.

We have seen many people in the East who are suddenly awakened to Buddhism, one of the forms of Buddhism, one of the traditions of Buddhism, and they believe this is the ultimate one. Then they hear about the idea of higher states of consciousness and a spiritual path, and now they think that attaining a higher state of consciousness means that their outer tradition will be validated. They look to a particular guru who has validated their outer tradition and they take that as proof that their tradition is the ultimate one.

You can see how there are people in India who have become convinced that this or that Indian guru either was enlightened or had reached some other definition of an ultimate state of consciousness. They have felt that because this guru came from the Hindu tradition, this has now validated Hinduism as the ultimate religion. The same in Buddhism, the same in Taoism, the same in Christianity, the same in Islam—everywhere.

What you see here is that most people are following the outer religion, but in every religion or spiritual tradition there are those who are beginning to awaken to the mystical path. They are starting to become mystics, but now they are misled by the ego into thinking that attaining a higher state of consciousness, however they define it, means their tradition will be validated and they themselves will be validated as being the most advanced students. Can you see this, my beloved? Then I shall continue.

Ascended master students blinded by the ego

You see, when you look at ascended master students, you will see the same dynamic. You go back to the 1930s when we started expressing ourselves through the I AM Movement. There are not many of the original I AM students still in embodiment, but there are still some that are convinced that that was the ultimate progressive revelation from the ascended masters. They do not need to look at anything that came after because theirs was the ultimate one.

The same in the Summit Lighthouse and we are hoping that those of you who are part of this dispensation will not fall into this trap or at least will be able to get yourself out of it fairly quickly. Because we have no desire to have you seek ultimate validation of the outer teaching, the outer messenger or the outer message. What we desire to see is for you to attain individual Christhood, but in order to attain it, you need to give up the desire to be right. This does not apply only to your spiritual teaching, it applies in everyday life.

Take a look at yourselves, at people you know and see how many times you are in situations where you want to be right or other people want to be right. In every spiritual movement you can find on the face of this planet, you will have people who get into personal conflicts. Now, in many cases these conflicts are not different from the conflicts you find out there in the world among people who are not spiritual. They are simply differences of opinion because you have a different background, you have a different psychology, you look at things from a different perspective.

Unresolvable conflicts in spiritual movements

In a spiritual movement this is often blown out of proportion because you think it has some epic importance that you are proven right and the other opposite side is proven wrong. Now you have a black-and-white conflict among spiritual people and there can often be no resolution to it. We have seen people get angry and leave spiritual movements, we have seen spiritual movements fall apart from within because they could not resolve this.

You see, what is it that creates the black-and-white conflict in spiritual movements? It is this idea that you have attained some level of Christhood and because you have attained this level of Christhood, you are right. The other person has not attained this level of Christhood and, therefore, that person is wrong. You can see this because you have Christhood, the other person cannot see this because he or she does not have the level of Christhood you have. Therefore, the situation is locked and there is no way to resolve it.

There is no way to resolve it when both sides are still thinking that their expression of Christhood is not colored by the ego. You see when there is a conflict, both sides are colored by ego or there would not be the conflict in the first place. What is the resolution to this? It is that those who are sincere students who really want to attain Christhood, you need to recognize that you all have, we all when we are in embodiment on Earth, we have these selves created in past lives of wanting to be right on Earth by proving something on Earth.

Therefore, you think that when you attain Christhood, the Christ mind through you will prove something on Earth, will prove something in matter. This is not the case, this is a misunderstanding of what Christ is. For what is the function of the Christ mind? It is to unify you with your higher self, with the ascended masters and to unify people horizontally. There is a vertical unity that leads to a horizontal unity. If there is not the horizontal unity, perhaps the reason is that there is not sufficient vertical unity on both sides.

Now, this can easily be misunderstood but bear with me. The function of the Christ mind is to unify, unify with your higher self, unify horizontally. The ego, the dualistic mind will never be able to fathom this—never. “It does not compute,” as they say. The ego will always seek to be right by proving something on Earth. The question you need to ask yourself is: “Where do you want to be right? Do you want to be right among men or right with God?”

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

What the Father does for the Christ

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain. Let us go with the biblical story of Saint Joseph being the father of Jesus and what has been said in previous dispensations that I was the being who was embodied as Joseph. Again, as Mother Mary explained, this is all symbolism and you can look at symbolism at different levels. Certainly, you can look at the fact that the Christ child was nourished by the mother but also had a father figure. What does the father do for the Christ as the Christ grows up, as the Christ child matures?

Well, first of all, the father teaches the Christ child a trade, a skill. This, of course, applies to you in the sense that you are the father of the Christ in you. You are that father figure as well as the mother figure for the expression of your personal Christhood. You need to teach the Christ a certain skill, a certain knowledge. This does not necessarily mean a trade like a carpenter or a scientist or whatever. It may be that you pick a topic that is close to you, that is dear to your heart, and you study that topic.

It does not have to be in a formal education. It can be that you study this topic on your own. You become an expert on the topic in the sense that you know the topic from different angles, different perspectives. What does this do? It creates a structure whereby the Christ mind can express itself through your mind so that there is a chalice to flow into. You have, of course, another symbol from the Bible of the cup that Christ used at the last supper, the Holy Grail, as it has often been called. The symbol for this is, that as you are acquiring a certain skill, a certain knowledge, you are forming in your four lower bodies that cup, that chalice, so that as you mature in Christhood, there is a chalice, a structure for the wine of the Christ consciousness to be poured into. Because the Christ will not flow into nothing, will not flow into an empty vessel where it will be spilled on the ground.

The Christ mind needs a structure for its expression

Now again, as Padmasambhava pointed out, the outer mind, the rational mind, can take anything we say and give it a twist and say: “Is it not a contradiction, for did not Padmasambhava talk about coming to see all of these selves that you have that are tied to the past, that are tied to the future? Could we not then from this infer that if you empty your mind of all of these selves, then the mind will be clear and the Christ light can flow.”

Now, I am talking about becoming an expert in some topic, raising up a structure in the mind. I am not talking about raising up a structure that is formed by these separate subconscious selves. I am talking about raising up a structure of knowledge, understanding, skills, so that the Christ mind has something it can be expressed through. You may say: “Here is this messenger who is taking a message from an ascended master that is naturally flowing through the Christ mind, and yes, the messenger, as he explained, seeks to be neutral.” If he knew absolutely nothing about the topic, then I could not give a dictation through him. I cannot, through this messenger, give a meaningful dictation about astrophysics or nuclear physics or brain surgery. Because there is no structure in the messenger’s mind that can receive the concepts that I have in my mind.

This is what I mean when I say you are raising up a chalice, forming a chalice. This chalice is not made up of separate selves. It is made up of concepts, ideas, language, so that you can receive the impulses coming from the Christ mind. Now it is clear, of course, that this is not a simple thing to do. It is not just a matter of finding every book you can find on a certain topic and studying them all and writing down notes—and here you know all of these things. Because the challenge is to provide a structure that the Christ can flow into, but that limits the expression of the Christ mind as little as possible.

Worldly knowledge can limit Christ

What do I mean with this? Well, what I mean is that if you take as an example a scientist who grew up in a Western or a modern society, went to school, goes to university, studies for a number of years, receives a degree, gets a job, keeps experimenting and studying, that scientist in the current climate on Earth is going to be programmed, indoctrinated, brainwashed with the philosophy, ideology, religion called scientific materialism. This means that if the scientist takes what has been put upon it into its mind, then the scientist will not dare to receive anything from the Christ mind that questions, challenges, goes beyond the materialistic worldview. This, of course, will limit the expression of the Christ mind.

You see that the challenge is to become an expert in a certain field without adopting the limiting beliefs that are also found in that field. This may not be materialism, this can be other ideas. It can be subtle ideas that are not part of any ideology or religion. In any field, there are certain limitations and why do I say this? Because if you look at any field of society, there is a certain thinking, there is a certain paradigm that dominates that field. Even though this sets a foundation for the field, it also sets limits to a people’s ability to receive new ideas from the ascended realm. This is, of course, the challenge for you, but it is not as big of a challenge as it is for people out in the world who know nothing about Christhood.

When you have the knowledge we have given you about Christhood, you can see that you can study a field, you can know what is brought forth in that field so far, without limiting your mind by thinking: “Oh, this is the ultimate knowledge.” You know, when you have a spiritual outlook, for example, that scientific materialism is not the ultimate worldview, or that the Catholic worldview is not the ultimate view. Therefore, you can avoid having your mind be limited by these mental boxes that have been created in the world, so that your knowledge does not limit my ability, or another ascended master’s ability, to give you new ideas that can bring that field forward, that can allow you to speak about the field in a way that is new, that is different, that gives a different perspective that can help other people think.

Disciplining the Christ mind

Now, there is another aspect of the father element, which is that the Christ child, as it is yet a child, needs to have boundaries set for it. There are some stories that Jesus, when he was a child, experimented with his abilities, such as creating figures of clay and breathing life into them. Now, even though these stories are fictional, it is an example of what many people dream of when they hear the concept of Christhood. They think they can do these miraculous things, manifest all kinds of miracles, all kinds of signs and wonders. This is where the Christ mind needs to be disciplined so it tunes in to what is the time, the society that you are living in.

As we have said before, at Jesus’ time, the collective consciousness was so dense that it was necessary for him to perform certain seemingly miraculous feats in order to catch people’s attention. Now, you could of course look at all the miracles described in the scriptures in a purely symbolic way and see a deeper symbolic meaning behind them instead of taking them literally, but that is another discussion for another day. What I want to point out here is that the Christ mind can express certain things in its enthusiasm for finding expression that are not necessarily constructive for the particular situation.

You have to discipline your own mind by realizing that you will have selves in your subconscious mind that want to produce some kind of undeniable manifestation so that you can prove that there is something beyond what people believe. This is especially true for avatars because you have the dynamic that you had a certain vision, a certain desire before you came to Earth for what you wanted to achieve. Then you received the birth trauma, felt rejected, started doubting that it could be achieved. When you start learning about the concept of Christhood and open yourself to the possibility that you could have the Christ be born in you, then you can very easily transfer this and think: “Ah, when I attain Christhood, then I can do what I wanted to do before I came here, then I can manifest something that they cannot deny, that they cannot put down.” This is not an appropriate expression of Christhood in most cases and therefore, the father element needs to come in and discipline the Christ child. What is the father element in your being? It is not the Conscious You, it is the I AM Presence. By the Conscious You tuning in to the I AM Presence, you can learn to be careful with the expression of Christhood.

Now, it may seem again, as PadmaSambhava pointed out, that we are contradicting ourselves for it has been said, even in the scriptures, that the Holy Spirit bloweth where it listeth. How does that harmonize with the idea that you should restrict the expression of your Christhood? Well, I did not say that your outer mind should restrict the expression of your Christhood. I said your I AM Presence. The outer mind will restrict Christhood based on the culture, for example, you grew up in or the family and what is appropriate there. The I AM Presence is not bound by this. It does have that higher vision of what is the most constructive way to express Christhood.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

Is there past or future in the Christ mind?

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master PadmaSambhava through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given at the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master PadmaSambhava. Some may say: “Are you not from the Buddhist tradition, and here you are at a conference about Christhood?” Well, first of all, I am not from the Buddhist tradition. I am an ascended master! No ascended master is from any tradition on Earth. For how do you ascend? By transcending all traditions on Earth—be it this, be it that, be it the next thing. No shackles from Earth can hold you when you ascend. That is the whole process of throwing off—first this shackle, then the next, then the next, until there are no more shackles left. Then, you can step into the ascended realm. If you see me as being from a certain tradition, you have not tuned in to the ascended being that I AM.

What can limit Christ?

Then, there is, of course, the concept of Christhood. Yes, Christhood, Christ, Christianity. Can Christhood be shackled by any tradition, any religion on Earth? Can it be confined to doctrines and dogmas, rituals? Nay, Christhood is a higher state of consciousness. It is the One Mind, the One Mind that unifies the Creator with its creation. That too is beyond anything on Earth. You can prove it by reading the Gospel of John. In the beginning was the Logos. In the beginning was the Christ mind, the One Mind. Before anything, any form, had appeared, there was the One Mind, the Christ mind, and without Him was not anything made that was made. First is the Christ mind, then there is form.

How can then any form limit what came before it? This is the lie of the fallen beings, or the mind of anti-christ, that they want human beings on Earth to believe—that the form can limit its origin, which by definition must be beyond form. The form can limit the formless, that which is beyond form. How difficult is it to see this lie? Well, here is the catch-22, the enigma. You can only see that this is a lie when you have some attunement with the Christ mind. What does this attunement do for you? Ah, it gives you a frame of reference that is beyond argumentation, beyond reasoning, beyond intellectualizing, beyond dogmas and doctrines, beyond discussions. Nothing on Earth can shackle the Christ mind. No form can bind the formless. It only binds itself—and it binds you if you believe in it. If you believe that form can limit the expression of Christ in you.

Am I not now contradicting what Mother Mary so carefully explained: That the expression of Christhood needs to be adapted to the way things are on Earth right now? Was she not in essence saying that the expression of Christhood, which is an expression of the formless, must be limited by, adapted to, the form that is there right now? Am I not saying the opposite? Not really—when you grasp that even though the Christ is adapted to form as it is right now, the expression of Christ is always more than the form. That is the whole purpose. What Mother Mary was saying was not that Christhood shall conform to form, but shall adapt to form. Still, the expression of Christhood goes beyond the form that is there now, expresses something that is beyond. What Mother Mary was saying was that that expression cannot be so far beyond the form that people who are still identified with form cannot grasp the expression. It must be adapted to their level of consciousness so they see there is something more. What can they then see when they experience the expression of the Christ mind? Ah, they can experience that there is something more than the form that matters to them right now.

The common denominator for all people

Look at yourselves, look at people you know, look at people in the world. What is the common denominator that all people share? There is something that matters to them. Something on Earth, something in form. Something in matter matters to them. When you encounter the Christ, you can see that perhaps that which matters so much to you does not have to matter quite as much. What I want to give you here at an early point in this conference is this thought. Contemplate it when you have a moment during the conference, after the conference. Contemplate, perhaps before you go to sleep at night. Contemplate: “Why does what matters to me matter to me?” Why does what matters to you matter to you? Contemplate this.

You will see that you have many things that matter to you. It may not be so much physical form. It may be the way other people look at you. Or the way you think other people look at you. Or the way you would like other people to look at you. Or the way you actually look at yourself, based on how you think other people look at you—and on, and on, and on. When you begin to contemplate this, you might see that there are many of these things that matter to you, and for each thing that matters to you, what is hiding behind it? Well, of course, a subconscious self.

What is an essential key to resolving this enigma of why what matters to you matters to you? It is to ask yourself: “What is the ‘you’ to whom it matters? Is it the you that you really are, the Conscious You? Or is it an outer you?” Some ‘you’ that you have created perhaps many lifetimes ago, perhaps as a result of your cosmic birth trauma, that you think the way the world looks at you matters to you. This self can only think that way because it was created based on this belief, this illusion, that the way the world looks at you matters to you, that the way form looks at you matters to you, the Conscious You.

Does anything in form matter to the Conscious You? Not when the Conscious You is conscious of itself as pure awareness, as an expression of the I AM Presence. As a spiritual being who has only descended into this matter world and is expressing itself through, interacting with the matter world, through the contents of your four lower bodies. When the Conscious You becomes aware that: “I am not the contents of these four lower bodies,” then the Conscious You can come to a point where it looks at a specific thing that matters to you, that has mattered to you your whole life, that has mattered to you for many lifetimes. It looks at this and experiences: “Yes, it matters to that ‘you’ out there in my four lower bodies, but it does not matter to me.” That is when you can be free, when you see that it does not matter to me. It only matters to that outer you.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.